Influencer Entrepreneurs: Blogging & Social Media Tips: Recent Episodes
Jenny Melrose: Business Strategist
Surviving in the blogging and entrepreneur world is not an easy task. Jenny teaches you how to build a stronger business with blogging and social media tips that are up to date and proven. She teaches social media marketing and content marketing strategies that helped her build her influence and sell her lifestyle blog for over six figures in 2019. As a former inner city school district teacher she understands the importance of breaking strategies into bite size pieces of information all with the master plan of giving you homework so that you can implement the strategies in your business immediately. Get ready to be able to put her strategies into practice after just one listen!
You can be smart, capable, and genuinely good at what you do, then still find yourself circling the same decisions for months. That stuck feeling isn’t a sign you’re behind or broken. It’s often what happens when you keep piling on more advice, more tactics, and more “how to” training until your knowledge creates uncertainty instead of momentum.
We unpack why experts and service-based business owners get trapped in overthinking, especially when you’re trying to turn your skills into scalable income through courses, programs, products, and platforms. I share a real story about a client who took a webinar and walked away with a pitch for a $15,000 mastermind even though she already knew how to sell. From there, we dig into the fear of making the wrong decision, how to “fail forward,” and why decisions get easier when you use data and small tests instead of waiting for perfect clarity.
We also talk about the practical reasons progress stalls: lack of accountability, unclear priorities, and doing tasks that feel like CEO work but don’t actually move the business. You’ll leave with three simple questions that cut through the noise and help you identify your next move fast, plus a reminder that confidence shows up after you take action, not before.
If you’re ready to stop trading time for money and start building sustainable income with intention, book a free discovery call today.
Read more here.
Support the show
If you’ve consumed all the business advice and still feel stuck, the problem probably isn’t motivation or capability. It’s that you’re trying to build a service-based business on top of a pile of unfiltered ideas. We talk about the moment when “more content” stops helping and starts creating confusion, second-guessing, and constant pivots.
We break down three patterns we see all the time with experts, coaches, and consultants who want sustainable income without adding more hours: changing direction over and over, knowing the right moves but not taking them, and getting paralyzed by prioritization because every step feels high stakes. We also dig into how perfectionism and analysis paralysis can quietly block progress, especially when the path has too many moving parts.
Then we explain why a personalized strategy works. It removes noise from shiny objects and trends, gives you step-by-step clarity, and helps identify blind spots like a podcast, opt-in, and call to action that don’t connect. We also share how coaching can filter your ideas into a focused 90-day plan, because real growth comes from better decisions, not more information.
If this feels uncomfortably accurate, book a free discovery call and let’s map your next steps. Subscribe for more practical strategy, share this with a friend who’s stuck, and leave a review with the biggest decision you want to make next.
Read more here.
Support the show
AI didn’t just speed up content creation, it exposed how much of the internet sounds the same. When everyone can publish faster, the real question becomes: how do you stay recognizable, build trust, and grow an organic audience without spending your whole day feeding the algorithm?
We talk with visibility mentor and full-time podcaster Sharday Rayelle about what’s actually changing in audience growth right now: higher skepticism, lower attention, and a stronger need for real connection. From using your literal voice to keep your tone human, to leaving in the small “imperfections” that prove you’re not a bot, we dig into what makes people feel safe enough to stick around. Then we break down three strategies that compound over time: committing to long form content that builds bingeable trust, creating searchable assets that work with Google and AI discovery, and tapping borrowed audiences through collaborations and podcast guesting.
We also get tactical about what separates traffic from the right traffic. Sharday shares a clear example of a viral YouTube win that produced zero sales, and how search intent and specificity fix that problem. From repurposing one core piece into a blog post, email, and short clips, to building a true content ecosystem that warms “tundra cold” leads over months, you’ll leave with a simple plan you can run without burning out.
If you want smarter organic marketing, better SEO-driven visibility, and content that sounds like you, press play. Be sure to grab the FREE Secrets to Standing Out Online Private Podcas
Read more here!
If you want deeper coaching, more transparency, and the episodes that actually help you make decisions faster in your business, then subscribe to Unhinged.
Support the show
The most expensive mistake in business often doesn’t show up on a credit card statement. It shows up as lost time, drained energy, and momentum you can’t seem to rebuild no matter how many tools you try. We’re talking about the hidden cost of trying to grow a business alone and why “figuring it out” can quietly keep you stuck for years.
We walk through the patterns we see in smart entrepreneurs all the time: starting over after every setback, carrying every decision yourself until decision fatigue turns into burnout, and getting paralyzed by the fear of picking the wrong niche, the wrong product, or the wrong opt-in. When you’re too close to your business, objectivity disappears, and even good ideas can fail because the foundation isn’t aligned.
Then we get practical with a client story: a relationship coach running a niche podcast using Grey’s Anatomy scenes to teach healthier relationships. The content was strong, but her lead magnet and call to action weren’t connected, so growth stalled. One aligned shift changed everything: a quiz opt-in that matched the show, a clear CTA woven into each episode, and simpler social content that performed better. The result was over 500 new email subscribers in 48 hours and a clear path from content to offers.
If you’re tired of spinning your wheels, subscribe, share this with a business owner friend, and leave a review so more people can find it. And if you want help spotting your blind spots faster, book a free discovery call.
Read more here.
Support the show
Your email list grows when the next step feels obvious and fun, not when you grind out more posts and hope the algorithm cooperates. We sit down with Crystal Rose Napolitano, a sexologist and relationship coach, to unpack how she used quiz lead generation to bring in hundreds of highly engaged subscribers in just a few weeks by meeting her audience where they already are: their favorite TV fandom.
We get specific about the strategy and the tools. Crystal walks through her Grey’s Anatomy relationship quiz, why it fits her brand, and how that relevance makes the opt-in convert. Then we map the full (simple) quiz funnel: Typeform for the quiz, a native Typeform to Kit integration, tagging, an automated email sequence, and a low-cost tripwire offer that can sell on autopilot. We also talk honestly about what it looks like when something works before it “makes money,” and how to use an email audit to fix clicks, timing, and offers without overcomplicating the numbers.
If you create content on Instagram or TikTok, you’ll love the section on repurposing: Crystal’s green-screen videos turn podcast analysis into short-form posts, then use a consistent call to action that trains the audience to take action. If you’re ready to grow your email list, build a smarter lead magnet, and turn attention into subscribers you can actually reach, hit play, then share this with a friend who’s stuck on list growth. Subscribe, leave a review, and tell us: what would your quiz be?
Book your free discovery call
Read more here.
If you want deeper coaching, more transparency, and the episodes that actually help you make decisions faster in your business, then subscribe to Unhinged.
Support the show
Your business probably doesn’t need “more.” It needs clarity. If you’ve been telling yourself the problem is visibility, content, or sales, there’s a good chance you’re treating a symptom while the real bottleneck keeps your growth stuck.
We walk through why entrepreneurs so often solve the wrong problem first, especially when we’re making emotional decisions, speaking in niche terms our audience doesn’t use, or spiraling into comparison. When you’re reacting to trends or chasing the latest shiny object, it’s easy to drift away from what your customers actually need and what your business system is missing.
Then we break down four of the most common business bottlenecks that quietly block momentum: an unclear offer, weak messaging that skips problem awareness, inconsistent visibility (email and your primary platform matter more than you think), and a lack of strategy that fails to guide people through the buyer journey. If you sell a course, program, product, or service, this framework helps you stop guessing and start making decisions that lead to consistent sales and a business that supports your life.
To make it practical, we end with a quick self-audit you can run today: what feels hardest, where you plateau, what frustrates you most, and what you avoid. Those answers point directly to the constraint you need to fix first, because you can’t solve what you can’t clearly see. If you want help mapping it out, book a free discovery call, and if this helped, subscribe, share it with a friend, and leave a quick review.
Read more here.
Support the show
Hustle can look like ambition, but it often feels like living in constant interruption: nonstop pings, endless tabs, and a brain that cannot shut off. Jenny sits down with Deirdre Gestran of Abundant Wellness Essentials to name what is really happening underneath the grind and to map a clearer path to sustainable performance. We talk about building a business that supports your life instead of consuming it, with systems that are simple, doable, and built for the long haul.
We break down the moments when hustle shifts from helpful to harmful, including “multitasking” that is really task switching, urgency thinking that turns everything into a crisis, and the subtle burnout signs that show up as irritability, exhaustion, and always thinking about work. Deirdre also explains why high achievers struggle to slow down even when they see burnout coming, especially when identity is tied to outcomes and people pleasing makes boundaries feel unsafe.
You will walk away with practical strategies for productivity and time management, like planning for clarity, batching email, managing notifications, and setting team expectations around what is urgent and what can wait. We also explore redefining success beyond revenue with a holistic lens and share what Deirdre’s burnout quiz can reveal about where you are on the burnout path.
If you want fewer fires and more focused growth, listen now, share this with a fellow entrepreneur, and subscribe so you do not miss what comes next. After you listen, leave a review and tell us: which boundary are you setting first?
If you want deeper coaching, more transparency, and the episodes that actually help you make decisions faster in your business, then subscribe to Unhinged.
Support the show
You can have a tab folder full of business advice and still feel stuck. That is usually not a discipline problem or a “need a better strategy” problem. It is a clarity problem, and clarity shows up when you know what matters next for your specific service-based business, not what worked for someone else on the internet.
I walk through why information overload is so common for consultants, coaches, and other expert-led businesses, especially when you are trying to move beyond trading time for money. We talk about the three hidden drivers behind constant learning: it feels productive, it helps us avoid hard decisions, and it gives temporary certainty. Then we get honest about why generic strategies and templates fall apart in the real world. Without context, they ignore where your audience is in their awareness journey, whether you are building your foundation or trying to scale, and whether the plan even matches your strengths as a business owner.
You will leave with a simple way to self-audit your situation: where you are right now, what your bottleneck is, and what would create the fastest movement in revenue and growth. Sometimes you do not need more knowledge, you need someone who can see the gaps, connect the dots, and help you choose the right next step with confidence. If this helped, subscribe, share it with a fellow business owner, and leave a review so more people can find the show.
Book a free discovery call.
Read more here!
Support the show
Your tripwire offer might be fine. The real problem is the timeline you expect it to perform on. We talk through what happens after someone opts in from your podcast, a Reel, or a social post and why “download today, buy tomorrow” is rarely how real people make decisions.
We break down the role of a tripwire product (usually a low cost entry offer under $30) inside an email marketing funnel, and why it matters even when it does not convert right away. The goal is not only the first sale. It is making your audience aware you have paid solutions, guiding them through the customer journey, and delivering a quick transformation that proves you can help. We also tackle the frustrating moment when clients assume low price should equal high conversion rate, and why cold leads need more context, more proof, and more time.
We lean on a simple rule: treat selling like dating. People do not hand over trust or credit card details after a first impression. They watch, read, listen, and decide if you feel credible. That is where your podcast content strategy and email nurture sequence do the heavy lifting, turning a cold audience into a warm audience through education, stories, and real examples.
Finally, we share practical ways to get your offer back in front of subscribers without sounding repetitive, including mini launches, webinars, and fresh angles that rebuild excitement. If you want better conversions from your email list and a smarter way to monetize your podcast, hit play, then subscribe, share this with a creator friend, and leave a review so more people can find the show.
Support the show
Burnout can look like success from the outside: a packed calendar, clients coming in, and a business you built from scratch. But when you’re the CEO, the project manager, the marketing team, the client support desk, and the operations department all at once, your business starts to run on your nervous system. Jenny sits down with Britt Karen of East Point Virtual Solutions to name the hidden realities of business owner burnout, especially for high-achieving women entrepreneurs who have learned to measure worth through productivity.
We dig into the difference between temporary stress and real burnout, including the subtle signs many of us ignore: simple tasks feeling weirdly exhausting, decision fatigue, emotional reactivity, procrastination, and that constant sense of being behind no matter how hard you work. Britt explains why burnout often shows up when a business outgrows its support and structure, and how the “just push harder” mindset can keep you stuck in survival mode for years.
Then we get practical about sustainable growth. We talk delegation that actually lightens the load, how an online business manager or fractional operations strategist can help you stop being the bottleneck, and why people pleasing quietly fuels burnout through over-delivering and weak boundaries. You’ll also hear concrete boundary ideas around communication expectations, timelines, and designing offers that fit your real capacity.
If you’re ready to protect your energy and build a business that supports your life, listen now, share it with a friend who needs it, and leave a review. Then take Britt’s “What’s Actually Slowing Your Revenue Right Now” audit and book a free discovery call with Jenny to find your next best step.
Read more here!
Support the show
Your first launch does not need to be a chaotic sprint, a complicated funnel, or a pricey planner that tells you what to do next. I walk through a simple framework that turns a scary “What do I post and when do I sell?” moment into a clear path you can repeat. If you are building a course, program, service, or digital product and you want sustainable income without stacking more hours onto your week, this is the kind of structure that makes launching feel doable.
We start with the warm-up phase, because selling gets easier when your audience can finally name the problem they are living with. I talk about educational content that hits real pain points, where to publish it (your website, YouTube, or a podcast), and how repurposing content into searchable blog posts supports SEO and long-term discovery. I also explain how to use case studies to help people see themselves in the story, even if you are early and your examples are small.
Next comes the launch event: webinars, workshops, trainings, or live challenges that build momentum and get people to raise their hand. I share why live delivery is so helpful when you are new, because you can hear objections, understand what your audience is feeling, and adjust in real time. From there, we move into the launch window with a tight email sequence that supports the buyer decision journey, addresses common objections, and helps the right people make a clear choice.
Finally, we talk about the phase most creators forget: onboarding. A great customer experience after purchase is part of the launch, and it is how you earn testimonials, trust, and easier future launches. If you want help mapping your next steps, grab the 30-minute launch plan, and if you want the full process, check out Launch to Profit. Subscribe, share this with a friend who is stuck in overthinking, and leave a review so more creators can find it.
Read more here!
Support the show
Forget perfect copy. The brands people remember are the ones that make them feel something, fast. I’m joined by Arielle Tayar, founder of Whip Creative Studio, Whip Productions, and Banquet Experiential, to talk about what actually makes business storytelling work when you are trying to grow a brand, market a product, or sell a service without sounding like a walking pitch deck.
We get practical about the craft: why sensory detail and nuance make a story believable, how knowing your audience changes which moments you share, and how to blend personal truth into a strategic business narrative without slipping into oversharing. Arielle also explains the “guide” mindset and how to make your story universal so the listener can see themselves inside it, which is where trust and conversion really start to build.
Then we zoom out into brand identity and modern marketing. Arielle breaks down why a brand is now an entire world, why founder-led storytelling is so powerful on social media, and how “building in public” can turn early listeners into real community. You’ll also hear a concrete example with Mamala Organics and why nostalgia and consistency help a brand feel familiar while still looking new.
If you want stronger brand messaging, better content, and a more ethical way to sell, press play. After you listen, subscribe, share this with a founder friend, and leave a review so more people can find the show. What story are you going to tell next?
Read more here.
Support the show
Selling a digital product shouldn’t require a complicated funnel map, a giant audience, or you living on social media. We share the simplest way to get your offer in front of the right people so you can start making sales without overbuilding your marketing or burning out in the process. If you’ve been stuck “getting ready” to launch, this is the reset that brings you back to what actually moves revenue.
We walk through the core building blocks of a simple digital product launch: an active email list you email consistently, a clear sales page connected to a cart, one main launch event (webinar, workshop, challenge, or training), and a short launch email sequence that speaks directly to pain points and the transformation your offer delivers. We also explain why simplicity works so well: it’s easier to execute, easier for your audience to understand, and it helps you show up with a clearer message.
Then we get into the power of focused promotion, because occasional mentions don’t create momentum. People often need to hear an offer six to eight times before they act, and a launch window creates the visibility and urgency that sporadic marketing can’t. The best part is that once you learn the process, you can repeat your launch multiple times a year and refine it using real data to improve clicks, conversions, and confidence.
Grab the 30-minute launch plan and, check out Launch to Profit if you want the complete step-by-step, and if this helped, subscribe, share it with a friend building a digital product, and leave a review so more experts can launch with less overwhelm.
Read more HERE
Support the show
Niching down can feel like you’re closing doors, but the real risk is staying so broad that nobody knows why they should choose you. Jenny sits down with Gordon Brewer, a licensed marriage and family therapist and the host of the Practice of Therapy podcast, to unpack a simpler, more grounded way to choose a profitable niche without spiraling into overthinking.
We dig into the real places people get stuck, like trying to invent a “totally unique” specialty, or forcing themselves into work they don’t even enjoy. Gordon shares how your best niche often lives at the intersection of what energizes you and what your market actually needs. We talk about how telehealth changes the game, why underserved problems can be a powerful signal, and how clear niche messaging helps you stand out in search results, referrals, and your content marketing.
Then we get practical about niche validation. We cover how to listen for patterns in your caseload, how to use colleague feedback, and why the questions you hear on repeat are one of the best clues that paying clients are already looking for what you offer. That same repeated guidance can also become a workshop, guide, or product so you stop saying the same thing in every session and build more sustainable income.
Grab the linked resources, then subscribe, share this with a fellow service-based business owner, and leave a review so more listeners can build a focused, profitable practice.
Grab the 30-minute Launch Plan
Read more HERE
Support the show
Your calendar is full, your clients get results, and you still feel stuck trading hours for income. That’s the gap we tackle: not a lack of expertise, but a lack of packaging. We talk through how service-based business owners can turn real-world experience into scalable offers people actually buy, without overcomplicating delivery or burning out.
We start with a practical way to spot the program you already have. If your audience keeps asking the same questions, or you keep walking clients through the same steps, you’re sitting on a repeatable process. From there, we focus on what makes a profitable program sell: one clear problem, one recognizable transformation, and one outcome your ideal client can picture. Clarity is what gets someone to raise their hand, not another pile of content.
Then we get tactical about structure and launching. More content rarely fixes a weak offer, but a framework does because transformations happen through process, not information. Finally, we talk about why great programs still fail when there’s no launch strategy, and we point you to the 30-minute launch plan and the deeper step-by-step training inside Launch To Profit. If you found this helpful, subscribe, share it with a friend building a coaching program or online course, and leave a review with the result you want your offer to deliver.
Read more HERE
Support the show
That uneasy feeling that your business is growing but something feels off usually isn’t a marketing problem. It’s often a values problem. I sit down with Whitney Owens, owner of Water’s Edge Counseling and Wise Practice Consulting, to talk about what “profit with integrity” looks like when you’re a service-based business owner who genuinely wants to help people and still earn sustainable income.
We get honest about the guilt many entrepreneurs feel around charging, especially in helping professions like therapy and private practice. Whitney explains why “success” can trigger embarrassment, how childhood money stories shape what we think we’re allowed to earn, and why ethical pricing is part of serving well. We also dig into how to clarify your core values before you scale, so your team, your client experience, and your offers all stay aligned with the impact you want to make.
From there we go practical: delegation, building a leadership team, and using EOS (Entrepreneur Operating System) from Traction by Gino Wickman to reduce decision fatigue and prevent burnout. Whitney breaks down tools like scorecards, Level 10 meetings, quarterly Rocks, and “right person, right seat,” plus how she uses AI-generated scenarios to hire for values instead of vibes. We close with a simple integrity audit you can apply to your messaging, policies, and team behavior, and a resource for marketing and networking with churches in an authentic way.
If you want values-based business growth without selling out, listen now, subscribe for more, and share this with a friend who’s scaling. After you listen, what’s one value you want to run every decision through?
Read more HERE
Support the show
Your offer can be genuinely valuable and still get ignored if you introduce it like a secret. I’m Jenny Melrose, and I’m breaking down why so many online offers fail to sell even when the pricing is fair and the audience is a good fit. The problem is usually positioning and launch strategy: people do not magically find a sales page, understand the value, and buy on the spot.
We get into the “quiet offer” mistake and what consistent promotion actually looks like across email marketing, social media, and the content you already create. Then we talk about audience preparation, because most buyers need to hear about an offer multiple times before they convert. I share how to lay the foundation by teaching the real problem, adding context when your audience does not even realize the root issue, and answering the question that stops sales cold: why should they fix this now?
Finally, we dig into the missing demand stage that turns a random announcement into a planned pre-launch and a clear launch window. You’ll learn how to show the transformation in a way people can feel, not just a list of deliverables, and why multiple invitations to purchase are a service, not spam. If you want more consistent conversions from your course, program, or digital product, grab my 30-minute launch plan in the show notes, then subscribe, share this with a friend, and leave a review so more experts can build profit with intention.
Grab the 30 Minute Launch Plan Guider
Read more HERE
Support the show
What if your most “helpful” content is quietly shrinking your sales? We unpack the difference between teaching for applause and teaching for action with content strategist Jana Osofsky, and the insights may change how you write, post, and pitch this week. Our focus: turning generosity into genuine buyer readiness—without feeling pushy.
Jana breaks down her capsule blog approach, a focused library of 12–20 posts that target the exact beliefs, questions, and objections a client must resolve before working with you. We talk through a simple post structure that blends empathy, clarity, and three strategies—two tied to your paid method (“how I help”) and one quick win for momentum. You’ll hear why belief-shifting content beats another laundry list of tips, especially when your ideal clients are overwhelmed by information but under-coached in decisions.
We run real examples from health and wellness to show how aligned lead magnets turn interest into action. You’ll learn how to craft an opt-in that delivers a small transformation and sets up your offer as the natural next step. We also tackle the sticky guilt around “holding back,” why women in particular feel it, and how to reframe value so perspective and stories matter more than step-by-step freebies.
By the end, you’ll know how to weave your offer into content without a jarring hard sell, integrate education with conversion cues, and repurpose your capsule posts across email, social, and sales calls for consistent, compounding results. If you’re ready to stop collecting freebie seekers and start cultivating clients, this conversation lays out a practical, humane path. Read more here!
Enjoyed the episode? Follow the show, share it with a friend who’s drowning in content ideas, and leave a quick review so we can help more service pros sell with clarity and heart.
If you want deeper coaching, more transparency, and the episodes that actually help you make decisions faster in your business, then subscribe to Unhinged.
Support the show
What if your next online launch didn’t require a massive audience, a maze of funnels, or living on social media all day? We’re challenging one of the most common beliefs in digital marketing: that you need a huge following to make real sales. The truth is simpler and a lot more encouraging. When trust is high and your message is clear, even a small audience can convert.
We talk through why social media conversion rates are often low and why building on rented attention can sabotage your launch strategy. Then we shift to what works: email marketing that builds a real relationship. You’ll hear how to grow an email list with an opt-in lead magnet that creates a quick win, proves your authority, and naturally points to your paid offer as the complete transformation. If you’ve ever wondered how to “nurture” without sounding awkward, we lay out what to send, how to invite replies, and how to keep engagement genuine.
From there, we map a clean launch framework built for service-based business owners: warm up your audience, host one simple online event like a presentation or webinar, then invite people into the offer with confidence. No sleazy tactics, no hard selling, just a clear invitation that respects your audience and your work. If you’re ready for a step-by-step structure, we also point you toward Launch To Profit.
Read more HERE.
Support the show
Burnout isn’t a badge of honor. It’s a sign your message is working too hard without a clear promise behind it. We sit down with publishing veteran Stephanie Moon to map a calmer, smarter path to author visibility—one built on trust, clarity, and sustainable habits rather than trend chasing.
Across 15 years in marketing and publicity, Stephanie has watched great books stall because nobody knew they existed and brilliant authors hide behind vague pitches. Together we break down how to start building your brand the day you decide to write, why you—not a niche or a single topic—are the differentiator, and how to translate your expertise into a one‑sentence promise readers can repeat. You will hear a candid benchmark for social conversion, the real role of email, and a case study of a debut cookbook that sold 30,000 copies by pairing genuine enthusiasm with a warmed‑up community.
We also dig into practical systems: a weekly content rhythm that compounds, how to repurpose one cornerstone piece into email and social without sounding robotic, and why repetition is persuasion, not laziness. Stephanie makes a compelling case for storytelling as your moat in the age of AI—specific moments, clear arcs, and takeaways that make your frameworks unforgettable. Finally, we compare traditional and self‑publishing tradeoffs so you can choose the path that fits your capacity and goals.
If you’re ready to sell more books with less noise—and protect your creative energy while you do it read more here.
If you want deeper coaching, more transparency, and the episodes that actually help you make decisions faster in your business, then subscribe to Unhinged.
Support the show
A bundle invite lands in your inbox. A summit host wants you to “get exposure.” A conference asks you to speak. They all sound like growth, but only one question decides whether it’s worth your time: is this the right audience, and are they actually buyers?
We walk through how we evaluate bundles, summits, and conference stages without getting distracted by vanity metrics. I explain why bundles can be a gray area, how broad bundles attract freebie hunters, and what makes a niche-specific bundle convert. We also get practical about the backend: if sign-ups come through my checkout cart at a zero-dollar checkout, I can tag, track, trigger an email sequence, and offer an upsell immediately. If it’s a CSV file dump, it can break your funnel and block fast conversions.
Then we shift into summits and speaking gigs. I share why I’m more likely to say yes when I can teach, offer a clean opt-in from my presentation, and leverage a VIP upgrade that proves someone is willing to spend. For conferences, we talk about the make-or-break detail: can you sell from stage or invite people directly into a program? If you can, speaking becomes a reliable lead generation strategy, not just “visibility.”
If you want more episodes like this, subscribe, share with a business friend, and leave a quick review so more people can find the show. What’s the next promotion you’re considering right now?
Support the show
Tired of chasing every trend and feeling like your momentum resets every few weeks? We break down a simple CEO decision filter that keeps you focused for a full 90 days, even when revenue dips, boredom creeps in, competitors launch something shiny, or early results feel slow. The goal is clear: stop the mid‑quarter pivots, double down on what matters, and choose profit on purpose.
We start by separating strategy problems from discipline problems. Strategy issues show up as unclear messaging, misaligned offers, and audience mismatch; these require sharpening your promise and ensuring product‑market fit. Discipline issues look like one‑and‑done emails, sporadic posting, skipped collaborations, and platform hopping. From there, we move into data versus emotion—why a single viral post or a quiet week tells you nothing, and how to track leading and lagging indicators over a full 90‑day cycle so your choices are grounded in real numbers, not mood swings.
Focus is the multiplier, so we stress aligning every task with one 90‑day revenue goal and using an idea parking lot to defer good opportunities that don’t serve the current plan. We also unpack the difference between discomfort and misalignment: discomfort is the stretch that precedes growth, while misalignment drains your energy and signals a pivot to schedule next quarter. Instead of burning strategies down, we show how to tweak within the plan—iterating copy, refining audiences, optimizing funnels, and improving calls to action—so you build repeatable systems and SOPs that speed execution and strengthen confidence.
If you’re ready to measure what matters, keep momentum through the messy middle, and make decisions you can defend with data, this one’s for you. Subscribe, share with a founder who needs focus, and leave a review with your one 90‑day revenue goal—you’ll help others commit alongside you.
Read the full article.
Support the show
Feeling stuck on the revenue treadmill—working harder, selling more, but taking home the same? We brought on Kelli Wise, strategic bookkeeper and CFO for online business owners, to break down how to build sustainable profit you can count on and finally pay yourself with confidence. Together we challenge the myth that growth alone fixes cash flow, and we show how expenses quietly swell to meet your sales unless you plan your margins on purpose.
We start by defining sustainable profit in plain terms, then map it to the season your business is in: growth, maintenance, or restructure. Kelli shares the TIP framework—Time, Intention, Predictability—so you can choose how much energy to invest, plan outcomes upfront, and create profit that repeats. You’ll learn how to spot the red flags of an unsustainable model: endless hours, flat take-home pay, reactive spending, and the urge to throw money at ads or hires without a clear strategy.
From there, we turn bookkeeping into a power tool rather than a tax chore. Kelli walks us through the five expense buckets—Owner Compensation, Team, Marketing, Business Health, and Operations & Delivery—and how to convert each into a percentage of revenue to see what’s healthy, what’s bloated, and what’s starving your profit. We dig into common pitfalls like over-indexing on ads, stacking subscriptions that go unused, and underinvesting in team support that would free you for sales and delivery.
If you want a 90-day plan to lift profit without adding hours, we outline three simple moves: run a 15-minute profit pulse, cut low-ROI recurring costs, and right-size your team so your time goes to high-value work. For owners not on payroll, we clarify how to pay yourself from profit and set aside taxes intentionally. To make it concrete, Kelli shares her Create Predictable Paydays calculator—a simple, visual tool to average your revenue, expenses, and profit, then plan how much goes to you, taxes, savings, reinvestment, or debt.
Subscribe for more straight-talking strategy, share this with a founder friend who’s stuck chasing topline wins, and leave a review with the one expense you’re cutting this week. Your profit plan starts now.
Read the full article.
If you want deeper coaching, more transparency, and the episodes that actually help you make decisions faster in your business, then subscribe to Unhinged.
Support the show
What if being “fully booked” is the reason you feel behind? We pull back the curtain on the operator mindset—busy, reactive, and addicted to checking boxes—and replace it with a CEO approach that channels your time into one focused, revenue-driving outcome. Instead of chasing trends and starting over every week, we build a simple 90-day lens that protects your priorities, clarifies your message, and makes progress measurable.
Across this conversation, we reframe how experts and service providers structure their work. We define the real difference between effort and outcomes, then design a quarter where every core activity supports a single offer or revenue target. You’ll hear how to translate that target into monthly milestones and weekly needle-movers: sales assets that convert, nurture sequences that answer objections, and content that points buyers toward one clear decision. We also dig into what to stop doing—reactive pivots, shiny-object projects, and over-editing low-impact tasks—so your best hours go to the moves that actually pay you back.
Data becomes your feedback loop, not your stressor. We walk through the leading and lagging metrics that matter, from opt-ins and booked calls to conversion rates and total revenue. With a calm weekly review, you adjust tactics without scrapping the plan, then close the quarter with a short retrospective that turns lessons into leverage. The payoff is momentum without burnout: a cadence you can sustain, a message your audience understands, and offers that grow stronger with each quarter you run.
Ready to trade busyness for strategy? Press play, set your one revenue goal for the next 90 days, and commit to finishing what you start. If this helps, subscribe, share it with a friend who needs focus, and leave a quick review to tell us your next 90-day target.
Read the full article.
Support the show
Goals don’t fail because you’re lazy; they fail because you’re alone with them. We sat down with Natalie, a veteran coach and community builder from New Zealand, to unpack why accountability works, how to make it feel supportive instead of pushy, and what happens when you choose partners who match your values and season of life. If you’ve ever swung between overstuffed weeks and quiet procrastination, this conversation gives you a humane system for steady progress.
We start by demystifying accountability and tackling the myths that it’s joyless or rigid. Natalie shares the numbers that change the game: writing a goal helps a little, telling someone boosts it to 65 percent, and showing up for regular check-ins pushes success to 95 percent. From there, we dig into motivation styles—why revenue isn’t always the right carrot, how service and impact can fuel deeper commitment, and how a thoughtful partner will adapt their approach to what actually moves you. You’ll learn to spot the “overwhelm spiral,” break work into realistic steps, and use weekly top threes to ship what matters.
We also get practical about finding the right people. Paid masterminds and memberships offer structure and peer alignment, while conferences and online communities spark organic matches. Fit matters: look for integrity, follow-through, and complementary strengths rather than identical personalities. Groups can outperform pairs by giving you a mix of strategist, challenger, and encourager—so you get the push you need on some days and the lift you need on others. We touch on the unique power of retreats to reset energy and sharpen plans, then introduce Natalie’s life audit to align health, relationships, and business goals so you’re building with real capacity, not fumes.
Ready to stop ghosting your goals? Tune in, choose a partner, and commit to a simple cadence. Want to take it to the next level? Apply for a mastermind today!
Read more HERE
If you want deeper coaching, more transparency, and the episodes that actually help you make decisions faster in your business, then subscribe to Unhinged.
Support the show
More clients isn’t always more money—especially when your calendar is crammed, your energy is thin, and your revenue still feels fragile. We pull back the curtain on why a time-for-money model keeps therapists stuck and show how to design profit with intention, not exhaustion. If your income goals require more sessions than you can realistically hold, you don’t have a marketing problem; you have a revenue model problem.
We start by optimizing the foundation you already have. You’ll learn how to align fees with your expertise, turn referrals from a happy accident into a reliable system, and use onboarding to set clear expectations that reduce churn. We reframe retention as ethical, client-centered continuity, not a failure to “fix” fast—because growth takes time and therapy can serve people across seasons of life.
Then we explore ethical leverage that expands impact without draining capacity. Think small groups, intensives, retreats, or online workshops, along with digital tools like workbooks that deepen progress between sessions. These offers welcome folks not ready for one-to-one while strengthening outcomes for current clients. Finally, we cut through the noise with a simple rule: choose one strategy, commit for 90 days, and track the tasks and metrics that matter. No content treadmill, no sprawling product suite—just focused execution that compounds.
You’ll walk away with a practical blueprint to increase revenue, protect your energy, and build a more resilient practice: optimize what works, add a single leveraged offer, and create systems that run at a humane pace. Ready to step off the hustle hamster wheel and build with clarity? Join the Practice to Profit Summit.
Support the show
Trading time for money has a hard ceiling. We sit down with Kate Walker—therapist, founder of Kate Walker Training, and the mind behind a top-tier 40-hour supervisor course—to unpack how a deeply niche offer, smart email funnels, and member-driven upsells turned specialized expertise into a seven-figure business. The shift didn’t happen overnight: it started with state rule changes that opened the door to hybrid learning, followed by a bold move to a fully online program released right before COVID pushed demand into the stratosphere.
Kate walks us through the decisions that mattered: focusing on a small set of durable search terms instead of chasing broad SEO, using AI to identify cornerstone content and internal links, and building trust quickly through live webinars, a podcast, and YouTube. We talk about the system behind list growth—a single memorable bonus link, rotating freebies inside Podia, tagging and funnels that meet prospects where they are—so every new listener or reader can take the next step with ease.
Revenue scale came from reshaping the product, not just selling harder. Kate split one flagship course into three offers, added a membership to sustain value, and baked in upsells at checkout with well-timed save sequences when members consider canceling. She shares how capturing Google reviews, routing feedback intelligently, and constantly improving the content made price increases both fair and effective. Then we zoom out to the big leap: taking the course nationwide despite complex state-by-state rules. With SOPs, a trained team, and clear metrics, that expansion becomes a series of repeatable projects—and a path to more freedom, more impact, and more time for family.
If you’re ready to scale beyond the calendar, this conversation gives you a practical blueprint: start with an opt-in that truly helps, teach live to compress trust, write to the search terms that already bring buyers, and let your funnel run long enough to work. Subscribe, share this with a colleague who needs the nudge, and leave a review to tell us which tactic you’ll try first.
Read more HERE
If you want deeper coaching, more transparency, and the episodes that actually help you make decisions faster in your business, then subscribe to Unhinged.
Support the show
What if the fastest path to growth isn’t another platform hack, but one relationship that changes your business trajectory? We unpack how a single connection—born from an Instagram tag and a short consult—clarified our niche, attracted more ideal clients, and inspired a move from trading time for money to building leveraged, scalable offers.
We walk through the shift from lifestyle blogging to coaching therapists, and why service pros are primed for digital products like workshops and courses that return hours to their week. Along the way, we dig into the practical side of strategic networking: how to find energizing communities, why masterminds compound results, and what separates a productive group from a doom spiral fixated on algorithms. You’ll hear simple, repeatable tactics to engage creators you admire, become a true superfan, and turn small interactions into long-term opportunities.
If you’ve ever wondered how to pitch a podcast or collaboration without feeling salesy, we break down the value-first approach that hosts actually respond to. Make it about their audience, be specific about outcomes, and back it up with proof you can deliver. We also share a step-by-step plan to identify potential partners already in your orbit, suggest accountability relationships, and create momentum that outlasts any algorithm change. By the end, you’ll have a clear blueprint to build relationships that drive referrals, sharpen your positioning, and help you create products that scale your impact.
Ready to act on it today? Apply for a mastermind today!
Read more HERE.
Support the show
Ever wished the parenting advice that actually works could meet you on your couch, at your pace, right when a meltdown is brewing? We sit down with play therapist and LCSW-S Lynn McLean to unpack how she transformed her parent coaching from room-bound sessions to flexible, evergreen online courses—without losing the heart of her work.
Lynn shares the moment-by-moment realities that drove the shift: parents stretched thin, the whiplash from Zoom fatigue, and the need to revisit strategies when kids hit new phases. She breaks down the skills that travel across ages—like reflecting feelings and smoothing transitions—and explains why lifetime access matters when your toddler becomes a teen. You’ll hear how a simple opt-in guide about why popular parenting trends stall warms up new listeners, how Facebook, SEO, and a short weekly show called Tantrum of the Week pull fresh families into her orbit, and why early enrollments often come from relationships built over years in practice.
We also go behind the build: the two-to-three month recording and platform ramp-up, the six-month idea-to-launch arc while running a full caseload, and the candid battle with imposter syndrome. Lynn outlines a clean playbook for therapists eyeing passive income: name the outcomes you deliver, structure content for clarity and reuse, lean on email to nurture trust, and borrow speed through masterminds and expert help. The result is a sustainable model that protects your energy, multiplies your impact, and gives parents tools they can replay on hard days.
If you’re a parent craving practical, evidence-based help or a clinician ready to scale your reach, this conversation offers a grounded roadmap and real-world examples you can copy. Subscribe, share with a friend who needs calmer mornings, and leave a review to tell us the next parenting challenge you want solved.
Read more HERE.
Apply for Mastermind!
Support the show
If algorithms don’t pay your bills, why let them drive your business? We’re opening a new chapter: Practice to Profit. After a decade of helping creators and service providers grow, we saw the real win wasn’t bigger audiences—it was building revenue models that scale without burning you out. This conversation breaks down what’s changing, what’s not, and how a clearer focus will help you turn what you already do into offers that compound your impact and your income.
We walk through why the influencer era had its season and why many experts now crave stability, intention, and freedom from the 1:1 grind. You’ll hear how to rethink “practice” as the sum of your skills, systems, and results—the foundation for courses, group programs, memberships, and productized services that deliver outcomes at scale. We share the filters we use to validate offer ideas, design simple funnels that convert, and protect delivery quality without adding endless hours to your week. Ethics matter here: no hype, no inflated promises—just honest frameworks, proof, and sustainable strategy.
You’ll also get clarity on what stays the same: practical tactics, mindset shifts, behind-the-scenes lessons, and conversations with builders who prioritize long-term growth over short-term noise. The difference is depth and intention. Whether you’re a consultant, educator, creator, or service pro, you’ll leave with a life-first lens for pricing, packaging, and capacity planning—plus the courage to say no to shiny objects and yes to a business that supports your life.
If you’re ready to scale with purpose, hit follow, share this with a friend who needs a reset, and leave a quick review to help others find the show. Your expertise is ready for its next level—let’s build it together.
Support the show
What if the hours you add aren’t the reason your business grows? We make the case that smart relationships beat raw hustle, then map a practical system for turning peers, mentors, creators, and event partners into compounding momentum. Starting with the network you already have, we break down how to lead with listening, spot complementary strengths, and make referrals that build trust on both sides. You will hear why a single podcast appearance can out-convert a dozen cold pitches and how to turn that visibility into warm, ongoing collaboration.
We walk through four high-leverage relationship paths—peer networking, mentorship, strategic collaborations, and events—and show how each one brings a different kind of lift. Think coffee chats that create precise introductions, guest swaps that put you in front of a ready audience, and event invites that borrow credibility at scale. Along the way, we share niche examples, like when a therapist serving first responders should refer a police officer to a specialist, and how seemingly different fields can still share an overlapping audience that makes co-creation natural and profitable.
To tie it together, we outline the structure of a curated mastermind that blends all four paths. With five to seven members, three meetings each month, two 90-day sprints, and monthly hot seats, you get accountability, targeted feedback, and a cross-pollination of skills—YouTube growth from one member, email monetization from another. The result is a clear path from conversation to outcome: fewer cold pitches, more warm invitations, and clients arriving pre-sold through trusted voices.
If this resonates and you are ready to grow through relationships, apply to our mastermind today. Subscribe, share this episode with someone who needs a better networking playbook, and leave a review to tell us what collaboration you are planning next.
Read more HERE
Support the show
If the word “sales” makes your stomach flip, you’re going to love this conversation. We sit down with licensed counselor and practice owner Tabitha Westbrook to unpack how a simple shift—from selling to inviting—turned a timely holiday workshop into a sellout success and opened the door to upsells that actually served families under stress.
Tabitha walks us through the workshop concept built for parents navigating sensory overload, trauma triggers, and schedule chaos during the winter holidays. The breakthrough wasn’t a fancy funnel. It was values-driven email marketing: shorter messages with a single clear action, consistent reminders that respect attention, and language that honors autonomy. Instead of hiding for fear of “being pushy,” Tabitha decided that silence takes away choice. By emailing more frequently with purpose, she gave her audience the information they needed to say yes—or no—without guilt.
We dig into ethical upsells that extend transformation, including kid-focused coaching, a mindful connection course delivered as a private podcast, and a stress and crisis management toolkit for when it all hits the fan. Each step meets parents where they are and helps them become the thermostat—steady, present, and responsive—so their kids can settle too. We also tackle unsubscribe anxiety, how to find a healthy sending cadence, and why multi-touch messages are accessibility, not annoyance, in a loud world.
To close, Tabitha shares a five-minute nervous system reset you can use anywhere to shift from reactivity to calm. It’s a practical grounding tool and a great metaphor for sustainable marketing: small, compassionate actions repeated over time create real change. If you’ve been hesitant to email your list, this is your permission slip to invite with integrity and watch your impact—and revenue—grow. If this resonates, follow the show, share it with a friend, and leave a quick review to help more creators find us.
Read more HERE
If you want deeper coaching, more transparency, and the episodes that actually help you make decisions faster in your business, then subscribe to Unhinged.
Support the show
The “self-made” story sounds inspiring, but it leaves out the secret that actually accelerates growth: the right people in your corner. We open up about how masterminds create 2.5x momentum by combining accountability, proximity, and perspective, and why those three forces beat lone-wolf hustling every time. From weekly wins that build confidence to simple systems that cut through scattered days, you’ll hear how focused structure turns plans into results without sacrificing your life outside the business.
We share a client journey that moved from doom scrolling to disciplined action using habit stacking and 90-day goals, unlocking more revenue and more family time. Then we unpack the four hidden gains most leaders overlook: clarity from sharp questions, confidence from speaking goals aloud, collaboration that drives warm referrals and co-marketing, and resilience that helps you bounce back faster when a launch wobbles. These are the compounding advantages you get when you stop building in a silo and start building with a trusted circle.
If you’re exploring a mastermind, we also map out how to choose one that fits: a facilitator who teaches and holds you accountable, a room of like-minded entrepreneurs with complementary strengths, and a culture that prioritizes collaboration over competition. Ready to find your people and scale with purpose? Subscribe, share this with a friend who needs momentum, and leave a review to tell us the one shift you’re making this quarter.
Support the show
What if brand clarity is the difference between a beautiful website that nobody understands and a clear pathway that people actually follow? We sit down with Ellie Brown, a licensed professional counselor, author, and podcaster, to unpack how aligning faith and psychology—not hiding them—transformed her business, her confidence, and her results. Ellie shares the moment she stopped splitting identities and started speaking directly to people wrestling with shame, faith ambivalence, and the nagging question of why healing still feels out of reach.
We walk through the practical shifts that made the biggest impact: defining a specific audience, building four simple content pillars, and reshaping a homepage around problems and solutions instead of vague inspiration. Ellie explains how clarity made consistency doable and how consistency made measurement meaningful. From Instagram engagement to email open rates, she now uses data as a compass, not a report card—doubling down on topics that resonate and gracefully letting go of what doesn’t.
You’ll also hear about an ethical visibility win: a respectful client email series that simply named her resources—podcast, book, shame quiz, and the Better Way guide. The result wasn’t pushy; it was supportive care beyond the therapy hour. Ellie then breaks down her Better Way framework—awareness, education and exploration, taking down defenses, transformation, establishing and empowering, and rising in resilience—and shows how it helps people move from surviving to thriving with both therapeutic depth and faith-integrated hope.
If you’re a clinician, creator, or founder who’s tired of guessing at content and watching a “pretty” brand underperform, this conversation offers a practical roadmap. We cover audience definition, messaging, site structure, content strategy, and simple metrics you can track today. Listen, take notes, and then tell us your next move. If this helped, follow the show, share it with a friend who needs brand clarity, and leave a quick review so more people can find it.
Read it HERE.
Support the show
Ever wondered what actually happens inside a high-impact business mastermind—beyond slogans and vague motivation? We pull back the curtain on our six-woman, six-month program and show how structure, hot seats, and data-backed decisions turn ambition into measurable growth. From curated member mix to weekly rhythms, you’ll hear exactly how we select complementary strengths, set 90-day plans, and guide focused conversations that translate to revenue.
We break down the heartbeat of the format: the hot seat. Instead of broad brainstorming, each hot seat starts with a precise question, then moves into metrics, constraints, and next steps. You’ll hear how simple choices like the right lead magnet can unlock sales, and how deeper dives into conversion data reveal where a funnel leaks—cart, checkout, or follow-up. With a facilitator steering toward clarity, the group avoids overwhelm and builds action you can execute in days, not months.
Across five-plus years and nearly twenty groups, the pattern is clear: the right room compounds results. We share real wins, from a member crossing the million-dollar mark in a year to another transforming stage talks into organizational training that reshaped mental health priorities for police departments and therapists. Many finally shipped long-stalled products, supported by peers who both challenge and cheer. Consistency fuels momentum through a tight session flow—progress checks against 90-day goals, logged weekly wins, two deep hot seats, and a quick open floor—plus an active community that keeps the work moving between calls.
If you’re craving accountability, steady, strategic growth, and you’re tired of building alone, this might be your room. Bring your best skill, your biggest gap, and your real numbers. Ready to explore fit for the next cohort? Apply today and let’s book a short discovery call. And if this resonated, subscribe, share with a friend who’s ready to grow, and leave a review to help others find the show.
Support the show
Google’s results are a scoreboard, and in 2026 the only way to win is to deliver what the current winners don’t. We sat down with Ty from Everything Digital Marketing to unpack the strategies that reliably drive rankings and revenue right now—no fluff, no recycled tips. From intent-first research to experience-rich content, we break down how to choose battles AI can’t win and how to turn your unique perspective into authority and clicks.
We start by mapping the biggest shift: if AI can answer it fast, don’t write it. Instead, chase queries that demand judgment, local nuance, or lived experience. Ty shares practical ways to evaluate a SERP before you draft, spot depth signals, and decide whether to publish, pivot, or pass. We dig into building trust with proof—expert bios, transparent methods, case studies—and why personality is not a nice-to-have but a differentiator that keeps readers engaged and coming back.
Then we tear down persistent myths. One-size-fits-all advice fails because SEO is like fitness: the right plan depends on where you are and what you need. Ty outlines a simple testing cadence you can run on clusters of similar pages, how to read leading indicators without overreacting, and why he follows what Google rewards instead of what Google says. For local and professional services, we highlight the outsized impact of a complete Google Business Profile and rich service pages. For creators and publishers, we offer frameworks for turning generic listicles into decision-making guides, comparisons, and itineraries grounded in real experience.
If you’re ready to stop chasing trends and start shipping content that ranks because it’s genuinely better, this conversation is your blueprint. Subscribe for more proven strategies, share this with a friend who needs a smarter SEO plan, and leave a review with the one tactic you’ll test first.
Read more HERE
If you want deeper coaching, more transparency, and the episodes that actually help you make decisions faster in your business, then subscribe to Unhinged.
Support the show
Your goals aren’t the problem; your accountability system is. We explore the real reason 90-day plans gather dust and outline a practical path to turn written intentions into shipped work. Drawing on years of helping founders grow and scale, we break down how clarity, cadence, and community combine to create dependable momentum—even when motivation dips.
First, we get honest about why self-accountability alone stalls progress. Without external feedback, it’s easy to lose sight of what moves the needle, extend deadlines quietly, and confuse motion with results. We reframe accountability as guidance, not guilt, and show how small, consistent wins build the confidence and energy to keep going. From defining a single measurable 90-day outcome to choosing three lever tasks that drive it, you’ll learn how to create focus that survives daily noise.
Then we unpack the three pillars of real accountability. Pillar one: a clear, shared goal so collaborators can help you ignore distractions. Pillar two: simple, reliable check-ins that track shipped work and surface roadblocks early. Pillar three: community and collaboration, where peers offer models, troubleshoot bottlenecks, and help you turn overwhelming projects into doable steps. We talk through picking an accountability partner whose strengths complement yours and how to use short weekly touchpoints for maximum effect.
Finally, we walk through the structure of a mastermind that keeps founders executing: recurring meetings, hot seats for targeted problem-solving, and a culture that celebrates completions. You’ll leave with a lightweight system you can start today and a playbook for finding the right room to grow. If your plan has been waiting for a spark, this is the match.
If this resonates, subscribe, share the episode with a builder who needs it, and leave a quick review to help more entrepreneurs find the show. Ready for structured accountability? Apply to the mastermind to get started today.
Read more HERE
Support the show
Tired of saying it’s faster if I do it myself? We dive into a practical, human way to break the bottleneck and build a business that runs with you, not because of you. Our guest, Brittany Bettini of I Need a VA, lays out a straightforward blueprint: start with a life audit, delegate low-joy work, and capture your “pie recipe” in clear SOPs so results stay consistent even when hands change.
We get honest about control, especially the hyper-independence many women entrepreneurs carry into their businesses. Brittany shares how she moved from doing everything to doing only what lights her up—coaching, teaching, creating—while VAs handle operations, inboxes, research, scheduling, design assets, and home tasks like groceries and laundry. The key isn’t just offloading tasks; it’s choosing what to keep based on joy, genius, and revenue impact, then backing the rest with documentation that a new hire can follow on day one.
You’ll hear how to use Loom and AI to turn screen recordings into step-by-step SOPs, why in-house virtual assistants (especially experienced Filipino VAs) protect your IP and culture, and how to structure training so your team writes and updates the manuals as they work. We cover mistakes to avoid—like over-relying on agencies for core functions—and the management rhythms that keep quality high without micromanaging: clear outcomes, visible dashboards, and monthly SOP reviews. Think of delegation like a pendulum: initial training takes time and money, then the swing returns with compounding freedom, focus, and revenue.
If you’re ready to stop being the bottleneck and start being the leader, this conversation gives you the tools and the nudge to move.
Read more HERE
Support the show
Ever feel like you’re building in a vacuum while the people closest to you don’t quite understand what you do? We dig into why environment outperforms motivation and how carefully choosing your “power five” can change the trajectory of your business. Rather than grinding harder alone, we map out how to engineer a circle that elevates your beliefs, sharpens accountability, and gives you the shared energy that makes hard goals feel doable.
We break down the law of averages in practical terms and explore the three big transfers that happen in any group: beliefs, accountability, and momentum. You’ll hear the roles to include—an encourager who keeps your courage intact, a collaborator who shares tactics and opens doors, and an expander who sits a few steps ahead and normalizes your next level. Instead of chasing status, we show why complementary strengths matter more: email strategy from one person, YouTube growth from another, keyword research from a third, podcast audience building from a fourth. That mix becomes a composite mentor, and it beats any single playbook.
Isolation has hidden costs: dwindling inspiration, slower feedback, and missed opportunities. We share how to avoid the isolation loop, why no one scales alone, and how to leverage second‑degree networks for partnerships, list growth, and faster iteration across any niche. If you’ve been thinking, “No one gets my business,” this conversation gives you a blueprint to find the right rooms and make progress feel inevitable.
If you want structured accountability and a curated circle that pushes you forward, apply to our mastermind and let’s take your business to the next level. Subscribe, share this with a founder who needs a stronger circle, and leave a review to help more builders find the show.
Support the show
Tax stress doesn’t start in April—it starts when we ignore the basics. We sit down with Rose, best-selling author of Add a Zero, to turn anxiety into a simple, repeatable system that keeps your books clean and your tax bill smaller. From hiring an affordable bookkeeper to building monthly routines, we walk through the exact steps that make compliance easy and strategy possible.
We dig into the power of clean data: connecting your accounts to QuickBooks, letting a pro categorize your transactions, and answering a short monthly list of questions so your P&L stays accurate. Then we layer in automation using project tools like Asana—recurring tasks for contractor 1099s, retirement contributions before the cutoff, and a post-filing strategy session with your CPA. The result is less guesswork, fewer surprises, and more time to focus on work that grows the business.
Rose breaks down the tax-savvy retirement options many entrepreneurs skip. Learn how a solo 401k can combine employee and profit-sharing contributions toward a high annual limit, why a SEP IRA might fit certain team setups, and how a defined benefit pension plan can unlock six-figure, tax-deductible contributions for high earners. We also cover structure choices, salary versus distributions, and the low-hanging savings a good accountant will spot when you bring organized numbers and smart questions.
If you’re ready to stop scrambling and start saving, this conversation gives you the playbook: simple systems, clear roles for your bookkeeper and CPA, and proven strategies to keep more of what you earn. Subscribe, share with a founder friend, and leave a review with the tax question you want us to tackle next.
Read more HERE
Support the show
Tired of planning big and finishing small? We open the playbook on the exact 90-day system we use to turn clarity into revenue: define one core goal, build a simple sprint that delivers a real transformation, and create the content and metrics that move people from awareness to action. Instead of chasing visibility for its own sake, we show how to design a quarterly plan that teaches, converts, and scales without the stress of an overstuffed annual roadmap.
You’ll hear why hands-on teaching outperformed daily posting, and how a focused four-day sales sprint helped our audience replace fear with confidence. We break down the sprint from idea to execution: curriculum design, scheduling, naming, sales page, onboarding emails, and the launch runway that warms demand before you ever ask for the sale. Then we connect it to a clean offer ladder—sprint into membership for practice, membership into mastermind for depth—so each step builds momentum and matches where buyers truly are in their customer journey.
Throughout, we emphasize practical metrics and simple storytelling. Track list growth, clicks, page views, and registrations so you know what to keep, cut, or tweak. Use awareness content to name the problem, momentum content to deliver quick wins, and conversion messages to earn the yes with clarity and timing. If you want less noise and more movement, this is a grounded path you can run every quarter.
Ready to build your next 90-day plan? Grab the 90 Day Plan program
Support the show
Confidence rarely appears first; it’s built by tiny actions that are easy to start and even easier to repeat. We sit down with tiny habits coach Julie to unpack a practical, science-backed approach for getting unstuck, turning ideas into a weekly plan, and tracking what actually moves a business forward. If motivation has let you down, this conversation shows you how behavior design, not willpower, creates momentum.
Julie breaks down habit stacking with simple, real-life examples: filling a water bottle after letting the dogs out, reading one chapter when you sit at your desk. We dig into why environment design beats good intentions, how quick celebrations rewire the brain for consistency, and the small tweaks that keep actions sustainable on your busiest days. From there, we shift into strategy: translating goals into daily and weekly actions, building a 12-week cadence, and using a Friday review to recalibrate without losing steam.
We also challenge the obsession with lagging metrics like downloads and revenue. Instead, you’ll learn to focus on leading indicators—outreach sent, content shipped, follow-ups logged—that you can control and that predict future results. Julie shares a clear distinction between doing more and doing what matters, plus the mindset shift from taking numbers personally to treating them as useful, neutral data. We close with a look at her Passion To Profit framework, which helps validate demand, price with confidence, and turn skills into a profitable, resilient business.
If you’re ready to replace “go big or go home” with small, consistent moves that compound, press play now. If this helped, subscribe, share it with a friend who needs momentum, and leave a quick review so we can reach more builders like you.
Read more HERE
Support the show
January doesn’t fail you—your timing does. When most entrepreneurs try to plan and execute at the same time, the daily grind eats their goals by week two. We take a different path: build a 90-day plan before the year turns so you start with clarity, momentum, and a short list of actions that actually move numbers.
We walk through a focused framework: reflect on last year’s metrics, choose just two goals for the first quarter, and translate each into precise projects and tasks you can schedule and measure. Using a real example—adding 1,000 qualified email subscribers—we map the projects (podcast guesting, list swaps, and creating a relevant opt-in) and outline the task lists that make them work: researching aligned shows, crafting targeted pitches, aligning the opt-in to episode topics, setting dates, and tracking conversions with simple attribution. You’ll hear how weekly check-ins on leading and lagging indicators help you pivot fast, protect your energy, and compound wins.
We also share two client stories that underscore the payoff of early planning. One entered Q1 with tasks queued and saw a 25% revenue lift in the first 90 days. The other waited until January to plan, spent two weeks catching up, and never found traction. The takeaway is clear: planning is a multiplier when done before the calendar flips. If you want a calmer January and a stronger February, build your quarter now—set two goals, define your projects, break them into tasks, and measure what matters.
Want the template and prompts we use? Grab the Strategic Growth Plan Guide in the description and get the 90-Day Plan program while it’s discounted. Subscribe, share this with a founder who’s stuck in resolution mode, and tell us: what are your two Q1 goals?
Read more HERE.
Support the show
You can do a lot right in your business and still plant legal landmines without realizing it. We brought attorney-turned-founder Bobby Clink on to walk through the simple, practical steps that keep online businesses out of trouble—so you can grow without fear of rebrands, takedowns, or messy disputes. From naming a podcast or course to handling email consent across borders, we break down the exact checks ambitious creators should run before momentum builds.
We start by separating copyright (your content) from trademarks (your brand) with real examples: why a five-minute trademark search saves a five-figure rebrand, what’s worth registering with the Copyright Office, and how AI-generated content changes what you actually own. Then we move into email: GDPR consent done right with unchecked boxes, why CAN-SPAM is not a hall pass, and how to keep your list-building clean without tanking deliverability. We also tackle the overlooked risk of memes and GIFs in newsletters, the right way to license images, and the safe lane with Canva’s terms.
Contracts get the spotlight too. Bobby explains why written agreements protect relationships, not just revenue, and how to structure terms that match the reality of your offers—scope, IP ownership, refunds, termination, and more. To make this easier, we explore Bobby’s Plainly Legal platform: a free Legal Manager that audits your business and prioritizes tasks, a powerful agreement generator with e‑signature, and Chat Legal for quick, vetted answers. The goal isn’t to turn you into a lawyer—it’s to give you the confidence to build, market, and sell without second-guessing every step.
If you found this helpful, follow the show, share it with a founder who needs a legal tune‑up, and leave a quick review so more builders can find it. Your support helps us bring on experts who save you time, money, and stress.
Read more HERE
Support the show
Are you trapped in the cycle of busy work that feels productive but doesn't actually grow your business? You're not alone. A shocking 80% of entrepreneurs focus their energy on tasks that never move the needle on revenue.
This episode cuts through the noise to help you identify which activities truly matter in your business. The key question every business owner needs to ask: "Does this task directly impact revenue?" If you can't draw a clear line between your daily work and actual sales, you might be spinning your wheels. Social media posts, networking events, and even content creation need to be evaluated through the lens of real results, not just visibility or vanity metrics.
Success leaves clues, so we explore how to analyze what's already working in your business and double down on those proven strategies. Rather than constantly chasing new trends or tactics, learn how to "tighten the cork" on existing revenue streams. This might mean improving your sales page copy, focusing on email list growth that converts, or transforming successful launches into evergreen offers.
The path to sustainable growth isn't about working harder—it's about working smarter. Discover how to create an effective 90-day plan with just 1-2 focused goals, delegate tasks that don't require your unique expertise, and build systems that free you from busy work. By concentrating your energy on the 20% of activities that generate 80% of your results, you'll finally escape the overwhelm that plagues most entrepreneurs.
Ready to transform how you prioritize your time and efforts? Grab our 90-day planning framework and start focusing on what truly matters—growing your business and hitting your income goals without the burnout.
Support the show
Ready to stop trading hours for dollars and start building assets that work while you sleep? We sit down with Kathy, a veteran blogger of nearly two decades, to unpack how she moved beyond volatile ad revenue and turned her highest-value posts into profitable digital products—starting with simple printables and growing into the Safe Harbor Emergency Binder System. This isn’t about shiny tools or complicated funnels; it’s about solving real problems your audience already has and delivering a clear path to results.
Kathy shares the early days of blogging for a frugal homesteading audience, why ads once made sense, and what changed as search engines answered queries directly and social algorithms got noisier. We dig into her first wins on Etsy by packaging top goat-care posts into affordable PDFs, then explore how a single high-traffic article evolved into a complete emergency binder that families can grab in a crisis. From tornado prep and wildfire evacuations to everyday needs like policy numbers, titles, passwords, and DMV checklists, the binder’s value is peace of mind and time saved—benefits that resonate far beyond her original niche.
We also get tactical: how to choose your first product by mining analytics, structure it around a job-to-be-done, and use email marketing—not social—to educate, nurture, and sell without feeling pushy. You’ll learn why a simple “Life Happens” opt-in accelerates trust, how to design a customer journey with natural next steps, and the mindset shift from “I shouldn’t ask for money” to “I prescribe solutions that help.” If you’re a creator or blogger feeling squeezed by RPMs and algorithms, this conversation shows a practical, values-aligned path to sustainable revenue.
Subscribe for more creator business strategies, share this episode with a friend who needs a nudge to launch their first product, and leave a quick review with your biggest takeaway so we can keep bringing you actionable stories.
Read more HERE.
Support the show
Ever feel like your creative business has you constantly putting out fires instead of making meaningful progress? You're not alone. The freedom we crave as content creators often leads to business chaos when we "wing it" without structure.
In this episode, I unpack why scattered approaches fail entrepreneurs and how implementing a strategic 90-day plan transforms both your business results and your quality of life. The problem isn't your creativity or work ethic—it's the lack of focused direction. When you jump from tactic to tactic without measuring impact, you burn valuable energy without gaining traction.
A 90-day plan works because it provides the perfect balance between focus and flexibility. This timeline naturally aligns with business quarters while allowing you to adapt to your audience's seasonal needs. You'll experience quick wins that build momentum instead of chasing every shiny object or trend that comes along. The structure helps you prioritize what truly matters by focusing on just 1-3 core goals, creating measurable checkpoints that keep you accountable, and giving you the ability to adjust strategies without abandoning your vision.
Through practical examples like growing your email list through podcast appearances and summit participation, I demonstrate how to break big goals into manageable projects and specific tasks. The result? Predictable revenue, sustainable content creation, and a positive mindset where you run your business instead of letting it run you.
Ready to transform your business approach? Join my 90-Day Plan Program to get the exact system we implement at our annual Insiders Retreat. Stop the overwhelm and start seeing the progress your hard work deserves. Your future self will thank you for the clarity and momentum you're about to create.
Support the show
Ever wonder what makes business retreats so transformative compared to conferences or online courses? In this compelling conversation with Jodi Halstead, owner of Ireland Family Vacations and host of the Traveling in Ireland podcast, we uncover the magical elements that turn business retreats into catalysts for growth and renewal.
Jodi shares her experience at the Insiders Retreat, describing how these intimate gatherings create what she calls "hallway conversations all the time" – those valuable, unscripted moments of connection that entrepreneurs crave. "The power of a retreat comes from being around other people who are in a similar situation," she explains. "Being around smart women who are looking to do things similar to you, who you can bounce ideas off and help with – it revives you."
We explore the phenomenon of breakthrough moments that happen during retreats, which Jodi compares to witnessing an eclipse: "It's just like these lightbulbs turn on, but they're so powerful and you can see the adrenaline and the thoughts... it's like this stone rolling down a hill, it starts off slow and then all of a sudden it picks up speed and bam, it's right there." These transformational shifts happen when entrepreneurs find clarity and excitement for their business again, especially after experiencing periods of uncertainty or burnout.
Perhaps most importantly, we address the hesitation many women entrepreneurs feel about attending retreats. As Jodi points out, "We're not afraid to step away from our business. We're afraid to step away from everything else because we are the plate spinner and if we're not there spinning the plates, they're going to fall." Yet with proper planning, taking this time for focused business growth isn't just possible – it's essential for breaking through to new levels of success.
Ready to experience your own business breakthrough? Join us at the Insiders Retreat this November in Murrells Inlet, South Carolina, where we'll create life-changing strategies for 2026. Visit JennyMelrose.com/retreat to apply for one of our remaining spots!
Support the show
Are you frustrated by creating endless content across multiple platforms with little to show for it in actual sales? You might be suffering from what I call "spaghetti marketing" – throwing content at every wall and hoping something sticks. This approach rarely works, and understanding why can transform your business results.
In this episode, I break down the three critical reasons why marketing messages fail to convert. Many entrepreneurs spread themselves too thin across platforms where their audience isn't making purchasing decisions, chase trends that don't connect to their products, or confuse potential customers by trying to solve too many problems simultaneously. The result? A confused audience, wasted time, and inevitable burnout.
The solution lies in creating clarity. I walk you through how to define your core message, establish content pillars that directly connect to your offerings, and focus your efforts on platforms that actually convert for your specific audience. You'll learn why anchor content (whether YouTube videos, podcast episodes, or blog posts) combined with strategic email marketing often delivers better results than frantically posting across every social platform.
Smart content repurposing is another key strategy I cover – how to maximize your reach without multiplying your workload. By analyzing your data to identify which platforms drive actual sales, not just engagement, you can create a simplified marketing approach that communicates more effectively with potential customers and guides them toward your paid offerings.
Ready to transform your visibility into actual sales? Join Turning Visibility Into Sales Challenge, October challenge where we'll focus on exactly that. This four-day experience will help you take your existing visibility to the next level by converting it into income – which, let's be honest, is why we're all in business in the first place. Stop the spaghetti marketing approach and start seeing real results!
Read more HERE.
Support the show
Boundaries aren't just good practice—they're essential for sustainable entrepreneurship and your mental wellbeing. Productivity specialist Amber De La Garza joins us for an eye-opening conversation about why so many business owners struggle with boundaries and how this impacts everything from client relationships to family dynamics.
Ever find yourself frustrated when clients text at 9 PM? Or when team members ask questions they should know the answers to? These moments of tension often signal boundary issues that, left unaddressed, lead to burnout, resentment, and diminished joy in your entrepreneurial journey. Amber walks us through the three crucial steps of boundary setting: getting clear about what you need, communicating your expectations, and—most challenging—consistently maintaining those boundaries even when tested.
What makes this conversation particularly valuable is Amber's insight into why women entrepreneurs often struggle more with boundaries than their male counterparts. From people-pleasing tendencies to confidence issues and societal conditioning, we explore the psychological underpinnings of boundary difficulties and provide practical frameworks for overcoming them. She shares powerful examples from her own experience, including how teaching boundaries to her teenage son mirrored the challenges business owners face with clients and team members.
The practical tools discussed, from using your calendar more effectively to leveraging systems as boundary enforcement mechanisms, offer immediate paths to reclaiming your time and energy. As Amber explains, "Boundaries are like mindset—they're not something you can check off as done in business." They require ongoing attention and refinement as your business evolves.
Whether you're feeling overwhelmed by 24/7 availability expectations or simply want to create more intentional work patterns, this episode provides the guidance you need to establish healthy boundaries that serve both you and your business. Ready to take back your time and rediscover the joy of entrepreneurship? This conversation is your starting point.
Support the show
Are you caught in the visibility trap? You're showing up online, creating content consistently, but those efforts aren't translating into sales. This frustrating cycle happens to countless entrepreneurs who believe they need to be everywhere at once, spreading themselves thin across multiple platforms without strategic direction.
The visibility trap is deceptively simple: we know we need an online presence, but instead of being intentional with our content, we try to do everything everywhere. The result? Burnout instead of bank deposits. In this episode, I break down the three critical reasons you might be stuck in this cycle: having no clear buyer journey, creating content that doesn't align with your offers, and undermining trust through inconsistency.
When your audience can't see how your content connects to your products or services, they won't make the leap to purchase. Take the example of a meal planning expert who only shares viral recipes without showing how they fit into a comprehensive system. That content might get views, but it won't sell your meal planning program. Instead, create content that highlights the problems your audience faces and positions your offer as the solution.
Breaking free from the visibility trap requires a strategic shift: choose just one or two social platforms where your ideal clients actively engage, create consistent "anchor content" (blog, podcast, or YouTube) that lives on your website, and ensure everything you publish connects directly to your offers. Most importantly, commit to consistency—establish a realistic content schedule and stick to it through batching and planning.
Ready to transform your visibility into actual sales? Join our upcoming Visibility to Sales Challenge this October. You'll learn exactly how to create content that converts, so you can finally see the return on your content creation efforts. Stop spinning your wheels with content that goes nowhere—it's time to make your visibility count!
Read more HERE
Support the show
Ever feel like you're spinning your wheels in business, trying everything but seeing little return? The culprit might not be your strategy—it could be a lack of consistency.
Contrary to popular belief, business success rarely comes from dramatic leaps or occasional bursts of activity. The real magic happens through small, consistent actions that gradually compound into significant results. In this episode, I break down why consistency creates confidence and how this powerful connection can transform your business outcomes.
I share my personal journey with consistent email marketing—how what once took hours now takes just 10 minutes weekly, while delivering stronger audience relationships and steady sales. This illustrates a crucial truth: confidence isn't something you're born with or that magically appears before taking action. Rather, it's earned through the evidence you build by consistently showing up. Every time you follow through on a commitment to your audience or yourself, you strengthen your self-trust and business foundation.
Think about fitness: would you rather exercise for 20 minutes three times weekly or endure a grueling three-hour workout every two months? The same principle applies to your business. Regular, manageable actions create sustainable momentum without the burnout cycle of intense pushes followed by inaction. Plus, these consistent efforts compound over time, multiplying their impact—but only if you're tracking the right metrics to see what's actually driving sales.
Ready to build consistency into your business? Join our Insiders membership where "Consistency is Queen" is our focus this month. As a podcast listener, you'll receive $20 off monthly, gaining access to three training topics monthly plus group coaching calls to provide the accountability and support you need to turn small, consistent actions into remarkable business results.
Support the show
Ever created a beautiful 90-day plan only to find it collecting dust by week three? You're not alone. The frustration of abandoned business plans is universal among entrepreneurs, but the solution may surprise you.
The failure of your 90-day plan isn't about inadequate strategy or picking the wrong focus areas. The real culprit? A lack of built-in consistency. We've been conditioned to believe that more goals, more projects, and more tasks equal greater success. But this approach creates plans that are impossible to sustain. Without breaking ambitious quarterly goals into manageable daily and weekly components, overwhelm is inevitable.
Most business owners rely heavily on motivation to drive execution—a dangerous trap, especially for women juggling multiple responsibilities. Motivation fluctuates based on circumstances, energy levels, and competing priorities. The solution lies in a three-part framework that transforms planning into consistent action. First, simplify by selecting only 1-3 marketing priorities using a "keep-cut-start" audit process. Second, systematize with batching and time blocking techniques that create non-negotiable workflows in your week. Third, establish support mechanisms through accountability partners, community, or coaching to keep you on track when motivation inevitably wanes.
As we approach Q4—typically bringing both increased opportunity and potential overwhelm—having these systems becomes even more critical. Your 90-day plan isn't fundamentally flawed; it simply needs the foundation of consistency to transform it from an ambitious document into a lived reality. Take one marketing activity you know you can maintain, schedule it as a recurring time block in your week, and watch how this small step creates momentum toward your larger goals. Ready to finally make your 90-day plan work? Join our Insiders membership where we're building consistency step by step throughout September.
Support the show
Feeling like your summer marketing has been a half-finished puzzle? You're not alone. The seasonal chaos of vacations, kids at home, and disrupted routines leaves many entrepreneurs struggling with inconsistent content creation and unclear focus.
The good news? It's not about having too little time—it's about making three specific marketing decisions that will transform your approach and eliminate that overwhelming feeling of constantly throwing spaghetti at the wall.
In this episode, I break down exactly how to simplify your next 90 days of marketing by focusing on priority channels, content themes, and a realistic schedule. You'll discover why you don't need to be everywhere (just where your audience is), how to create content around themes that directly connect to your offers, and how to design a marketing schedule that actually fits your life.
I share my 15 years of experience to explain why daily content creation is nearly impossible for busy entrepreneurs and offer practical alternatives like content batching that maintain consistency without burnout. We explore the critical relationship between your marketing strategy and customer journey, showing how intentional content creation guides your audience toward your solutions.
Ready to move from summer chaos to fall focus? I'm hosting a 4-day Marketing Momentum sprint starting August 25th where we'll work together to create your complete 90-day marketing plan with clear priorities, realistic schedules, and systems to keep everything running smoothly. Join me and discover the peace that comes from having marketing clarity rather than constant overwhelm. Visit JennyMelrose.com/marketing-momentum to secure your spot!
Support the show
Back-to-school season isn't just for students and parents—it's a powerful reset moment for entrepreneurs. After the summer lull, your audience is returning with fresh energy and a renewed focus on solving problems they've been putting off. Are you ready to meet them with the right content strategy?
This raw, unfiltered episode cuts straight to the heart of what's happening right now in your business. Your website visits, podcast listens, and YouTube views likely dipped over the summer months as your audience prioritized vacations and family time. But now they're back, scrolling feeds and opening emails with purpose. This seasonal shift creates the perfect opportunity to reconnect and provide solutions.
The way you communicate with your audience needs an urgent update. The "two-swipe rule" is real—if your email requires more than two thumb scrolls, you've already lost their attention. This threshold varies by age too, as older audiences often use larger text settings on their devices. Your email strategy should focus on brevity: three sentences maximum with a single, clear call-to-action directing readers to your content hub. Stop overwhelming subscribers with roundups and multiple links.
Your website strategy deserves equal attention. Sending traffic directly to YouTube or podcast platforms is a missed opportunity to engage visitors with your broader ecosystem. Instead, funnel all traffic to your website where videos and audio are embedded within comprehensive blog posts. This creates a "spider web" effect, increasing the likelihood visitors will discover your services and spend more time with your brand. Remember, providing value isn't about cramming information into emails—it's about creating pathways to your valuable website content.
Ready for more unfiltered entrepreneurial advice? Check out our premium podcast "Unhinged" where we deliver this type of actionable content three times weekly. Your business deserves this level of strategic clarity as we enter this pivotal season of audience reconnection and growth.
Support the show
Worried AI might make your business obsolete? Take a deep breath—it's actually your secret weapon for growth when used strategically.
In this thought-provoking conversation with Tremaine Wills, I reveal five essential strategies to ensure your business stays relevant and thriving in an AI-powered world. We explore how positioning yourself through my proven PAC framework creates a foundation that technology simply can't replicate. Your unique voice, experiences, and problem-solving approach remain your greatest assets even as AI tools evolve.
The authenticity discussion might surprise you—while everyone's creating content with AI assistance, your genuine voice and real-life stories create connections that algorithms cannot duplicate. Learn why showing up on video and audio platforms is non-negotiable now that consumers need to see you across four different platforms and consume 11+ hours of your content before converting.
We tackle the confidence hurdle that prevents many entrepreneurs from creating video content, revealing why this seemingly small hesitation could eventually make your business obsolete. Plus, discover how embracing kindness—both to your audience and yourself—creates sustainable business practices that technology can't replace.
Most importantly, you'll learn practical AI implementation strategies that have saved me $500-600 monthly while allowing me to pre-schedule content months in advance. I share my exact process for using AI in content creation, from keyword research to finished blog posts, giving you a blueprint for saving countless hours while maintaining quality and authenticity.
Ready to future-proof your business? Grab the free Strategic Growth Plan guide to implement these strategies immediately. Your business isn't just adaptable to AI—it can thrive because of it.
Support the show
Your website homepage makes a critical first impression in less than a second. Are you making it count?
Most business owners struggle with creating homepages that actually convert visitors into email subscribers and customers. They end up with cluttered, confusing pages that drive potential clients away rather than drawing them in.
This episode breaks down the exact elements your homepage needs to convert effectively. We explore the dual purpose your homepage must serve: providing clarity about what you do and who you help, while offering clear navigation that guides visitors toward taking action.
You'll discover the essential components every converting homepage needs: a compelling headline that instantly communicates your value, primary and secondary opt-ins that build your email list, three featured product sections, a brief about section focused on how you help clients, three content pillars for easy navigation, and strategic social proof that establishes credibility.
The episode also provides practical writing tips to ensure your homepage speaks directly to your ideal audience using language they understand, not industry jargon. You'll learn how to keep paragraphs scannable, use formatting effectively, and test your mobile experience.
Ready to improve your homepage today? I share five quick fixes you can implement immediately: rewriting your headline for clarity, improving your call-to-action, removing distractions, and ensuring mobile-friendliness. These simple changes can dramatically increase your conversion rates and help both visitors and search engines better understand who you serve.
Take action now by examining your homepage through the eyes of a first-time visitor. What's clear? What's confusing? What could be improved? Your website is often your first opportunity to connect with potential clients—make sure it's doing its job effectively.
Read more HERE
Support the show
Ever feel like your business is constantly on fire, with urgent tasks multiplying faster than you can handle them? This conversation with ADHD business coach Skye Watterson delivers the practical framework you've been searching for to break free from the overwhelm cycle.
Skye reveals her "Two Minute Focus Formula" (also called the prioritization filter) that transforms how entrepreneurs approach task management. The genius of this system? It acknowledges the specific challenges ADHD entrepreneurs face with executive functioning and working memory, while providing a straightforward method to distinguish between what's truly urgent versus what merely feels pressing. As Skye explains, "Everything else is not urgent. Everything else is in this combination of not urgent or important but not urgent."
The episode dives deep into breaking down overwhelming projects, harnessing dopamine through "sensory stacking" to overcome task initiation difficulties, and creating an "idea trellis" to manage creative thoughts without letting them derail your main priorities. Skye's approach stands out because it combines neuroscience research with practical business strategy - addressing both the motivational and tactical aspects of productivity.
Perhaps most valuable is Skye's framework for aligning prioritization with business goals. When everything seems equally important, returning to your quarterly objectives provides the clarity needed to make confident decisions about what deserves your attention right now.
Whether you have ADHD or simply struggle with the entrepreneurial challenge of competing priorities, this episode delivers immediately applicable strategies to transform your productivity. Ready to put out the fires and focus on what truly grows your business? Grab Skye's free "Two Minute Focus Formula"
Read more HERE
Support the show
Are you caught in the overthinking trap? That overwhelming feeling when you're pulled in multiple directions by shiny objects and an endless to-do list, but nothing seems to move your business forward? This episode cuts through the noise to deliver a powerful framework that transforms business paralysis into purposeful action.
At the heart of business growth lies a surprisingly simple truth: your activities must align with clear, measurable goals. We explore how establishing three concrete 90-day objectives creates a powerful filter for every business decision you make. Instead of chasing trends on Instagram, Facebook, or podcasting without purpose, you'll learn to evaluate each task against its ability to generate revenue quickly.
The key to implementation lies in breaking down your goals into specific projects and then into actionable tasks - creating a direct line between daily activities and revenue growth. We examine why many entrepreneurs freeze when facing new initiatives like creating videos or writing blog posts, and provide practical strategies to overcome this perfectionism. You'll discover that taking imperfect action is always better than perfect inaction, as each iteration improves your process and brings you closer to your goals.
Ready to stop overthinking and start moving your business forward? Implement this focused approach to ensure every hour you invest drives meaningful results rather than just checking boxes on a never-ending to-do list. Your business success depends not on doing more things, but on doing the right things with purpose and consistency.
Support the show
Making the sale doesn't have to feel uncomfortable or pushy. In this value-packed episode, we dive deep into the critical final phase of the customer journey: the decision stage. This is where all your hard work pays off—where interested prospects make that all-important choice to become paying customers.
Your potential customers have already recognized their problem and identified you as a possible solution. Now they're weighing options, comparing you with competitors, and looking for that final reassurance that you're the right choice. I break down exactly what buyers are looking for at this stage: confirmation of ROI, clear understanding of what they're getting, and trustworthy social proof that your solution works.
The most powerful strategies for winning the sale include showcasing compelling before-and-after transformations, providing detailed case studies, offering demonstrations, hosting question-answering webinars, emphasizing your unique value proposition, and addressing objections head-on. These approaches build confidence and trust while showing prospects exactly why you're their best option.
Many entrepreneurs stumble at this crucial stage by overlooking crucial elements like sufficient testimonials, failing to address common objections, or overwhelming prospects with too many options. I share how to avoid these pitfalls while maintaining an authentic, heart-led approach focused on transformation rather than transaction. Remember, effective selling isn't about being "salesy"—it's about genuinely showing your audience how you can improve their lives.
What mistake might you be making in your decision-stage content? Share in the comments—I'd love to know how you're approaching this critical phase of your customer journey!
Support the show
Ready to break free from entrepreneurial chaos? This candid conversation between Jenny Melrose and Jackie Klein (former teacher turned HoneyBook educator and CRM consultant) reveals exactly why your endless to-do list might be the very thing preventing business growth.
Jackie breaks down the three essential systems every entrepreneur needs: a robust CRM that serves as your client journey GPS, strategic automations that eliminate repetitive tasks, and streamlined payment processes that prevent awkward money conversations. With practical advice on which system to implement first (spoiler: start with a CRM), you'll discover how to transition from scattered entrepreneur to organized CEO.
The discussion goes beyond basic systems to explore the nuances of content creation batching, strategic workweek planning, and knowing when it's time to outsource. Jackie's refreshingly honest approach acknowledges the overwhelm many entrepreneurs feel when implementing systems—sharing her own journey from Google Docs chaos to streamlined workflows.
Perhaps most valuable is Jackie's framework for deciding what to automate versus what requires your personal touch. Her insights on maintaining system flexibility as your business evolves will ensure you're never locked into processes that no longer serve your growing brand.
Whether you're a "scrambling entrepreneur" tracking leads in spreadsheets or "almost automated" but missing key connections between your tools, this episode delivers actionable strategies to transform your business operations. As Jackie wisely notes, "Chaos cannot scale, but systems can."
Read more HERE
Support the show
Ready to transform curious prospects into confident buyers? That pivotal middle ground—the consideration stage—is where the magic happens in your sales funnel, and yet so many entrepreneurs get it completely wrong.
In this strategic deep dive, I break down exactly how to recognize when your audience has moved beyond awareness and is actively researching solutions to their problems. This shift demands a completely different content approach than what works for cold traffic. While awareness might happen through that viral reel or trending TikTok, consideration requires more substantial content that builds trust and demonstrates your expertise.
Discover why webinars, workshops, comparison guides, and strategic email sequences work so effectively during this phase. I walk you through the psychology behind consideration-stage decision making and show you how to position yourself as the perfect guide for your prospect's journey. You'll learn how to craft messaging that emphasizes transformation, incorporates powerful testimonials, and addresses your audience's deepest concerns about whether your solution is right for them.
The metrics matter too. I share exactly which numbers to track to ensure your consideration-stage content is working—from email open rates to time on page and cart abandonment points. These insights will help you refine your approach and create messaging that resonates deeply with researchers who are on the verge of making a decision.
Whether you're struggling with email sequences that fall flat or sales pages that don't convert, this episode provides the strategic framework you need to guide potential buyers confidently toward choosing your solution. Grab our Strategic Growth Plan Guide in the description to complement what you learn today, and let me know in the comments which consideration-stage tactics you're currently using in your business!
Support the show
Struggling to convert free subscribers into paying customers? The missing piece might be your product funnel strategy. Raw, unfiltered, and packed with immediately applicable tactics, this episode breaks down the essential components of a profitable customer journey that maximizes revenue while delivering genuine value at every step.
Your customer's path should begin with a strategic opt-in that connects seamlessly to both your content and future products. From there, implement a tripwire product under $25 that gives them the foundational steps toward solving their problem. The real magic happens when you add strategic bump offers during checkout and upsells afterward—these seemingly small additions dramatically increase your average order value while enhancing the customer experience.
Premium offerings become an easier sell once customers experience your teaching style and receive value through these initial touchpoints. Whether you're selling courses, coaching, memberships, or digital products, the principles remain the same: create a logical progression that builds trust while solving increasingly complex parts of your customer's challenge. For those just starting out, begin with a tripwire and gradually expand your product suite based on audience feedback and your own bandwidth.
This episode represents the straightforward, no-fluff content style of my premium Unhinged podcast. If you're looking for actionable business strategies delivered in real-time (three episodes weekly), this is your invitation to subscribe and transform how you approach your product strategy. Stop leaving money on the table—create a complete customer journey that converts at every level.
Support the show
The AI revolution doesn't have to feel overwhelming for small business owners. In this enlightening conversation with branding expert Phil Palin, we explore how entrepreneurs can harness artificial intelligence as a productivity tool rather than viewing it as a threat to their business.
Phil brings a refreshing perspective as someone who wears two professional hats – running a branding agency for 14 years and working as a content creator with nearly 400 YouTube videos under his belt. His journey into content creation happened almost accidentally when a client commented on how entertaining his tutorial videos were, eventually leading to partnerships with over 100 brands, including Adobe.
The heart of our discussion centers on practical AI implementation strategies that won't leave you feeling like you're racing against time. "I get irked when people say if you don't jump on the AI bandwagon now, you're going to be too late," Phil explains. "I just don't think there is a too late." This permission to approach AI at your own pace sets the tone for a conversation focused on sustainable integration rather than panic-driven adoption.
We dive deep into Phil's actual workflow for using AI tools, revealing the critical missing step many entrepreneurs overlook – providing sufficient input before expecting quality output. Speaking from experience, Phil shares how this approach has allowed him to preserve his unique voice while doubling his hourly rate in some instances. His advice on navigating AI tools while protecting intellectual property and creating an "avoid words" list to prevent cringey AI-generated content offers immediate value you can implement today.
Perhaps most reassuringly, Phil addresses the fear of AI replacing human jobs, citing research that shows 63% of jobs are actually complemented by AI rather than threatened by it. "I'm the conductor and I still have to conduct the symphony, but I don't have to play every instrument," he explains, perfectly capturing how AI can enhance human capabilities without diminishing our essential role in business.
Ready to explore how AI can serve your business? Download Phil's guide featuring over 200 vetted AI tools for small businesses, and check out his new book "AI for Small Business" for even deeper insights into reclaiming your time while growing your business.
Read more HERE.
Support the show
Ever wonder why your content isn't converting into sales? The answer lies in understanding where your audience is in their journey of awareness.
Most entrepreneurs create content without considering how people find them or what stage of awareness they're in when they do. This disconnect explains why even great content sometimes fails to generate leads or sales. In episode 448, I break down the five critical stages of awareness and how to market effectively to each one.
We start with the "Unaware" stage - where potential customers don't even know they have a problem. I'll show you how to create foundational content that connects with them before they've identified their needs. From there, we move to "Problem Aware," where searchable content becomes crucial for those actively looking for answers. The "Solution Aware" stage requires demonstrating how problems can be solved, while "Product Aware" introduces your specific offerings as the ideal solution.
The journey culminates with the "Most Aware" stage - that critical moment where prospects know your solution exists but need that final push to purchase. You'll learn exactly what content works best at each stage, from blog posts and podcasts to emails and landing pages.
What makes this framework powerful is understanding that not everyone enters your world at the same awareness level. Some are ready to buy immediately while others don't yet know they need what you offer. By creating targeted content for each stage, you'll build a comprehensive marketing strategy that guides people naturally toward becoming customers.
Ready to transform your content strategy? Grab our Strategic Growth Plan to deep-dive into creating content that truly resonates with your ideal customers. Which awareness stage are you creating the most content for, and which one might you be neglecting? Share your thoughts in the comments!
Read more HERE.
Support the show
Starting a business without addressing essential legal requirements is gambling with your future success. In this eye-opening conversation with intellectual property and business attorney Ana Junca, we explore the critical legal foundations every entrepreneur needs to establish from day one.
Ana reveals why most entrepreneurs fall into two dangerous categories—the accidental entrepreneur who stumbles into success without preparation, and the intentional but sloppy entrepreneur who plans inadequately. Both approaches create significant vulnerabilities that could destroy your business. She walks us through crafting a comprehensive business plan that satisfies legal requirements while setting you up for financial success.
The LLC vs. sole proprietorship debate gets settled once and for all, with Ana providing compelling reasons why an LLC is worth every penny for the protection it offers. We explore the nuances of industry-specific licenses and permits, essential contracts every business needs (from operating agreements to NDAs), and website compliance issues that are leading to costly lawsuits against even the smallest businesses.
Perhaps most valuable is Ana's expert guidance on intellectual property protection in the age of AI-generated content. She clarifies the critical differences between trademarks, copyrights, and patents, explaining exactly what entrepreneurs should prioritize based on their business model. When content theft happens, Ana shares the step-by-step approach to effectively address infringement without wasting thousands on unnecessary legal fees.
Ready to protect everything you're building? Connect with Ana through the links in our show notes for a free consultation about your specific legal questions. Don't wait until a problem arises—establish your legal foundation today.
Support the show
Feeling overwhelmed by content creation demands while trying to scale your business? You're not alone. The pressure to consistently produce high-quality content across multiple platforms can be exhausting—but what if you had a powerful assistant ready to help 24/7?
ChatGPT and other AI tools can transform your content creation process, but only when you understand how to use them effectively. Many entrepreneurs approach AI with fear, worried it might replace their unique voice or make their content feel generic. The truth? AI should be viewed as a productivity multiplier—not a replacement for your expertise.
In this episode, I break down exactly how to craft effective prompts that get results, sharing the three key elements every prompt needs: specific context, clear instruction, and guidance about tone. You'll discover five powerful strategies for leveraging ChatGPT: brainstorming content ideas, creating structured outlines, generating social media posts, repurposing existing content, and building customized content plans aligned with your business goals.
What sets this approach apart is the emphasis on maintaining your authentic voice. While AI can accelerate your process, your personal stories, experiences, and expertise remain irreplaceable. I share practical tips for training your AI to understand your brand voice and how to refine prompts to get exactly what you need. The goal isn't to have AI create content for you—it's to have AI help you create more content that genuinely reflects your unique value.
Ready to stop fearing AI and start leveraging it as your content creation partner? Listen now and discover how to scale your content strategy without sacrificing the personal connection your audience craves. And don't forget to grab our strategic growth plan using the link in the comments—your future, more productive self will thank you!
Read more HERE
Support the show
Media coverage might be the missing ingredient in your marketing strategy, and it's more accessible than you think. Mickey Kennedy, founder of eReleases with 26 years of experience helping entrepreneurs get media attention, breaks down the crucial difference between press release syndication and valuable earned media coverage.
The startling reality? Only 3% of press releases actually generate meaningful media coverage. Mickey reveals exactly what separates successful pitches from the forgettable ones, emphasizing that journalists aren't looking for product features—they're searching for compelling stories they can share with their audiences. Whether you're launching a product, hosting an event, or celebrating a business milestone, your pitch needs storytelling elements that create emotional connection.
Most entrepreneurs make the critical mistake of crafting me-centered pitches without providing journalists the building blocks for an engaging narrative. Mickey explains how to transform your announcements by including customer use cases, data points that establish stakes, and powerful quotes that journalists will want to include verbatim. He also reveals why taking a thoughtful contrarian position can sometimes be your ticket to consistent media coverage when everyone else is saying the same thing.
For those intimidated by media outreach, Mickey offers practical, approachable advice on building relationships with local journalists and timing your pitches for maximum impact. His strategies work for businesses at any stage—from Etsy sellers to established brands—proving that media coverage isn't about fancy websites or professional photography, but about having something genuinely interesting to share.
Ready to join the 3% of businesses whose press releases actually get picked up? Grab Mickey's free Media Coverage Masterclass at eReleases.com/plan to discover the specific types of press releases that consistently generate coverage and position you as a thought leader in your industry.
Support the show
Ever wonder why some content creators consistently drive sales while others struggle despite massive followings? The secret lies in content alignment—a strategy few master but anyone can learn.
Creating content that doesn't align with your products is like building a highway that leads nowhere. You might attract traffic, but your visitors won't reach their destination—becoming your customers. In this episode, I break down the exact framework for crafting content that naturally guides your audience toward your offerings.
We begin with the foundation: truly understanding both your product's transformation (not just features) and your ideal customer's needs. I explain how to articulate your unique value proposition in ways that resonate with your audience and distinguish you from competitors. Next, we explore how to define content goals tied to specific stages of the customer journey—awareness, education, and conversion—ensuring every piece of content serves a strategic purpose.
Content pillars provide the structure for your strategy, and I demonstrate how to identify 3-5 key themes that both interest your audience and connect directly to your solutions. Platform-specific calls to action are crucial; what works on Instagram differs dramatically from effective CTAs on podcasts or blogs. I share examples of each to help you maximize conversions across all your channels.
The content repurposing strategy I outline will transform how you view content creation, showing you how to create integrated ecosystems rather than isolated posts. Finally, I emphasize the importance of data analysis in refining your approach over time, ensuring continuous improvement in both engagement and sales.
Ready to stop creating content that entertains but doesn't convert? Grab our Strategic Growth Plan and transform your content into your most powerful sales tool.
Support the show
Feeling like a fraud despite your accomplishments? That persistent voice asking "Who am I to be doing this?" affects entrepreneurs at every level. Today we tackle imposter syndrome head-on, revealing a powerful strategy that goes beyond positive thinking or forced confidence.
The solution lies in creating robust systems that carry you forward when self-doubt strikes. Whether you're hosting events, developing courses, or scaling your programs nationally, documented processes provide a reliable framework to fall back on during moments of uncertainty. By focusing on the mechanics of execution rather than questioning your qualifications, you can literally outwork imposter syndrome.
We explore practical approaches to building these systems, including leveraging AI as a research assistant (not a content creator) to help develop customized checklists for your specific business tools. Learn how to document connections between platforms like Leadpages, Kit, and Podia to create seamless workflows. These standard operating procedures don't just combat imposter syndrome—they simultaneously increase your business's value and transferability, creating an asset that could eventually be sold if that aligns with your goals.
Ready to silence your inner critic and build a more resilient business? Join us at the upcoming Insiders Retreat this November in Murrells Inlet, South Carolina, where we'll continue exploring high-level strategies for sustainable business growth. Space is limited, so secure your spot today!
Support the show
Turning your hobby blog into a thriving business doesn't have to feel overwhelming. This eye-opening conversation with Amy Reinecke and Jennifer Draper of Spark Media Concepts reveals the strategic framework bloggers need to build sustainable, profitable platforms.
The foundation begins with clarity. Many content creators struggle with the "multi-passionate" dilemma, resisting the focus that actually attracts their ideal audience. Amy and Jennifer explain why niching down isn't a life sentence, but rather the path to authority that allows future pivots. They share practical wisdom from supporting bloggers since 2017, emphasizing that your website remains the only digital real estate you truly own.
Technical overwhelm stops many bloggers before they start. The guests break down the essential elements every blog needs: a self-hosted WordPress site, appropriate plugins, and an email marketing service that captures your audience from day one. The good news? Starting doesn't require expensive custom designs - quality themes provide everything needed for professional presentation.
Content creation becomes the next hurdle. The conversation explores how burnout happens when creators attempt to produce endless original content across multiple platforms. The solution? Strategic content planning based on keyword research paired with intentional repurposing. One well-crafted blog post can generate approximately twenty pieces of content when approached systematically.
Perhaps most valuable is their perspective on embracing AI as an assistant rather than replacement. Initially resistant themselves, Amy and Jennifer now leverage these tools to streamline processes, prevent burnout, and focus creative energy where it matters most. Their practical approach to technology, content planning, and audience building provides the roadmap bloggers need to transform information overload into sustainable success.
Ready to move from overwhelmed to thriving? This episode delivers the clarity and confidence to build your blog with purpose.
Support the show
Artificial intelligence has transformed how entrepreneurs approach content creation, but should you fully embrace it or maintain a healthy distance? This question sits at the heart of today's digital marketing landscape.
I dive deep into the practical realities of using AI tools like ChatGPT in your content strategy. Rather than viewing AI as a replacement for your unique voice, I show you how to leverage it as a powerful assistant that amplifies your expertise while saving precious time and resources. The secret lies not in what AI can create, but in how you train it to understand your brand.
Through my own experience of feeding ChatGPT my published book and existing content, I demonstrate how AI transforms from a generic text generator into a strategic partner that genuinely understands your business objectives. You'll discover exactly how to use AI for creating outlines, repurposing content across platforms, drafting promotional emails, and brainstorming interconnected content ideas—all while maintaining the authentic connection your audience craves.
This balanced approach resolves the tension between efficiency and authenticity. By teaching AI to understand your voice rather than replace it, you can harness its time-saving benefits without sacrificing the personal touch that sets your brand apart. Whether you're a solopreneur or managing a team, this strategic implementation of AI tools will help you create more consistent, engaging content that guides your audience toward the solutions you provide.
Ready to transform how you create content? Grab our strategic growth plan to develop a comprehensive approach that incorporates AI tools while staying true to your unique brand voice. The future of content creation isn't choosing between human or artificial intelligence—it's learning how they can work together to achieve your business goals.
Grab your Strategic Growth Plan.
Read more HERE.
Support the show
Ever felt intimidated by creating YouTube content for your brand? You're not alone. In this value-packed conversation with Serena Correa, "the coach to creatives," we demolish the myths holding you back from leveraging YouTube's massive potential.
Did you know YouTube had 20% more watch hours than Netflix last year? This isn't just another social platform—it's a powerful visual search engine connecting you with people actively seeking solutions. Unlike other platforms where you're limited to friends-of-friends networks, YouTube puts you in front of a global audience searching for exactly what you offer.
Serena breaks down exactly what you need (and what you don't) to start creating content that converts. Forget expensive equipment and time-consuming editing—your smartphone and authentic expertise are enough to begin building your brand. We explore the three types of YouTube content you should create, how often to post without burning out, and the critical elements that make videos rank well.
What truly sets this episode apart is Serena's counterintuitive approach to YouTube success. "I'd rather only have 20 people see my video and click my link than have 2,000 people see my video and never click anything." This mindset shift from vanity metrics to conversion is the game-changer most creators miss. You'll learn exactly how to optimize your thumbnails, descriptions, and content to drive subscribers to your email list and offers.
Ready to stop overthinking and start building your brand on YouTube? Grab Serena's formula playbook from the link in our show notes and commit to consistency. The platform that's transforming businesses is waiting for your unique voice and expertise.
Support the show
Ready to transform your content from random posts into a strategic revenue driver? Discover the fundamental elements that make content marketing work for your business rather than drain your time and energy.
Many entrepreneurs find themselves creating content that generates little engagement or results. The problem isn't your creativity or expertise—it's the lack of a cohesive strategy connecting your content to business outcomes. In this episode, I break down the critical components of effective content marketing that attracts your ideal audience and converts them into customers.
We explore how to define clear goals for your content, ensuring everything you create serves a specific purpose in your business. You'll learn why it's crucial to align your content with your opt-ins and offers, creating a natural pathway for audience members to transition from consumers to customers. I also share practical advice on platform selection, emphasizing why building on "owned" rather than "rented" digital property gives you greater control and sustainability.
The episode dives into content repurposing strategies that maximize your efforts, showing how one primary content piece can efficiently transform into multiple formats. You'll discover how to create an organized content calendar based on your core topic pillars, optimize for search engines, and use strategic interlinking to establish yourself as the comprehensive solution provider in your niche.
In the final sections, we tackle data analysis for continuous improvement and the controversial but powerful topic of AI assistance. Learn how to use artificial intelligence as a time-saving assistant that amplifies your voice rather than replacing it.
What content strategy element will you implement first? Share your plans in the comments and download our free Strategic Growth Plan to start creating content that consistently drives results.
Grab your Strategic Growth Plan.
Read more HERE.
Support the show
Ready to transform your entrepreneurial experience from constant stress to sustainable success? Dr. Lahana Vigliano reveals how your nervous system directly impacts your business decisions, creativity, and bottom line.
Most business owners don't realize they're operating in a perpetual fight-or-flight state, with their bodies producing the same stress hormones whether they're missing a deadline or being chased by a tiger. This physiological state doesn't just feel uncomfortable – it actively undermines strategic thinking, leadership presence, and business growth.
Dr. Lahana breaks down the surprising signs of nervous system dysregulation beyond obvious anxiety, including brain fog, digestive issues, and poor sleep quality. She offers remarkably simple techniques anyone can implement throughout their workday: deep belly breathing that signals safety to your body, humming or singing to stimulate your vagus nerve, and scheduling proper meals (because 95% of women entrepreneurs simply don't eat enough).
The conversation explores how to structure your workday for optimal nervous system support – from filling your cup before logging on to creating firm boundaries around work hours and prioritizing genuine fun. These practices aren't indulgences; they're strategic investments in your business performance and sustainability.
What makes this episode particularly valuable is Dr. Lahana's blend of scientific explanation and practical application. You'll walk away understanding not just what to do differently, but why these changes create such profound shifts in your entrepreneurial capabilities. Whether you're struggling with decision fatigue, creative blocks, or simply feeling overwhelmed, these nervous system regulation techniques offer an accessible path to calmer, more profitable entrepreneurship.
Ready to stop the cycle of stress and start building your business from a place of nervous system regulation? This episode is your blueprint for sustainable success that feels good in your body and your business.
Support the show
Ever wondered why some businesses instantly click with audiences while others struggle to make meaningful connections? The answer often lies in something foundational yet frequently overlooked: brand values. These guiding principles form the backbone of your business identity and determine how you show up for your customers, audience, and team.
In this value-packed episode, I break down exactly what brand values are and why they're critical for business growth. Unlike your brand personality (how you present yourself), your values represent the principles guiding every business decision you make. Whether emphasizing trust, loyalty, transparency, or creating a lighthearted atmosphere, these values shape how others perceive and connect with your business.
Strong brand values don't just differentiate you in crowded markets—they attract loyal customers who become raving fans. They help you make strategic decisions about everything from which platforms deserve your time to how many hours you want to work. For entrepreneurs who started businesses to reclaim family time or achieve personal goals, clear values prevent mission drift and burnout.
I share my own journey of building a business with a clear mission: impacting as many young girls as possible by showing them successful women-owned businesses. This vision has guided my content creation and business decisions for years. Whether you're just starting out or looking to refine your established brand, you'll discover actionable steps to define, implement, and measure your brand values across all aspects of your business.
Ready to clarify your brand values and use them as a compass for business growth? Download our Strategic Growth Guide from the episode description to continue building a business with a strong foundation designed for sustainable success. Don't forget to leave a rating and share your biggest takeaway from this episode!
Read more HERE
Support the show
Maya Ellis joins Jenny Melrose to reveal the essential framework for building a powerful personal brand that converts followers into customers. If you've ever wondered why some entrepreneurs seem to effortlessly attract clients while others struggle despite creating mountains of content, this episode holds your answer.
At the heart of Maya's approach is a profound truth: "People want to buy from people." She explains how the rise of social media and influencer marketing has fundamentally changed how businesses connect with customers, making personal branding more valuable than traditional corporate approaches. The human element builds trust—something that's amplified when audiences can see behind-the-scenes glimpses of your authentic life.
What sets this conversation apart is Maya's practical three-pillar content strategy that transforms random posting into strategic brand building. She outlines exactly how to create content that builds trust, generates leads, and drives sales. "If your content is not tied to a sales strategy, you're only going to have so much impact," Maya explains, challenging listeners to stop viewing selling as something negative and start seeing it as creating opportunities for others to achieve better results.
For entrepreneurs struggling to compete with larger brands, Maya offers unexpected but powerful advice: focus on relationship-building and exceptional customer service. The ability to provide personalized attention creates an experience that larger brands often struggle to match as they scale. This approach not only satisfies current clients but generates the referrals that fuel sustainable growth.
The conversation takes a fascinating turn when discussing AI's role in brand building. Rather than fearing technology will replace authentic connection, Maya reframes AI as a tool that "magnifies who you already are"—making you more efficient at what you're already doing well but never replacing the human essence of your brand.
Ready to build a brand that genuinely connects with your ideal clients and converts that connection into sales? Download Maya's brand-building checklist and see how much you can transform your online presence in just 30 days. Don't miss this episode packed with actionable strategies to grow your influence and your income.
Read more HERE.
Support the show
Ever feel like you're crafting podcast content to please algorithms rather than genuinely connecting with your most dedicated listeners? You're not alone. The growing trend of private podcasting is revolutionizing how creators engage with their audiences, and it might be the missing piece in your content strategy.
Private podcasts offer what public feeds often can't—a space for raw, unfiltered conversations without the pressure of search optimization or mass appeal. As I share in this episode, my private podcast "Unhinged" lets me deliver quick-hit, actionable content three times weekly to subscribers who've raised their hands as my most engaged community members. There's no elaborate production, no overthinking the perfect hook—just valuable insights delivered directly to people who've already demonstrated their interest in my work.
The business model makes incredible sense for established creators. For just $5 monthly, my subscribers receive approximately 12 premium episodes packed with strategies they can implement immediately. But the real magic happens beyond the modest subscription revenue—these premium listeners are predominantly existing clients, email subscribers, and students who represent my ideal audience for higher-ticket offerings. My private podcast essentially serves as a trust-building pathway toward events like my Insiders Retreat, creating a natural progression for followers to become clients. And technically? It's surprisingly simple to implement with most podcast hosting platforms.
Ready to explore how a private podcast could transform your relationship with your audience? Listen now to discover exactly how I've structured my premium content, why my most dedicated followers love it, and how you might adapt this approach to your own business model. If you're intrigued by what you hear, you can always reach out via Instagram (@Jenny_Melrose) with questions—I'd love to help you imagine the possibilities for your own premium podcast strategy.
Subscribe to Unhinged!
Support the show
What happens when you decide to chase a dream despite overwhelming self-doubt? Melanie O'Reilly-Ralictors faced this exact question when planning her first-ever motherhood summit. Her powerful story demonstrates that courage isn't the absence of fear—it's moving forward despite it.
Melanie, founder of Mostly Under Control, describes herself as "not a risk-taker at all," yet found herself planning an ambitious in-person event for mothers seeking deeper connection. With a background in early childhood education and having pivoted her business multiple times as her family grew (including the surprise of twins!), she realized her expertise could create something truly meaningful for women beyond standard parenting advice.
The journey wasn't smooth. Fears of financial loss, disappointing speakers, poor attendance, and potential embarrassment plagued her planning process. What pushed her through? A combination of mindset shifts, unwavering support from her husband, business coaching, and a simple yet powerful mantra: "Even Amazon started in someone's garage." This perspective transformed her thinking from "I've only sold four tickets" to "I've already sold four tickets!"
Most valuable is Melanie's practical advice for anyone contemplating their own leap of faith. She emphasizes surrounding yourself with the right people—those who see possibilities rather than obstacles. Her strategy of finding different types of supporters (cheerleaders, challengers, and implementers) creates a balanced network that propels you forward. As she discovered, "Nobody really knows what they're doing" in business—we're all figuring it out as we go.
Ready to take your own leap? Join Insiders with a special 40% discount to access weekly trainings and monthly coaching calls that provide both accountability and practical strategies for growing your online business.
Read more HERE.
Support the show
Uncover the secrets to effective personal branding in this engaging episode. We explore the critical importance of developing a unique personal branding story that not only communicates who you are but also resonates deeply with your audience. By focusing on the three essential elements of connection, authenticity, and impact, this episode equips you with the tools you need to differentiate yourself in a crowded market.
Throughout our conversation, we dissect the common pitfalls that many face when crafting their branding narratives and provide strategies on how to avoid them. From identifying your core message to sharing your story on various platforms like social media and your website, we guide you step-by-step in presenting your authentic self.
Moreover, we emphasize the need for consistency in your messaging across all channels, ensuring that your brand identity is coherent and recognizable. Whether you’re speaking publicly or engaging with clients one-on-one, your personal brand story can make a significant impact.
Join us as we invite you to reflect on your unique journey and learn to articulate it effectively, turning challenges into opportunities for connection and growth. Tune in, and let’s embark on this branding journey together!
Grab your Strategic Growth Plan!
Support the show
Unlock the secrets to building undeniable brand authority as we sit down with the phenomenal digital creator, Shaunda Necole. Known for her expertise in Southern soul food and the vibrant world of Las Vegas travel, Shaunda shares her decade-long journey and imparts invaluable wisdom on establishing yourself as an industry leader. We promise you'll walk away with actionable strategies that could transform your business approach, from the power of niching down to the art of storytelling. Shaunda challenges the norms, encouraging you to embrace the title of 'expert' through lived experiences and a commitment to continuous learning, no formal qualifications required.
Take a closer look at what it means to wield online authority through the powerful tools of SEO and thought leadership. We delve into crafting content that not only pleases Google's algorithm but also resonates with your audience, enhancing both your visibility and credibility. Shaunda sheds light on the evolving importance of the 'About' section of your website and how it can establish trust by meeting Google's E-A-T standards. This episode is packed with insights into how sharing personal narratives can elevate your content, showcasing you as a genuine thought leader and not just another voice in the crowd. Whether you're a seasoned creator or just starting out, these lessons in brand authority are not to be missed.
Read more HERE.
Grab Your Strategic Growth Planner
Support the show
Unlock the secrets to effective brand positioning and watch your business rise above the competition. With insights from host Jenny Monroe, discover the nuances that distinguish brand positioning from brand identity and marketing strategies. Jenny promises to guide you through crafting a unique value proposition (UVP) that not only highlights your strengths but also strikes a chord with your target audience. Learn how to construct a detailed customer persona, enabling you to tailor your messaging and carve out a niche through powerful storytelling, ensuring your brand stands out in a crowded marketplace.
Facing a shift in your business? Jenny explores the intricacies of navigating brand positioning changes. Clear communication and consistency in addressing your audience's needs are paramount when considering a pivot. Jenny shares strategic advice on maintaining the core essence of your brand while embracing change, ensuring your promises remain steadfast. Subscribe for the latest insights, and don't miss out on our strategic growth plan guide to sharpen your marketing strategy and solidify your brand's foothold in its desired market space. Tune in to gain actionable strategies that propel your brand toward growth and success.
Grab your Strategic Growth Plan.
Read more HERE
Support the show
Unlock the secrets to conquering business fears with the wisdom of our guest, Sue Bryce, a visionary in photography and education. Sue shares her journey of overcoming the fear of rejection and how entrepreneurs can shift the focus from seeking approval to delivering value. Discover how concentrating on the impact and solutions you offer can help you rise above personal insecurities and build a flourishing business.
Explore the transformative power of confidence in defining your business identity, especially for women navigating societal expectations of humility. We discuss the necessity of showcasing your skills and authenticity to earn respect and effectively solve clients' problems. Embrace your self-worth, learn to communicate it authoritatively, and watch as both your personal and professional life flourish with newfound resilience against rejection.
Uncover strategies to craft a compelling business introduction and forge genuine connections in sales. We highlight the importance of authenticity in attracting the right clients and reducing pressure. Rejection is positioned not as a setback but as an essential part of the entrepreneurial journey. Through Sue's insights, listeners are encouraged to focus on communicating their product's value, ensuring enduring success and meaningful connections.
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
Have you ever felt like you're juggling a million things at once, yet still not getting anything meaningful done? You're not alone, and this episode uncovers the surprising truth that being busy doesn't always equal being productive. Join us as we dissect the common habit of wearing busyness like a badge of honor and explore strategies to transform that chaos into structured fulfillment. Drawing from personal experiences such as coaching middle school basketball while managing a bustling family schedule, we share how effective planning can keep your sanity intact, even when life's demands are pulling you in multiple directions.
Imagine turning your car into a mobile office or using what seems like wasted time to make progress in your personal and professional life. We offer practical tips on organizing your week and maximizing every precious moment, like those hours spent waiting in the car. Learn how to identify pockets of time, equip yourself with the necessary resources, and establish a routine that promotes consistency and progress. This episode is your guide to leading a more balanced, productive, and fulfilling life without the perpetual chaos. So, grab a pen and start planning your success story!
Subscriber-only episode
Curious how list swapping could be your secret weapon for email growth? Discover a revolutionary strategy that could transform your email marketing game by connecting you with your ideal audience and future customers. Join us as we unpack the power of list swapping, a smart and ethical way to collaborate with other creators who have complementary audiences. Learn how to craft irresistible opt-in offers and swipe copy that speak directly to your audience's pain points and explore the art of pitching your offer to potential partners for a fruitful exchange. Whether you're starting with a modest list or have thousands of subscribers, this episode equips you with actionable insights to expand your reach without compromising your values.
Forget waiting for your list to explode before considering list swaps. Even with a small group of highly engaged subscribers, you can provide immense value and make significant exchanges with your partners. We discuss how to build meaningful relationships with potential collaborators and the dos and don'ts of a successful swap. By the end of this episode, you'll know exactly how to leverage this strategy to consistently provide valuable content to your audience while growing your community with like-minded individuals. Tune in to hear how list swapping can become a win-win scenario for everyone involved, enabling you to foster growth and cultivate stronger connections within your niche.
Unlock the secrets to building unshakeable customer trust and loyalty that can transform your business. This episode promises a treasure trove of strategies, from maintaining transparency and embracing customer-centric practices to the art of consistent quality delivery. Join us as we uncover why understanding your audience intimately can set you apart, and learn from the inspiring insights of Cindy Doyle, whose podcast and speaking ventures have turned word-of-mouth into a powerful marketing force. Dive into the fine details of ensuring your business not only meets but exceeds customer expectations, sparking brand advocacy and driving growth.
In a world where online presence is everything, mastering customer loyalty is your competitive edge. We'll guide you through essential practices like prioritizing data privacy, implementing personalized experiences, and leveraging loyalty programs to nurture a devoted customer base. Discover the value of community building through interactive events and the power of user-generated content. We wrap up with actionable advice on how to keep your audience engaged, address their evolving needs, and diversify your approach for sustained success. Don’t miss out on these powerful insights and the exclusive strategies shared in our Insiders program.
Read more HERE.
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
What if the secret to your business success is simply ditching the distractions? This episode dives deep into the entrepreneurial challenge of shiny object syndrome, exploring why so many of us hop from one idea to another without ever seeing them through. We share tried-and-true strategies for curbing this habit, emphasizing the importance of commitment and consistency to realize your long-term business goals. Our discussion takes a practical turn as we explore how to effectively harness platforms like Pinterest—not just for temporary boosts in page views but to build genuine connections and turn casual visitors into devoted fans.
We also reveal the power of leveraging your email list to establish lasting relationships with your audience. Learn how to craft offers and content that truly resonate, transforming fleeting interactions into meaningful engagements. This episode is packed with actionable insights for crafting a sustainable growth strategy tailored to your audience's needs. Whether you're a seasoned entrepreneur or just starting, these strategies will help you focus your efforts and propel your business forward, ensuring that each opportunity aligns with your overarching vision. Tune in for a transformative conversation that just might change the way you approach your business endeavors.
Subscriber-only episode
What if I told you that the landscape of ad revenue and sponsorships is undergoing a seismic shift, and not everyone is on the same page about it? Buckle up for a raw, unapologetic exploration of the evolving dynamics between creators and brands. I dive into an eye-opening discussion from a Facebook group, where creators are experiencing wildly different realities. Some are doubling their earnings, while others are struggling to keep up. It's a reminder that each creator's journey is unique, and what works for one may not work for another. We'll unpack the critical importance of diversifying your income streams and why building a robust email list and offering personalized products or services is more crucial than ever.
Join me as we challenge the conventional thinking around sponsorships, especially in the realms of podcasting and online events. The digital landscape is not what it used to be, with engagement on social platforms like Instagram hitting a plateau. So, what's the secret sauce to thriving in this space? It's all about strategic planning and relentless effort. We'll discuss how to identify where your audience is most engaged and how to deliver consistent, high-quality content that truly resonates. There's no shortcut to success, but with persistence and creative thinking, you can nurture your community and partnerships to flourish. Let's rise to the challenge and push forward together!
Subscriber-only episode
Unlock the secret to turning your business aspirations into tangible achievements with our 90-day plan episode! Have you ever wondered how to effectively structure your goals and stay on track? We promise you'll learn how to systematically break down your business objectives using a simple 30, 60, 90 framework. From setting your sights on landing podcast features to crafting compelling outreach strategies, this episode is packed with actionable insights. You'll be guided through the planning phase, where research and prep work lay the foundation for success.
As we venture further, discover the initiation phase, where strategic actions come to life, and learn the art of captivating podcast audiences to boost your growth. But it doesn't stop there; we'll walk you through the critical evaluation phase, ensuring you refine your strategies by assessing what truly works. This episode isn't just about setting new goals; it's about reigniting those aspirations you may have set aside. So, whether you're revisiting your January ambitions or starting fresh, our 90-day plan program equips you with the tools to achieve remarkable progress in your business journey.
Unlock the secrets of AI-powered marketing with Adam Nathan, the founder and CEO of Blaze, as we explore how technology is reshaping branding and leveling the playing field for small businesses. Imagine a world where crafting on-brand content doesn't require a hefty budget or extensive resources—Adam reveals how Blaze's innovative tools, like the Brand Voice feature, make this a reality. From automating content creation to transforming your existing media into new formats, Blaze offers an engaging platform that brings efficiency and personalization to the forefront of digital marketing.
Join us as we explore the game-changing potential of Blaze's user-friendly features, particularly for those without a marketing background. Discover how you can effortlessly schedule a month’s worth of content, transform your YouTube videos and podcast episodes into new products, and save valuable time while maintaining your unique brand voice. This episode is packed with actionable insights and strategies for creators, freelancers, and small business owners eager to maximize their marketing efforts with AI. Dive into a world of possibilities and see how Blaze can revolutionize the way you approach content creation.
Read more HERE
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
Discover the transformative journey of Lynn McLean, a Houston-based play therapist, who has revolutionized her practice by empowering parents with the tools to integrate play therapy at home. Uncover how Lynn crafted a robust course that not only complements her therapy sessions but also fosters better communication between parents and children. With an effective funnel strategy, Lynn guides parents through actionable tips and strategies, ensuring they find the support they need to overcome everyday parenting challenges. Her innovative approach addresses real-life issues like morning routines and open communication, ultimately creating a harmonious family environment.
Join us as we explore Lynn's strategic journey from a basic website to a thriving integrated practice. Learn about the content strategies she employed to connect with parents searching for solutions, offering quick, practical advice leading to her comprehensive course. Through insightful content and a well-crafted opt-in guide, Lynn shows parents how to tackle common issues, paving the way for a smoother transition into her full course offerings. Tune in to witness how Lynn's expertise is not just bridging gaps in therapy but is transforming lives, one family at a time.
Join Insiders today!
Subscriber-only episode
Imagine unlocking the secrets to building a network that propels your business to new heights. That's exactly what you'll gain from today's discussion on creating a supportive online community that fuels your success. Our conversation highlights the significant shift in the digital landscape, addressing challenges like algorithm changes and platform disruptions, including the TikTok ban. You'll discover strategic insights into setting clear goals and aligning daily actions with long-term objectives, ensuring every step you take is a step toward your ultimate vision. Whether it's through social media groups or exclusive memberships, connecting with like-minded individuals who reinforce positivity and resilience is key to overcoming self-doubt and thriving amidst setbacks.
Empowering women in the business world is a core theme, and we’re excited to explore the opportunities that await through our Insiders community and mastermind groups. If you're eager to take your business strategy to the next level, joining a mastermind group might just be the transformational step you need. Picture a small, dedicated group of women meeting regularly to set dynamic goals and hold each other accountable. With the next mastermind kicking off just before spring, it's the perfect time to connect with women who share your drive for growth and success. Whether you're familiar with mastermind groups or intrigued by the prospect, this episode offers practical steps and powerful inspiration to elevate your entrepreneurial journey.
Join Insiders today!
Subscriber-only episode
Unlock the transformative power of AI for your business and learn how to turn obstacles into opportunities. Ever wondered if there's an untapped potential in your brand's strategy? This episode promises revelations that could redefine your approach. Battling the flu hasn't stopped me from pressing you to integrate AI into your business queries. Through personal anecdotes and practical advice, I emphasize how AI can offer unique insights into your customer journey and brand voice. By feeding AI detailed information about your business, from opt-ins to products, you could discover perspectives and opportunities you never considered before.
Gain access to our exclusive strategies shared in Insiders, where we teach you how to fill gaps in your business foundation and craft effective sales sequences. AI isn't just a tool for efficiency; it's your gateway to a new perspective on your brand's potential. Join Insiders for ongoing support, including weekly trainings and monthly coaching calls, all at a special rate for our Unhinged listeners. Remember, the key to growth lies in asking AI the right questions. Download ChatGPT, start today, and let technology redefine your business journey.
Join Insiders today!
Unlock the secrets to crafting a brand voice that not only resonates but also cuts through the noise of today's crowded marketplace. Ever wondered how some brands effortlessly connect with their audience and build trust? This episode of the Influencer Entrepreneur's Podcast with Jenny Melrose promises to equip you with the tools to master your brand’s voice and tone. Discover how to create a consistent brand identity that reflects your unique personality, values, and mission. Learn how to maintain authenticity across all platforms and channels, enhancing your brand's credibility and fostering emotional connections with your audience.
Join me as we explore the essential steps to define and develop a standout brand voice that aligns with your core values and mission. We'll discuss how to identify your target audience, analyze competitors, and seize differentiation opportunities to craft a unique voice chart and guidelines. You'll gain insights into adapting your tone for different platforms and stages of the sales funnel, ensuring a cohesive and engaging experience for your audience. Whether you're building brand awareness or strengthening customer support, aligning your voice and tone can significantly impact relationships and drive success. Embrace this opportunity to transform your brand identity and elevate your business to new heights.
Read more HERE.
Grab your Strategic Growth Planner.
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
What if you could transform your business strategy without reinventing the wheel? Join us as we shine a spotlight on our exceptional client, Kate Walker. Kate has an unparalleled talent for harnessing data and understanding her audience's journey, which has been pivotal in scaling her business. From engaging Texas grad students for two years to seamlessly guiding them into her exclusive membership program for aspiring counseling supervisors, Kate's strategic finesse is nothing short of inspiring. She's now exploring national expansion, proving that a well-timed tweak can open new doors without starting from scratch. Get ready to discover how Kate repurposes content across podcasts, YouTube, and blogs, effectively keeping her audience captivated.
This episode challenges you to look at your own business with a fresh perspective. Learn from Kate's mastery of content batching and strategic email campaigns to breathe new life into stagnant areas of your business. Our conversation is packed with insights that encourage you to leverage existing products and processes for greater impact. We invite you to think creatively about minor adjustments that could significantly boost your success. And remember, if you're not already part of our insiders' community, now's the perfect time to join and unlock exclusive benefits designed to fuel your business growth.
Join Insider's today!
Subscriber-only episode
Feeling like you're constantly chasing shiny objects and never quite getting ahead? Discover the secrets to mastering your workflow and maintaining focus with strategies that cut through the chaos. We'll explore the art of crafting a robust 90-day plan to navigate through life's unexpected interruptions, like holidays and family commitments, without losing momentum. Whether you're sidetracked by emails or a sudden change in schedule, learn how leaving yourself "breadcrumbs" can save your day and get you back on track in no time.
We also discuss the transformative power of task batching, which can revolutionize your productivity by grouping similar tasks together. Imagine the efficiency of conducting keyword research not just for one, but multiple projects, and then seamlessly transitioning into content creation. This approach not only prepares you for the unexpected but gives you a head start on your editorial calendar. Join us for actionable insights and practical tips that will keep your business running smoothly, regardless of what life throws your way.
Grab your 90 Day Plan!
Subscriber-only episode
Can you afford to build your business on rented digital spaces, knowing how unpredictable social media platforms can be? The key to a sustainable business foundation lies in mastering the art of email list engagement. In this episode, we dive into why email lists are your most reliable asset and how to leverage them effectively. Discover the critical steps in crafting an opt-in lead magnet that resonates with your audience and guides them through a thoughtfully curated journey of your product offerings. Whether you're just starting or looking to refine your email strategy, you'll learn how to tailor engagement sequences that align with your customers' needs, showcasing your products as the ultimate solution.
Explore the concept of a sales product suite, from low-touch offerings that promote independent exploration to high-touch services delivering personalized experiences. Using a batting cage facility as a compelling case study, we demonstrate how diverse services can integrate seamlessly into a dynamic email strategy. From workshops and video courses to memberships and one-on-one sessions, find out how to structure your offerings to fully introduce your audience to all your business has to offer. Don't miss insights on how to overcome the common pitfall of under-communicating your product range, ensuring your audience recognizes the full breadth of solutions you provide.
Kimberly Espinel, renowned food photographer and stylist, joins us to reveal her top creative business tips that can transform your Instagram presence. You'll learn how to harness the power of Reels and carousels to skyrocket engagement and infuse your content with engaging elements that provoke audience reactions. Kimberly shares her strategies for creating content with personality, incorporating questions, cheeky elements, and a touch of controversy that captivates and retains your audience's attention.
We also explore the art of building a personal brand on Instagram, whether through a meticulously curated grid or a spontaneous, authentic approach. The secret to success lies not in the visual appeal alone, but in how these elements support your brand's market positioning. Discover the techniques to make your Instagram Reels stand out, capturing viewers in those crucial first seconds and keeping them hooked with dynamic, promise-filled content. This episode uncovers the timeless principles of audience engagement that remain relevant despite ever-evolving tools and platforms.
Lastly, we dive into the strategies for cultivating a loyal and engaged Instagram community. Uncover the power of authenticity by showing your face across different formats like Reels and Stories, creating a genuine connection with your followers. Regularly sharing glimpses of your life, without oversharing, can transform your Instagram into a journey-like experience, fostering a sense of friendship with your audience. With insights on utilizing behind-the-scenes content and crafting compelling captions, you'll be equipped to build and nurture a dedicated and interactive community eager for more of your content.
Read more HERE.
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
Ever wonder how a mother of four manages to balance a bustling household while spearheading a thriving business? Melanie from Mostly Under Control shares her remarkable journey from crafting sensory bin posts as a preschool educator to becoming a national advocate for mothers' self-care. Melanie's evolution is nothing short of inspiring, as she transitioned from a mom of two to welcoming twins, all the while nurturing her business. Her no-nonsense approach to motherhood and her dedication to empowering other moms is what sets her apart, and listening to her story might just be the spark you need to prioritize your own self-care.
Melanie has embraced the philosophy of "putting on your oxygen mask first," and now she's on a mission to share this wisdom with moms everywhere. With her first in-person summit in Chicago featuring 16 esteemed speakers, Melanie is making waves by creating spaces where mothers can learn how to care for themselves without guilt. As she pens her first book and continues to host impactful events, Melanie’s voice is becoming a beacon for tired moms seeking transformation. Tune in to learn how Melanie is redefining what it means to be a successful entrepreneur and a devoted mom, all while staying true to herself.
Subscriber-only episode
What does it truly mean to earn a full-time income online? Is it simply about dollar amounts, or does it involve a deeper understanding of your lifestyle and business structure? Join us as we untangle these complexities and reveal the secrets to building a sustainable online business that can weather the storms of changing digital landscapes. We promise to offer insights into creating a robust business model with passive income streams, such as strategically growing your email list and leveraging your website—assets that are steadfast in a world of shifting algorithms and platform changes.
Our discussion doesn't stop there; we explore the diverse options in constructing a product suite that can fuel your business's growth. From workshops and courses to memberships and digital products, discover how catering to different audience segments can enhance your revenue streams. We'll also highlight the power of focusing on the top 20% of your audience, those loyal customers who are eager to invest in offerings that provide genuine value. Through effective product structuring, learn how to maximize your income and create lasting value for your audience, ensuring financial stability in your entrepreneurial journey.
Subscriber-only episode
When a surprise snowstorm in North Carolina disrupted our plans and a trip to the emergency room with my oldest, Riley, turned our weekend upside down, I learned the hard way about the necessity of prioritizing self-care amidst chaos. This episode uncovers the emotional rollercoaster of dealing with a child's complex migraine and the aftermath that left me emotionally and physically drained. These unexpected events served as a reminder of the importance of flexibility in both life and business, and the power of giving ourselves permission to pause and recalibrate.
Through sharing this personal experience, I hope to inspire listeners to recognize the signs of burnout and understand that it's okay to pivot when needed. I candidly discuss how I had to reschedule my Monday to focus on recovery, highlighting the significance of embracing the adaptability our work can offer. Whether you're juggling a business or family, or both, this episode is a gentle nudge to prioritize your health and lean on your support systems. Join me as I share insights and lessons learned from a weekend that tested my resilience and taught me the value of self-care and balance.
Unlock the hidden power of your existing video content with insights from the Influencer Entrepreneur's Podcast featuring Jenny Melrose. What if you could dramatically extend the reach of your videos without the constant grind of creating fresh content? Join us as we address the often-overlooked strategy of repurposing video for multiple platforms, turning a single piece of content into an engagement powerhouse. Jenny delves into the challenges faced by creators, such as burnout and resource constraints, and explores how repurposing offers a sustainable solution. Discover how you can seamlessly adapt your video content for different formats like blogs and podcasts, tapping into diverse audiences who prefer various modes of consumption.
Jenny shares her tried-and-true techniques for maximizing ROI while enhancing your audience's "know, like, and trust" factor. Learn the secrets of engaging broader audiences across platforms, ensuring your message reaches those who need it most. By repurposing your video content, not only will you save time and resources, but you'll also boost engagement and guide your audience towards your email list and offerings. Whether you're a veteran content creator or just starting, this episode is packed with actionable strategies to amplify your impact and grow your online presence effectively. Don't miss this opportunity to revolutionize your content creation approach and make your video efforts truly worthwhile.
Read more HERE
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
What if the secret to sustaining a thriving travel business during a global pandemic lay in adaptability and innovation? Join us as we feature Jodi Halstad, a seasoned travel blogger and expert on Ireland family vacations, who has gracefully navigated the industry's turbulent waters for nearly two decades. Jodi's remarkable story is a lesson in resilience; when COVID-19 hit and travel plans were shelved, she didn't miss a beat. Instead of giving up, she assessed what her audience needed, filled content gaps, and crafted ingenious solutions such as travel journals and paid itineraries that kept her business afloat and flourishing. Her strategic pivot, underscored by her diligent data analysis and customer-centric approach, has made her a standout in the travel community.
In our latest episode, discover how Jodi transformed her travel blog into a dynamic and multifaceted travel service. Beyond sharing insights on Ireland's hidden gems, she's offering an entire travel experience with personalized tours, one-on-one consultations, and paid itineraries. Recently, she tackled a new challenge within a mastermind group: creating resources for personalized itinerary-building that operate without her direct involvement, expanding her reach and offering even more value. Jodi's relentless pursuit of excellence and her innovative framework offer invaluable insights for anyone aspiring to carve out a niche in the travel industry, setting her apart in a field where many follow the same well-trodden path.
Join Insiders!
Subscriber-only episode
Unlock the power of AI to revolutionize your business strategies and transform mundane tasks into opportunities for growth. Discover how AI can be more than just a tool for tweaking words and generating titles—it can be a strategic assistant that breathes life into your content creation process. By integrating AI tools like ChatGPT, you can effortlessly generate podcast topics, YouTube videos, blog posts, and social media content directly from your opt-in PDFs and products. This episode promises to equip you with innovative strategies for harnessing AI's potential to continuously engage your audience and strategically build awareness at the top of your marketing funnel.
Join us on a journey to redefine how you view AI in your business, challenging the notion that its capabilities are limited to basic tasks. Learn how AI can inspire new product development by turning book PDFs into discussion guides and worksheets, and how it can help brainstorm potential new products based on existing guides. By thinking of AI as an assistant, shift your focus from routine tasks to strategic growth, opening up new avenues for audience engagement. Tune in for practical insights and strategies that will help you push the boundaries of what's possible, enhancing your offerings and maximizing your impact.
Join Insiders!
Subscriber-only episode
Shake off the post-holiday haze and set the stage for a productive year with our actionable strategies. Feeling the drag of getting back into the swing of things after a break is perfectly normal, and we're here to help you overcome it. Instead of diving into new projects, we guide you to revisit the routines and systems that have been your allies in the past. This isn't about sprinting from the start; it's about building momentum with tried-and-true practices and establishing a 90-day plan to achieve your goals.
Join us as we emphasize the importance of small, consistent steps to regain your rhythm. We'll discuss ways to prioritize both mental and physical health through simple, daily habits that can seamlessly transition you back into a productive routine. For those looking for added support and accountability, consider becoming part of our Insiders community, where weekly training and monthly group coaching provide a solid foundation. Let's uplift each other in crafting a successful year, regardless of how slow the start might feel.
Discover how to transform your passion for travel into a thriving career as we welcome Jodi Halstead, an expert in Ireland travel advice, to the show. Listen in as Jodi recounts her remarkable journey from a traditional travel blogger to establishing a successful business. During the pandemic of 2020, Jodi took a strategic pivot, honing her business focus, and emerged stronger as travel resumed. Her insights reveal the power of understanding your audience and crafting unique, valuable content that stands out from run-of-the-mill travel reviews. Jodi’s approach underscores the importance of thinking beyond blogging, viewing it as part of a larger business strategy.
Get ready to gain practical advice on building a sustainable travel career, as we discuss the importance of niche markets and resonating with specific audiences. We explore innovative monetization strategies, from affiliate marketing and business referrals to personalized services like vacation coaching and exclusive travel experiences. Throughout the episode, you'll hear about creative ways to build a more engaged community by aligning content with audience interests. Jodi’s inspiring story and actionable strategies provide a roadmap for anyone aspiring to make a lasting impact in the travel content industry.
Read more HERE
Grab your Strategic Plan.
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
Ever wondered how a simple idea can transform into a game-changing product? Meet Kathi Rodgers from Oak Hill Homestead, a seasoned blogger whose innovative emergency planning solution is making waves. Discover how Kathi's deep understanding of her audience led her to create a planner that not only meets but exceeds her audience's needs. From digital success to envisioning a physical product, Kathi's journey is a testament to the power of insight and creativity. Her planner is not just a product; it’s a must-have tool, and I’m so excited to purchase it for myself and as gifts for friends.
Join our vibrant Insiders community, where the synergy of shared goals and motivations thrives. Here, business owners benefit from live weekly training sessions and monthly group coaching calls, all designed to navigate unique challenges and amplify strengths. Every business has its own path, and through our community, you'll find the guidance and accountability needed to succeed. If you’re ready to elevate your business alongside fellow driven entrepreneurs, becoming an Insider is your next crucial step.
Subscriber-only episode
Kick off the New Year with a brand-new mindset for goal setting that goes beyond mere business ambitions. Imagine transforming your life by focusing on three key areas like financial stability, family strength, and personal health. I've learned through my journey that prioritizing physical health doesn't just boost my productivity but also enriches my mental well-being. Ever tried playing Mexican Train with your kids? It's been a game-changer for me, creating stronger bonds with my daughters. Plus, aligning business strategies with financial goals can be a game plan for success, especially when paired with a 90-day targeted objective.
Balancing personal goals may sound challenging, but it’s crucial for making a meaningful impact. Good health and strong family ties are more than just goals; they're the backbone of a fulfilled life. As someone juggling the complexities of family life, including the adventures of a teenage driver, I've found that managing time and energy effectively can reduce stress and sharpen focus on ambitions, whether in business, health, or social circles. Get ready to set your own goals with actionable steps in health, mental well-being, social life, and family connections. Plus, stay tuned for an inspiring story about a community member making waves in her business, setting the stage for our next chapter together. Let's embark on this journey of growth and connection, making this year unforgettable.
Subscriber-only episode
Are you ready to kick off the New Year with a bang? Discover how taking a closer look at your financial commitments and subscriptions can lead to a more focused and goal-driven life. We're here to guide you through the process of cleaning up your finances so that you can channel your time, energy, and resources towards what truly matters. Plus, get an introduction to our highly effective 90-day plan program, designed to break down your goals into achievable steps, boosting your chances of success by a whopping 60% just by writing them down.
Hear inspiring stories from our insider members who are making waves in their businesses and setting themselves up for monumental growth. Being part of our insiders' community means gaining access to exclusive trainings, group coaching calls, and invaluable personalized support. Whether you're already an insider or considering becoming one, now is the perfect time to seize the opportunity and make this year transformative. So, sharpen your pencils, jot down those goals, and join us in making this your year of impact and transformation.
Unlock the secrets of content repurposing and revolutionize the way you reach your audience. Have you ever wondered how you can extend the lifespan of a single piece of content across multiple platforms effectively? Join me, Jenny Melrose, as I share powerful strategies on transforming content into various formats to save time and broaden your audience. You'll discover the art of working smarter by reimagining your content to fit blogs, podcasts, and social media, ensuring you captivate different content consumers effortlessly. I’ll guide you through the importance of having a primary platform and why owning a piece of digital real estate, like a website, is crucial for maintaining control over your creations.
But the journey doesn’t end there. Experience the thrill of innovation as we explore creative ways of repurposing, ensuring your content continues to impact and engage. With exclusive access to my Influencer Entrepreneurs Unhinged premium podcast, I invite you to get up close and personal with unedited, behind-the-scenes insights. This is your chance to embrace content repurposing as a game-changing tool, enhancing your reach and efficiency. Let's embark on this exciting learning adventure together, and take your content strategies to unprecedented heights.
Read more HERE.
Support the show
Discover expert tips from Kate Ahl on driving Pinterest traffic in 2025! Learn actionable strategies to grow your audience, boost engagement, and achieve success with this powerful platform.
Read more HERE.
Find out about the 90 Day Plan Program.
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
Starting a business from scratch can be as daunting as it is exhilarating. What if your path to entrepreneurial success doesn't require a complete overhaul but rather a strategic pivot? In this episode, I recount my own journey of transformation with my second venture, Jenny Melrose Side of Things, where I harnessed my existing expertise in marketing and took a sharp right-hand turn instead of a full 360-degree spin. By sharing insights on the power of identifying your passion and honing in on a specific niche, I guide you through the mental shift from merely creating content to crafting a solution that authentically resonates with your audience's needs.
Join me as we explore the nuances of understanding your target audience through meticulous market research and the importance of adapting to a rapidly changing digital landscape. Whether you're an aspiring entrepreneur or looking to breathe new life into an existing business, learn how to construct a compelling web of content around a unique product or service. Let's redefine your strategy and ensure that your business not only stands out but also serves as the perfect solution your community has been waiting for.
Subscriber-only episode
As we face the pressures of creating that picture-perfect holiday season, it’s all too easy to forget just how remarkable we are as business owners. This episode is a heartfelt reminder to pause, reflect, and truly celebrate the courage and tenacity it takes to run a business. I open up about my own struggles with the relentless desire to be in the top 10% of podcasters and the guilt that comes with unmet expectations. Instead of focusing on what's yet to be achieved, let’s take the time to acknowledge our journeys, our victories, and the incredible impact we make every single day.
Whether you're juggling the latest in technology at 65 or managing multiple responsibilities while steering a flourishing business, your contributions are nothing short of amazing. It's crucial to remind ourselves of our achievements and embrace the power we hold. I'll encourage you to look in the mirror and confidently affirm your worth as a business owner ready to change the world. Let’s build each other up and go forward knowing that our feet hitting the ground every morning signifies another day of making an incredible difference.
Subscriber-only episode
Juggling family commitments, coaching responsibilities, and business duties, I've learned firsthand the art of planning for life's unexpected twists. Imagine managing the chaos of a packed schedule while coaching middle school girls' basketball and still keeping a business thriving. Through laughter and challenges, I've come to appreciate the power of a well-thought-out yearly plan. Whether it's mapping out the busiest times of the year or leaving thoughtful "breadcrumbs" to ease back into work, preparation is key. Life's unpredictability, from the joys of an empty nest to the trials of menopause, requires more than just resilience—it demands strategic foresight.
Join me as I share stories and strategies on preparing for interruptions with the support of a strong team. From having a family member help with podcast tasks to anticipating the busiest periods, it's all about knowing when to step away and how to return smoothly. Learn why a 90-day plan is not just a tool but a lifeline for maintaining productivity. Whether you’re gearing up for a holiday break or a major life change, discover how to leave notes for yourself—guiding your return to projects and ensuring that chaos doesn’t catch you off guard.
What if you could unlock the secrets to ultimate productivity and effortless efficiency in your business? Join me, Jenny Melrose, on the Influencer Entrepreneur's Podcast as we uncover practical strategies to streamline your workload and achieve your 90-day goals for 2025. You'll discover how to build your ultimate project task list, prioritize effectively, and set achievable deadlines. Learn the power of batching similar tasks to maintain focus and reduce mental fatigue, and explore tools like Asana, Trello, and Google Docs to enhance your task management. Whether you're a fan of digital tools or prefer traditional planners, you'll find helpful insights to boost your productivity.
Organizing tasks can transform your efficiency, and dedicating specific time blocks to similar activities prevents the constant switching that drains your energy. We'll dive into a 90-day planning program that focuses on three main goals, breaking them down into projects, tasks, and SOPs to create a smooth workflow you can easily delegate. This tailored approach ensures your task management aligns perfectly with your business objectives. So, whether you're recording podcasts, conducting research, or filming videos, this episode provides the essential framework you need to optimize your task handling and achieve outstanding results.
Read more HERE.
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
Have you ever found yourself clinging to tasks you love, even when technology offers easier solutions? This episode uncovers the delicate balance between embracing AI advancements in content creation and staying true to the tasks that spark joy in your business. I share my own journey through the challenges of maintaining authenticity in podcasting, even when my voice is less than perfect. Together, we'll explore why some tasks are worth keeping close to heart and how they can elevate your business to new heights.
Amidst a scratchy voice and the temptation to automate, I passionately argue for the importance of personal involvement in projects that fuel your creativity and vision. Through personal anecdotes, I reveal how the struggle to keep producing authentic content aligns with my core values and inspires me to keep pushing forward. If you've ever been torn between efficiency and authenticity, tune in to discover why it's okay to hold on to those beloved tasks that define your business's essence.
Subscriber-only episode
What if the key to thriving in today's social media landscape lies beyond the TikTok controversies? Picture this: you as a content creator, unshaken by potential bans, focusing instead on connecting deeply with your audience through meaningful content. This episode unpacks the swirling uncertainties surrounding TikTok's fate while emphasizing the importance of quality content that resonates. As we navigate the ever-evolving world of Instagram, the spotlight is on carousels and reels—not for their trendiness but for their power to address audience needs. We bolden the idea that Instagram thrives not on conversions but on brand awareness, urging you to remain a constant problem solver in your audience's feed.
Join us as we unravel personal stories of hiatuses and seamless comebacks, shedding light on strategies that re-engage audiences and transform into tangible opportunities. The focus shifts from explaining absences to mastering the art of reappearing with solutions that intrigue and satisfy. Discover practical insights to enhance your brand presence, and explore why your call to action is essential for guiding followers to your email list or website. Ready to rethink your social media strategy? Tune in for tips that promise to keep your brand vibrant and relevant, regardless of platform uncertainties.
Subscriber-only episode
What if Google is morphing into a social media giant, and the traditional flood of clicks to your website is drying up? Explore with us the shifting tides of digital marketing in 2025, where the landscape is evolving, and adaptability is key. This episode unpacks how the very essence of Google, much like other platforms, is now prioritizing user engagement within its ecosystem. But fear not, the end is not nigh! Rather, it's a call to arms for marketers to reimagine strategies and continue reaching their ideal customers by tailoring content that truly resonates and addresses their needs.
Join the conversation as we highlight the importance of nurturing your email list, now more crucial than ever in maintaining a direct connection with your audience. Discover actionable strategies to offer irresistible incentives like quizzes, guides, and webinars that keep your brand at the forefront of their minds. While social media serves as the spark for brand awareness, the real connection happens when visitors land on your website and join your email list. Tune in to learn how to transform your website into a powerful gateway for nurturing lasting relationships and ensuring a robust online presence amidst the digital evolution.
Cindy Doyle, a remarkable licensed professional counselor and entrepreneur, shares her unique path from managing a group private practice to launching Code 4 Couples, an educational platform dedicated to law enforcement officers and their spouses. Inspired by her own experiences as a police spouse, Cindy delves into the neuropsychological impacts of law enforcement work on relationships. Through her transition from traditional counseling to a digital presence, Cindy's story is a testament to the power of passion and dedication to addressing niche challenges. Listeners will gain valuable insights into how Cindy has effectively diversified her income and maximized business visibility, ultimately turning her commitment into a successful international speaking and content creation career.
Discover how Cindy strategically harnesses her podcast to boost website traffic and elevate search engine visibility, transforming audio content into blog posts. Her focus on creating content that resonates with niche audiences interested in law enforcement and relational health is a key component of her success. Cindy shares her methods for maintaining efficiency amid public speaking engagements and personal experiences, continually expanding her reach and impact. This episode is an inspiring resource filled with practical advice for those looking to broaden their business offerings and connect with a specific audience, showcasing the importance of a clear purpose and understanding the problems one aims to solve.
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
Is your 2025 destined for greatness with just one word? Join me as I unravel the secret to aligning your aspirations with a single powerful word that will steer your life and career in the coming year. This episode promises to not just guide you through picking any old word but to empower you with a word that embodies your future successes. Imagine the clarity and focus that comes from understanding your goals, values, and emotional needs, all distilled into a meaningful focal point to keep you motivated and inspired throughout the year.
We'll journey together through the art of reflection, examining the previous year's highs and lows to set you up for triumphs ahead. From harnessing your energy and acknowledging your accomplishments to planning strategically for the future, you'll learn how to channel your passions effectively. Whether your desires lie in slowing down, seeking adventure, or deepening social connections, this conversation arms you with the tools needed to set a compelling intention for 2025. Get ready to embrace your unique word and let it be the guiding star on your path to fulfillment and success.
Subscriber-only episode
What if exploring the potential of 2025 could ignite a new spark in your business strategy? Join us for an exciting exercise designed to unleash innovation and tailor fresh ideas to your unique business needs. With the help of ChatGPT, you'll discover how to articulate the nuances of your business, from existing products and services to your personal traits, in a way that uncovers untapped opportunities. Whether you're a meticulous planner or on the hunt for new inspiration, this episode is your playground for experimenting with the possibilities on the horizon.
We'll guide you on how to feed ChatGPT detailed information about your business and aspirations to generate insightful recommendations for growth. Imagine having a virtual assistant who doesn't just understand your goals but aligns them with where you thrive the most. We'll explore the magic of blending personality insights with business strategy to inspire your next big move. So, why not see what surprising paths ChatGPT might reveal for your business's future? Embrace the challenge, experiment, and let creativity lead you to exciting new directions as you prepare for the vibrant opportunities that 2025 promises.
Subscriber-only episode
What if you could turn the last few weeks of the year into a springboard for a successful 2025? Discover how these crucial December weeks can be the key to setting and achieving your business goals. We dive into the importance of strategic planning and goal-setting as a means to maintain momentum and prepare your business to hit the ground running after the holidays. You'll learn how to tie up loose ends and create a robust 90-day plan, ensuring your business is not just surviving but thriving as you transition into the new year. Our episode offers actionable advice on how to effectively manage your time and tasks, so you can enjoy your well-deserved Christmas break without losing sight of your objectives.
In this episode, we emphasize the power of clarity and foresight by reflecting on the impact you wish to create in the world through your business. We provide insights into organizing projects and tasks for tangible results and underscore the necessity of constant reassessment. Whether you're seasoned at setting goals or just beginning, our discussion on trusting your instincts and driving impactful changes can inspire you to elevate your business. Let this be the year you believe in yourself, take bold steps, and transform your vision into reality. Join us for this motivational journey and get ready to push through the fog of the holiday season with a clear path to success.
Unlock the secrets to making your small business shine with a unique value proposition (UVP) that's impossible to ignore. Imagine transforming your business from just another voice in the crowd to an industry leader by understanding who you serve and why. This episode of the Influencer Entrepreneurs Podcast is your guide to crafting a UVP that not only identifies the unique aspects of your products or services but also highlights how they benefit your audience. Discover how moving beyond mere page views to a strategic approach can help you establish yourself as an expert in your niche, leading to consistent engagement with your offerings.
Join me as I break down the key components of building an effective UVP, from understanding your target audience's needs to clearly defining the problem your business solves. Learn how to illustrate the transformation you offer and differentiate yourself from the competition. I’ll share invaluable insights on using supporting data and testimonials to strengthen your UVP, and you'll come away with a clear, concise statement that resonates with real customer feedback. Featuring my own UVP example from Influencer Entrepreneurs, this episode is packed with actionable advice designed to help female business owners stop trading time for money through tailored education and support.
Read more HERE
Grab your Strategic Growth Plan
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
Reflecting on my journey from an inner-city school teacher to a business owner, there's one thing I've learned: the power of gratitude can transform our lives in remarkable ways. What if taking a moment to acknowledge the people who've shaped our paths could propel us even further? On this Thanksgiving episode, I invite you to join me in pausing our relentless pursuit of the next big achievement and instead appreciate what we've already accomplished. Whether it's a supportive mentor or a naysayer who fueled your drive, recognizing these key figures in our journeys can make all the difference.
Expressing gratitude doesn't have to be grandiose; even the simplest gestures can communicate deep appreciation. As someone who struggles with outwardly expressing emotions, I understand the challenge, yet I know the impact it can make. Today, I encourage you to reflect on those who've supported your journey and find meaningful ways to express your thanks. Let's celebrate the incredible community and diverse paths that have brought us here. I'm grateful for each of you and the unique stories you bring to this shared experience. Thank you for allowing me to be a part of it.
Subscriber-only episode
Have you ever been confidently wrong about something as simple as the artist behind a song? I certainly have, mistaking Madonna for Cindy Lauper during a car ride filled with laughter. This moment got me thinking: what about the bigger misconceptions we hold, like what we’d do with a million dollars? Most of us were raised to save every penny, convinced it's the ultimate goal. But what if I told you that envisioning how you’d spend a million bucks could actually unlock your deepest desires and tie them to your business profits?
Let's challenge the old habit of saving for a rainy day and, instead, dream big. Imagine a villa in Italy or covering your children's college tuition in full. This episode isn’t just about numbers; it's about crafting a financial vision board that truly reflects your aspirations. Grab a piece of paper, and let’s explore what your million-dollar dreams look like. Oh, and if you happen to know who sings "If I Had a Million Dollars," send me a message on Instagram—I'm hilariously hopeless with song titles!
Subscriber-only episode
Ever wonder how your nighttime routine compares to your partner's? In a compelling discussion inspired by an Instagram reel that caught our attention, we unravel the mental load women carry, particularly as they juggle their roles in personal and professional spheres. The episode kicks off with a vivid illustration of the stark contrast between a husband's straightforward path to bed and the wife's winding mental journey, filled with reflections, responsibilities, and self-critique. This eye-opening dialogue exposes the often invisible but heavy mental gymnastics women endure, acknowledging the additional layer of complexity for those who wear multiple hats, such as business owner, wife, mother, and more.
We also dive into the power of self-talk and the necessity of treating ourselves with the same kindness we extend to others. Uncover strategies for honing in on positives and celebrating small victories, shifting away from self-criticism towards self-compassion. This episode is a heartfelt invitation to recognize and honor the countless contributions you make each day, encouraging a healthier and more affirming internal dialogue. Join us for a conversation that resonates deeply with anyone navigating the multifaceted roles of modern life, offering insights that foster empathy and understanding.
Ever wondered how an opera singer transitions into the world of accounting? Meet Daniel Hendon, who swapped arias for audits and now dedicates his skills as a CPA to empowering small business owners. Join us as Daniel decodes the maze of business expenses, spotlighting the vital differences between those that generate revenue and those that are little more than money pits. By understanding these distinctions, you can unlock the door to increased profit margins. Special attention is given to women entrepreneurs, as Daniel shares strategies to foster financial literacy and mindset shifts that can propel women-led service businesses toward substantial growth.
We'll guide you through the art of strategic spending, where cutting costs doesn't mean cutting corners. Discover practical tips for reallocating resources, like finding smarter alternatives for essential expenses such as insurance and professional development. Daniel's insights will not only help you align spending with your financial goals through regular evaluations but also introduce an expense review workbook to categorize your spending efficiently. Don't miss out on this opportunity to seize control over your business finances and elevate your profitability. Connect with me on Instagram at Jenny underscore Melrose to grab the workbook and take the first step toward managing your business finances with confidence.
Read more HERE.
Grab your Strategic Growth Plan.
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
What impact are you striving to create in the world with your business? This episode challenges the notion that self-promotion is merely a money grab, particularly for women who often feel uneasy about selling themselves. We explore how focusing on the transformative impact of your products and services can empower you to share them more confidently. By contemplating the legacy you want to establish—not just for your family but also through your business—you can redefine your approach to selling. Whether you're helping people manage their finances or leading a larger movement, each action contributes to a broader change.
We'll guide you through defining and quantifying the difference you want your business to make, helping you set clear targets for engagement and sales. Consider how many lives you aim to touch and what strategies will help you reach that goal. This might involve hosting summits, selling courses, or writing books, each step contributing to your desired impact. By setting specific numbers, you'll be able to measure your progress and boost your confidence. So, grab your post-it notes and start defining the impact you wish to have on the world, using it as your guiding star on your entrepreneurial journey.
Subscriber-only episode
Feeling stuck is more common than you'd think in the world of entrepreneurship, and it's something I've grappled with myself. Imagine realizing that adding more to your plate isn't the answer, but rather, reigniting passion through connection. I took a leap that changed everything—organizing an in-person retreat—and it was exactly what I needed to breathe life back into my business. It was a transformative experience that showed me the power of human interaction and the magic of witnessing firsthand the impact of my educational efforts. It’s made me more excited than ever to continue creating spaces where entrepreneurs can thrive and inspire each other.
Join me as I share the journey from my last conference in 2019, through the virtual summits that left me craving more, to the incredible energy of our recent retreat. Our upcoming Insiders Retreat in Murrells Inlet, South Carolina, promises yet another opportunity for entrepreneurs to gather, exchange knowledge, and support one another in a dynamic setting. This isn’t just about learning; it’s about forming a community of like-minded individuals who elevate each other. Visit JennyMowers.com/retreat to find out more and apply to be a part of this enriching experience. Let's create, inspire, and grow together in this vibrant chapter of entrepreneurial discovery.
Subscriber-only episode
What if sticking to your core message during the bustling holiday season could be your key to success? This episode promises to equip you with the strategies needed to maintain focus, even amidst the chaos. We explore the art of putting on blinders to hone your expertise, ensuring your brand remains the go-to solution for your audience's specific problems. By crafting innovative hooks and impactful content, you'll draw in your audience, guiding them seamlessly from social media to your established platforms. Learn from examples like Hopewear, who mastered the use of clever hooks for a flash sale, capturing attention and engaging listeners effectively.
Together, we'll uncover practical tips for creating video content that not only captivates but also reinforces your brand's mission without over-relying on "rented property". Reflect on your audience's current struggles, whether you're offering budget-savvy advice or another niche expertise, and consider how you can turn these challenges into opportunities for growth. This episode is packed with insights to ensure your content aligns with your brand's mission, helping you maintain and grow your audience during this busy time of year. Join us to craft compelling content that truly captivates and converts.
Unlock the secrets to becoming a go-to expert in your field! Gain actionable insights on building a standout personal brand that resonates with your audience as we share 11 indispensable tips for self-marketing in today's digital landscape. Whether you're navigating the world of social media or establishing your presence with a personal website, we'll guide you in identifying the unique problems you solve and connecting with your target audience. Discover the power of content repurposing and learn how to maximize reach and engagement across various platforms. This episode is your roadmap to enhancing your online presence and establishing yourself as a trusted authority.
But that's not all. We dive into the vital role of a supportive business community in fostering personal and professional growth. Consistency is key, and we stress the importance of maintaining visibility through regular content creation while finding your tribe for support and accountability. Purposeful networking and public speaking are highlighted as essential strategies to expand your reach and foster collaborations. Plus, we introduce our six-month mastermind program designed to support your business growth and alignment with goals through interactive sessions. Don't miss the chance to learn and grow with fellow entrepreneurs committed to turning aspirations into achievements!
Read more HERE
Grab your Strategic Growth Plan!
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
What if your 90-day goals could propel your business far beyond the limitations of the traditional SMART framework? Join us as we unravel the art of setting strategic goals that resonate with your core values and align with your business's "why." This episode offers insights into tailoring your objectives to the diverse personas within your audience by understanding their unique journeys. By focusing on the touchpoints relevant to each segment—be it through Instagram for some or email lists for others—you can ensure your message hits the mark and fosters meaningful connections.
We emphasize the power of prioritization by recommending no more than three goals for any 90-day period. This focused approach reduces overwhelm and enhances the likelihood of success. Learn how to break down each goal into specific, actionable tasks and leverage Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for efficient delegation. Whether your aim is to expand your email list or boost product sales, setting realistic objectives with a clear path of execution can steer your business towards sustainable growth. Tune in for expert advice on becoming a more strategic and effective CEO.
Grab the 90 Day Plan
Subscriber-only episode
Unlock the secrets to crafting a homepage that not only captivates but converts. This episode promises to teach you how to masterfully design your site navigation and homepage layout to make a lasting impact on your visitors. We explore the essential elements of a homepage that effectively guides your audience, ensuring that they instantly see the value you offer. Whether you're a blogger, a business coach, or a DIY enthusiast, discover how to strategically position an opt-in feature to capture and grow your audience from the first click. It's about creating a seamless experience that effortlessly leads visitors to the core areas of your business, whether that's your content, products, or services.
Join us as we dissect the concept of customer journeys to help you better serve your audience at every stage. From gardening newbies to seasoned homesteaders, understanding the distinct paths your audience takes is key to providing tailored offerings. Learn to identify and cater to different levels of expertise and engagement, crafting pathways that meet your audience where they are and guide them to where they want to be. We dive into defining audience personas and why it's crucial to know exactly who you're talking to, and more importantly, how to speak to them in a way that resonates and builds lasting connections. This is about more than just navigation; it’s about understanding and enhancing the user experience.
Subscriber-only episode
Facing the fear of stepping outside your comfort zone can catalyze profound transformation. Join me as I share my journey of hosting the Insiders Retreat in Houston, a decision that pushed me to confront my anxieties head-on. From the logistical chaos of traveling from Charlotte to the emotional whirlwind of anticipation, my experience was both an intimidating and exhilarating leap into the unknown. As someone who thrives on routine, this retreat was a bold experiment in embracing unpredictability, and the rewards were richer than I could have imagined. I emerged not only invigorated but also enlightened by the powerful breakthroughs and deep connections forged with the attendees.
Reflecting on this transformative event, I discuss the essential role of risk-taking in personal and professional growth. Routine can be a comfort, but it can also become a cage, hindering innovation and evolution. Discover how listening to your audience and daring to attempt the daunting can lead to offerings that resonate deeply and meet unspoken needs. If you're feeling stuck in the rinse-and-repeat cycle, perhaps it's time to consider that next big, intimidating step in your own ventures. Keep an eye out for future retreats, where the magic of shared vulnerability and ambition can spark new heights of success and fulfillment.
Join the Insiders Retreat Waitlist!
What if you could reinvent your career in midlife and find fulfillment like never before? Join us as we explore the inspiring journey of Hope, who did just that by launching her business, Under the Median. After leaving her broadcasting career, Hope found a new sense of purpose in empowering others to manage their finances joyfully, even on a low income. Despite not being tech-savvy, she took on the challenge of entrepreneurship with guidance from her son and resources like YouTube. Hope’s story is a testament to the power of prioritization, persistence, and passion in creating a meaningful impact as her family dynamics shifted.
Discover how Hope transitioned from writing blog posts to harnessing the power of YouTube, turning her broadcasting background into a tool for deeper connection with her audience. Her journey underscores the importance of personal connection in business growth and the value of finding a coach who aligns with your learning style. Hope shares invaluable insights on developing a personal brand strategy, sharing relatable experiences, and pursuing meaningful work that aligns with one's passion. This episode is packed with practical advice and inspiring stories, perfect for anyone considering a midlife career change or simply looking to make a positive impact in their own life and the lives of others.
Read more HERE.
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
Discover the unexpected comfort found in small indulgences as we explore the intricate dance between stress and balance. Listen as I share my personal journey with stress relief, starting with my love for dark chocolate-covered caramel with sea salt—a simple pleasure that helps me find my footing in the hectic rhythm of life. We all have our unique vices or moments that bring us back to a state of calm, whether it's savoring a treat, taking a long run, or simply breathing deeply. Together, we acknowledge the importance of recognizing our stressors and setting healthy boundaries to preserve our well-being.
Join the conversation as we unravel the complexities of life’s ups and downs, especially through the lens of women navigating hormonal changes, family dynamics, and business challenges. Learn how embracing these challenges, rather than denying them, empowers us to pursue our goals with clarity. As businesses grow, it’s essential to transition from constant hustle to strategic adjustments that foster sustained growth. Let’s reflect on our "why" to ensure our business aligns with our vision, allowing us to work smarter, not harder.
Subscriber-only episode
Imagine a world where your work and family life are perfectly balanced, and your mental health thrives amidst it all. In this enlightening episode, we tackle the art of setting boundaries, a crucial skill for anyone juggling the demands of professional and personal life. Whether you're managing a bustling business while caring for children or elderly parents or simply trying to maintain a semblance of sanity in a digital age, this conversation is for you. We equip you with actionable strategies to define and protect your work hours, ensuring distractions don't derail your productivity and that your family gets the attention they deserve. Hear firsthand about the transformative power of setting clear limits and how it can pave the way to a harmonious work-life balance.
The discussion doesn't stop at work and family; we venture into the pervasive realm of social media. Hear about a personal journey of taking a three-year break from Instagram to reclaim mental tranquility and reshape business strategy. This episode provides valuable insights into how setting boundaries with platforms like Instagram and TikTok can prevent burnout and preserve your peace of mind. By sharing practical tips on managing screen time, we underscore the importance of not letting social media intrude on precious family moments or mental health. Tune in to learn how mindful boundary-setting can enhance both your personal well-being and professional success.
Unlock the secrets to thriving in a saturated digital environment with insights from my latest episode on the Influencer Entrepreneur's Podcast. Ever wondered how to not only survive but flourish by aligning your business with your core values and carving out a distinct personal brand? This episode promises to equip you with strategies to create an impactful online presence, beginning with a meticulously optimized website and honed SEO tactics to ensure you're easily found by your target audience. We'll also tackle the art of selecting the perfect social media platforms to maximize your reach without spreading your efforts too thin.
Open the door to a more interactive podcast experience. I invite you to become an integral part of the conversation by sharing your thoughts, questions, and reflections in the comments. Your feedback holds immense value, guiding the future direction of our content to better serve your business growth needs. Whether through ratings, reviews, or sharing which insights resonate most, your engagement is vital to crafting episodes that are both informative and impactful. Join me on this journey to enrich your entrepreneurial path while fostering a community that thrives on shared learning and success.
Read more HERE
Grab the Strategic Growth Plan
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
Discover how Buzzsprout's Co-Host AI transformed my podcasting journey and could do the same for you! After five years with Buzzsprout, I was thrilled to find their AI could effortlessly generate transcripts, blog posts, social media content, titles, and descriptions. This episode shares my experience of transitioning from Descript and how Co-Host AI has become a game-changer, streamlining my workflow and saving on costs. My daughter, who edits my episodes, is equally impressed, finding that the AI cuts her blog post production time drastically with its well-organized transcription feature.
Join me as I explore the incredible benefits of Co-Host AI, a tool that's not just cost-efficient but also remarkably effective in enhancing podcast production. Whether you're a Buzzsprout user or with another hosting service like Libsyn or Blueberry, this feature is worth considering to elevate your podcasting routine. Listen to my insights on how this AI tool has revolutionized my process, saving me time and money, while ensuring quality content creation. If you're contemplating a switch to Buzzsprout or looking to optimize your workflow, this episode is packed with first-hand experiences and practical advice.
Subscriber-only episode
Unlock two game-changing strategies that could instantly transform your business growth. Imagine effortlessly staying ahead with your content schedule and enjoying stress-free time off — it's all possible by mastering the art of content planning and organization. I’ll walk you through the process of identifying your primary audience, crafting consistent "big rock" content, and repurposing it across your platforms. Discover how being a month ahead can become your reality, allowing you the flexibility to take a vacation without the usual business worries.
But that's not all. We also explore the vital practice of self-care, which is often overlooked by entrepreneurs juggling numerous responsibilities. Hear about my personal journey since 2010 and gain insights into how prioritizing physical activity can enhance mental well-being, especially for female business owners dealing with burnout risks. We'll discuss finding the right activity for you, be it walking, gardening, or hitting the gym, and how these practices can empower you to maintain balance and resilience in your entrepreneurial journey. Tune in to learn how these simple yet powerful practices can bring transformative changes to your business and life.
Subscriber-only episode
Have you ever wondered if you're holding your business back by sticking to outdated models? Discover why embracing change can be your best ally in staying competitive, as we unravel the transformative journey of E2M Fitness. By transitioning from a one-time payment to a monthly subscription model, E2M Fitness shows us that adapting to new demands is sometimes essential for sustainability. Even with initial pushback, the shift has underscored the critical role of flexibility in the business landscape. Learn how to navigate such changes while ensuring long-term success and customer satisfaction.
Hear firsthand about the power of positive reinforcement amidst a sea of negativity. It's easy to let criticism overshadow your vision, but we highlight the importance of focusing on silent supporters who truly value your work. We'll discuss how seeking constructive feedback can be a game-changer and why not all voices should carry the same weight in your decision-making process. Whether you're a business owner facing a daunting pivot or someone looking to maintain a positive outlook, this episode offers valuable insights to help you thrive.
Learn expert tips from Jillian Leslie on how to grow your mailing list using effective freebies in order to grow your list and engagement.
Read more HERE
Grab the Strategic Growth Plan
Be sure to become an Influencer Entrepreneurs+ member to listen in on exclusive content!
Support the show
Subscriber-only episode
Unlock the secret to becoming the guiding voice your audience can't live without. Inspired by that iconic Friends episode where Rachel lets Monica steer her love life, this episode takes a humorous yet insightful look at how to become the go-to advisor for your audience. You'll learn how to strategically carve out your unique voice, especially when tackling divisive topics in your industry. Your audience won't just follow your advice; they'll hear you in their heads guiding them through business challenges. And if you're curious about the controversial takes on AI and sustainable business models, you're in the right place—I’m here to share why these hot-button topics deserve your attention.
Crafting content that resonates and builds unshakeable trust is an art, and I’m breaking it down into actionable steps. Whether it's through podcasts, YouTube, or newsletters, every piece of content you create is a stepping stone to establishing authority and loyalty. Plus, I’m offering a sneak peek into my exclusive Insiders group, where we go beyond the basics to ensure your business structure is rock-solid. So, if you're ready to build a lasting connection with your audience while steering them toward the solutions you offer, you'll want to listen closely. And don’t forget to share this episode with friends who are eager to elevate their business game with these behind-the-scenes insights.
Subscriber-only episode
Unlock the secrets of blending artificial intelligence with authentic creativity to revolutionize your content creation process. Discover how I use AI tools like Keysearchco, ChatGPT Gemini, and Claude to craft compelling podcast episodes, from ideation to publication, ensuring each piece resonates with our audience. This episode promises not just insights into AI's role in content creation but also a heartfelt glimpse into how family plays a pivotal role in my entrepreneurial journey. With my teenage daughter by my side, we transform raw podcast recordings into full-fledged content pieces—blog posts, visuals, and more—proving that entrepreneurship can be both a family affair and a cutting-edge endeavor.
Join me as we unmask the detailed workflow of transforming ideas into engaging content, all while balancing the precision of AI with the warmth of a personal touch. Learn how the strategic use of keywords, coupled with AI-generated titles and descriptions, helps our content shine in a crowded digital world. Whether it's utilizing Descript for seamless transcription or harnessing Canva's AI features for striking visuals, every step is designed to streamline and elevate our process. This conversation is not only about the tools but the invaluable lessons in cultivating the next generation of entrepreneurs, allowing them to thrive in the ever-evolving landscape of digital business.
Explore how AI is transforming the future of blogging.
Learn the challenges and opportunities AI presents, and discover practical strategies for bloggers to adapt, stay creative, and maintain authenticity in an AI-driven world.
The rapid rise of AI that we are seeing in content creation has become something that many, many bloggers are concerned about as well as business owners, because as a small business owner, you are creating content in order to attract an audience and you need to understand how AI is impacting that.
What I really want you to make sure that you take away from this is that AI is not replacing you.
Read more HERE
Grab Your Strategic Growth Plan
Discover expert tips from Alexandria Drzazgowski on how to run a successful sales meeting that boosts earnings with top brands.
Learn actionable strategies to enhance your pitch, build relationships, and close more deals.
Read more HERE
Get our Pitch Guide!
Unlock the secrets to building, growing, and elevating your personal brand with this comprehensive guide.
Learn proven strategies to enhance your online presence, expand your influence, and achieve lasting success.
Grab your Strategic Growth Plan HERE.
Read more HERE.
Discover practical tips for creating a blog schedule that boosts productivity, keeps you organized, and helps you consistently publish high-quality content.
Get more done with these proven strategies.
Lucy Reyes is a productivity strategist and Trello specialist.
She enjoys helping content creators, digital product creators, and bloggers to maximize their efficiency and increase their profits without doing more.
Read more HERE
Learn practical steps to set a realistic and achievable revenue goal for your small business.
It is great that you are running your own business, but you have to be able to hold yourself accountable and set goals that are going to have revenue in mind.
As a business, you have to be determining your revenue goals.
You cannot simply be saying that you're going to get more followers, or that you're going to get more traffic, that is not how you run a business.
You have to be looking at your revenue.
Read more HERE
Get Your Revenue Growth Planning Guide
Discover practical tips and insights from Brandy Stamper on how to feel more energized as a female entrepreneur by maintaining balance.
Read more HERE.
Virtual summits are a great opportunity to educate yourself on all the latest trends in your industry, but they can also be extremely overwhelming unless you go in with a plan on how to utilize a summit to the best of your ability.
Read more HERE
Join IEA Virtual Summit.
Discover how to elevate your business through big thinking strategies in this insightful interview with Andrea Liebross.
Learn actionable tips and advice on scaling your business to new heights.
Read more HERE
Learn how to write sales emails that convert with actionable tips on crafting compelling subject lines, personalized content, and strong calls to action to boost your response rates.
Read more HERE
Beginning a new business without a big budget calls for Effective Bootstrap Marketing Techniques. Melissa Smith of Personal Virtual Assistants and Jenny talk about some ways to help with your marketing.
You can find Melissa at The PVA.
Her Successful VA Workbook is here.
Read More Here
Discover the blueprint for constructing a winning sales sequence that converts leads into loyal customers.
Read more HERE.
Discover why creating and selling products can boost your blogging success in this insightful interview with Holly Homer.
Learn strategies, benefits, and tips from an experienced blogger and entrepreneur.
Read more HERE
Join Insiders at 40% off!
Discover the art of crafting attention-grabbing, good email subject lines that skyrocket open rates.
Read more HERE.
A candid interview uncovering the hidden strategies a successful entrepreneur uses to overcome obstacles and defy the odds of failure in entrepreneurship.
Read more HERE.
Join Insiders at 40% off!
Discover how to maximize open rates and engagement by understanding what to put in an email subject line that grabs attention and drives action.
Read more HERE.
Join Insiders at 40% off!
Ever wonder why your mindset work isn't making a difference in your personal or business growth? In this authentic conversation, Chrystal Rose tells why and explains the best method for change.
Chrystal Rose is a transformative coach and performance coach for entrepreneurs. She helps high-level women in all areas of life become better versions of themselves by achieving the stuff they want to achieve and leaving the things that are holding them back behind.
She believes that our lives affect our business and business affects our life.
Read more HERE.
Learn how to navigate the competitive digital environment and elevate your website's visibility for increased traffic and engagement.
You have to take certain actions to be able to move forward in order to be able to continue to be seen.
Read more HERE.
Join Insiders at 40% off!
Discover essential systems for small businesses that are needed in order to improve your overall business.
Racheal Cook is the founder of the CEO Collective and host of “Promote Yourself to CEO” podcast.
She has been working with small business owners her entire career. She started her consulting business in 2008/2009 when she was burnt out from the traditional consulting career.
Read more HERE
Learn how to craft a strategic customer journey map that maximizes engagement, conversions, and customer satisfaction for your business.
What is a Customer Journey Map?
A customer journey map is a way to record, plot and analyze the interactions that you have with a potential customer in order to create a successful sales funnel.
We talked about the stages of a customer journey as Know (awareness), Like (consideration), Trust (decision/customer) and Loyalty.
In order to get to these stages, we need to know the end game or product or service that we are trying to sell and work backwards.
Read more HERE.
Join Insiders at 40% off!
Discover effective strategies to enhance your mindset and drive success as a small business owner.
Brooke Elliott is a “Champion for Change” in her coaching and consulting business. She lives in Rock Hill, South Carolina, and is a wife and mother.
Two years ago, she started her business, Be Complete, and is a keynote speaker, coach, talent developer, and culture consultant. She is dedicated to empowering leaders and organizations to become catalysts for change.
What is an entrepreneurial mindset? How would you define it?
Your entrepreneurial mindset is your ability to succeed in the entrepreneurial world. There are several aspects to this, including personality traits, skill sets, attributes, and attitudes.
Read more HERE
Discover the intricate path an audience takes to becoming a customer by understanding the customer journey.
What is a Customer Journey?
A customer journey is the interactions that your audience has with your business.
It begins with the awareness of your brand through the interactions of the content that you create and ends with purchase loyalty where they recommend your product or service to others.
Read more HERE.
Join Insiders at 40% off!
Learn effective techniques of attraction marketing to captivate your audience and build lasting connections that drive results.
What is attraction marketing?
Attraction marketing is simply content that you are putting out that is meant to bring in your ideal audience.
You are more answering the why of the problems that your audience have because you have the solution on how to fix that problem.
Read more HERE.
Join Insiders for 40% off!
Explore the cutting-edge synergy of AI and emotional intelligence in digital copywriting, shaping the future of communication.
Read more HERE.
Join Insiders at 40% off.
Unlock the secrets to pinpointing how to find your target audience with precision.
A target audience is the perfect person for you.
The perfect type of people that are going to get knowledge from your content because of the problems that you are aiming to solve for your audience.
When we're looking at that target audience, you want to be able to put some specifics into it as far as what age, what are their profession, what are the problems that they're running into.
Read more HERE.
Join Insiders at 40% off.
Discover the art of how to use your blog as a creative in order to increase your visibility and build your business.
A blog is the best way to get your website found on Google.
As creatives, we are all on social media but organic traffic is the “holy grail.”
Read more HERE.
Join Insiders for 40% off.
Unlock the power of blogging for your business! Discover 13 compelling reasons why blogging is a must-have strategy for success in today's digital landscape.
We all know that there are a ton of ways that people can find out about your businesses.
They can Google it, they can go to YouTube, they can go to all the different social media platforms, or they can listen to a podcast.
There are lots of different ways in which people can consume information about your business, but we're going to talk specifically about the 13 way reasons that you want to make sure that you have a blog that is a business.
Join Insiders at 40% off!
Read more HERE.
Discover essential strategies for entrepreneurs to strike the perfect balance between work and life.
Read more HERE
Join Insiders at 40% off!
Discover the truth about the fate of blogging in today's digital era. Explore strategies to revive and thrive in the evolving landscape of online content creation.
Blogging from 2010 is absolutely dead.
You cannot put content out there and just expect that people will come. It is not that simple.
So to answer the question, is blogging dead for 2024, which we are in right now? Absolutely not. How do you think you found this?
Some of you may be listening on your podcast app, while others may be reading the blog post that goes along with this and if you google the question "Is blogging dead?" the answers that you are getting are because they're coming from blogs.
Join Insiders at 40% off!
Read more HERE!
Discover practical strategies to identify and overcome limiting money beliefs. Empower yourself to unlock financial success and achieve your goals with confidence.
Grab Insiders at 40% off!
Read more HERE
In order to increase productivity and consistently create content, a content sprint will create one month of content in just five days.
What is a Content Sprint?
The idea behind a content sprint is that you are able to knock out content not only for your blog, but your social. and your email in which it is done in just five days so that you can have everything ready to go.
Read more HERE.
Join Insiders at 40% off
Building authority in your industry helps create the “know, like, and trust” factor that sells your product or service. In this episode, we talk about the best techniques to position you as a leader in your industry and the importance of doing so.
Renée Warren is an award-winning entrepreneur, angel investor, speaker, author, and
founder of We Wild Women, an agency that helps women-led businesses build confidence and
position themselves as the authority in their industry by way of public relations, and gain industry recognition by landing the media exposure they deserve.
She has been in the industry for 12 years and knows that you have to be adaptive since it is changing. She thrives in writing killer pitches and pitch angles and creating procedures and processes.
She’s also the host of the celebrated podcast, Into the Wild, a show in the top 1.5% that features curated interviews with women entrepreneurs and provides actionable advice to women growing their dream businesses.
Read more HERE
Uncover the secrets of email batching as a powerful task management technique that will allow you to schedule your emails a month in advance.
We've talked about the importance of email marketing in the past.
You understand a welcome sequences and how to have a sales sequence as well as the importance of consistently emailing your people.
You cannot simply email them once a month. It's not enough. They're not going to know who you are.
Too many other people are emailing them more often and if you're only getting in there inbox once a month, they're going to open your email and have no idea who you are.
Read more HERE.
Join Insiders at 40% off
Setting boundaries in your business is important to protect your energy and still allow you to grow. This episode teaches the importance of time batching, delegation, taking care of yourself, and avoiding boundary mistakes in business.
Selina Johnson is the founder of Selina & Co. She specializes in helping CEOs reclaim their time and energy by building an efficient team that doesn’t rely on the business owner 24/7.
She focuses on operations, time management, hiring, and delegating. She feels it is important to live an enriched life with more joy and fun without the headache.
Read more HERE.
Transform your blogging routine by batching content in order to streamline your workflow, and enhance productivity to become a more efficient and successful blogger.
What is Content Batching?
Content batching is when you are looking to be able to put content that is somewhat similar into a the same categories and be able to build upon it so that people start to see you as an expert within that category or within that specific problem that your audience may have.
Content batching often incorporates task batching because you are going to be using time batching in order to do it more efficiently and effectively.
Read more HERE
Join Insiders at 40% off!
Mastering the social media marketing funnel is important to help you grow your business and doesn’t have to be just throwing spaghetti against the wall. In this episode, Jenny and Lynsey teach how to master your social media marketing.
Lynsey Mahoskey is a social media coach and marketing agency owner at Her Hive Social. She offers coaching, management, branding, and other services to content creators.
She started as a mommy blogger in 2013 to help other moms in similar situations and then moved into influencing, network marketing, and currently into coaching.
Lynsey has a podcast called Confident Content Creators and a Facebook community with the same name.
Read more HERE.
Join Insiders for 40% off!
Master the art of how to batch content for efficient and effective blogging success by uncovering time-saving strategies.
Benefits of Batching Content
Creates an SEO Strategy
You have heard me multiple times on the podcast talk about how you want to create a spider web of content.
By creating that spider web of content for your readers to come to and to then click to get more information about another post and another post and another post, It increases their time on your site.
It also gives you interlinking to your content, which is then creating that SEO strategy where you are showing them you have the complete answer.
You are that expert that is going to be able to help them through whatever problem that they have.
Read More HERE.
Join INSIDERS at 40% off!
Unlock the secrets of successful online selling with how to sell digital products using email in order to build a thriving business.
Digital products can be a consistent and significant part of your income as an influencer. In this episode, Becky Beach teaches us how to sell digital products online with email.
Becky Beach is the owner of MomBeach.com, a blog for moms to help them make and save money. She also talks about parenting topics and has a printable store.
She sells courses, financial spreadsheets, and other things that add about $15,000 of income per month. She uses her blog to drive traffic to her printable store.
Read more HERE.
Join Insiders at 40% off!
Unlock peak productivity with our guide on time batching – a powerful strategy to streamline tasks, boost focus, and supercharge efficiency.
What is time batching?
Time batching is a time management strategy where you group together similar tasks by task batching within a specific time frame.
We've spoken about personal time management that is based on income producing activities as well as anti-time management which focuses on prioritizing your attention on what you want in life rather than on the essence of managing your time.
Join Insiders at 40% off!
Read more HERE!
Discover practical tips to reignite your motivation when you feel stuck and uninspired.
We all have occasions when we are not motivated to do anything and feel stuck. In this episode, Dre Baldwin talks about motivations and discipline to keep moving forward in your business through the use of structure.
Dre “All Day” Baldwin was a 9-year pro athlete who has written 33 books, including The Mirror of Motivation, and given four TED Talks. Originally from Philadelphia, he now lives in Miami.
His online career started when he began giving sports advice on YouTube and evolved when other athletes started asking him about his consistency in putting out content.
He would talk about discipline, showing up every day, having the confidence to put yourself and your work into the world, mental toughness, and personal initiative (getting started).
When he started talking about mindset things, people who did not play sports started trickling into his audience. While it applied to the ball players, it applied to everyone.
That planted a seed for him to know what he needed to leverage to segway from the sports world to his “after sports” life. When he stopped playing ball in 2015, he took the pieces he was talking about then and turned them into a full-time career.
As an athlete, you have discipline in your head, know what it means, and you are used to putting the actions in. If you have not had that background, it can be hard to turn it around and apply it to business,
Join the Insiders at 40% off!
Read more HERE!
Elevate your social media game by exploring expert strategies for creating content pillars tailored to social platforms.
Content pillars are going to help you with your content planning.
It is going to give you a strategy for moving forward in 2024 and actually having a plan of attack when putting your content out there so that you can continue to grow your traffic, grow your audience and sell your products to make more money this year.
Join Insiders at 40% off!!!
Read more HERE
Learn proven techniques to effectively ask for testimonials, harnessing the power of client experiences to build trust and credibility.
Testimonials are powerful to build trust and credibility with potential customers and create compelling narratives that tell a story and capture the emotions of their target audience. On this episode, Lisa Speer teaches businesses how to get those testimonials.
Lisa Speer owns the business Speerhead Solutions.
She focuses on branding that brings out the soul of your business. This is branding that goes beyond surface level and reflects your vision, your values, and your vibe.
Read more HERE!
Join the Insiders at 40% off!
Explore real-life examples of content pillars tailored to bloggers in niche markets.
It's important that before you dive into the example of content pillars within specific niches that you understand what are content pillars and why are they importantso that you have a comprehensive understanding of how to use them.
It's also important that you understand the different types of content pillars for you blog, as well as for email and social media marketing.
Read more HERE.
Join the Insiders Group at 40% off!
Learn effective strategies to optimize your time and prioritize tasks based on their impact on your income with personal time management.
Sherré DeMao is the CEO and founder of BizGrowthInc.com, a company that has been helping entrepreneurial businesses grow in value, worth, and prosperity for over 40 years. One of the biggest areas entrepreneurs struggle with is time management. Sherré has some great ideas on how to help.
Wishful and Fearful Thinking Assessment
Read More Here
Unlocking the power of content pillars by exploring varieties, strategies, and best practices for effective content marketing.
We talked about what are content pillars and why they are part important because they help you be able to create these silos of information that allow your people to see you as the resource for your content solving the problem that your audience has.
Read more HERE.
Join the Insiders at 40% off!
If you struggle with the money aspect or feel stressed over it, this episode will help put your mind at ease as you learn to manage your finances intentionally, understand your debt story, prepare for wealth, and learn why your budget is a tool that helps you instead of a negative consequence.
Keina Newell is a financial coach at Wealth Over Now. She works predominantly with single women and solopreneurs to learn how to budget their way to wealth.
Her goal is to get women to talk about money instead of cringing over the word “budget.”
Typically, we start a business because we have the desire to create wealth.
Read more HERE.
Master the art of strategic content planning by exploring what content pillars are and learn proven strategies for maximizing your content marketing efforts.
Content pillars are what you are going to use for SEO purposes for blog content, and then also for social media content and email marketing.
Content Pillars are the silos of information in which you would put your content into a category.
It is the category that is going to give me all of the other articles that are going to potentially come off of that within that category or within that pillar.
It helps so that your audience can see you as the resource as to who they need to go to in order to have that problem answered for them.
Read more HERE.
Join the Insiders at 40% off!
Most people never go through the things Renee has and yet she was able to overcome these obstacles and is here to share her story about overcoming adversity.
She passes on her knowledge and inspiration through her Victory in Time and new book.
Renee Breazeale (rhymes with Chick-fil-A) was the 30-year owner of a company called Victory Bolt & Specialty, which was in a fastener business in industrial sales, which was a male-dominated industry.
She imported, distributed, and did light manufacturing to make nuts and bolts.
She currently runs a company called Victory in Time facilitating mastermind groups using Biblical principles.
Read more HERE.
Join the Insiders Group at the discounted price for podcast listeners.
Discover the journey from lead to customer. Learn what a sales funnel is and how it works to successfully sell to your audience.
What is a sales funnel?
All a sales funnel is, is giving people an opportunity to come into your world and have an idea of what it is that you offer, and then be able to offer them multiple products that you potentially offer.
Now, the thing that I need you to understand about a sales funnel is that you can't simply mention it once and be done.
There are specific pieces of that sales funnel in order to make this work.
Join the Insiders at the discounted price for podcast listeners.
Read more HERE.
Elevate your business with inspiring email marketing campaigns. Discover real-world examples and strategies to boost engagement and ROI.
Martha Bitar is the CEO of Flodesk and is sharing her expertise in email marketing.
What is an email campaign?
An email campaign is either one single email that you send to your audience or a series of emails that serve a specific goal.
For example, you might send an email to new email subscribers. Another example of an email campaign is an email series of four emails for a black Friday sale that shares different offers.
All of the emails will have a specific end goal in mind that you will use to create your email campaign. Your email campaign should always have a goal.
This email’s goal could be to share content, nurture the audience, or promote an offer or sale.
Read more HERE.
Discover the step-by-step roadmap to skyrocket your eBook sales through effective marketing strategies.
Before you can get started marketing your ebook, you'll want to make sure that you have created an ebook that sells.
There are specific elements you'll want to make sure to include in creating your ebook.
Read more HERE.
Uncover the ins and outs of web hosting, from servers to domains, in this comprehensive conversation.
Have you wondered about the mysteries of web hosting, for example, the difference between shared and VPS?
This podcast episode is going to demystify this as we learn more about web hosting and how it works.
Katie has been part of the BigScoots team for almost 5 years.
BigScoots is a premium managed WordPress hosting provider.
They work alongside companies to provide web hosting services and collaborate with their clients to help them grow their websites and be successful. BigScoots has 24/7 customer support, even on holidays.
Read more HERE.
Unlock the secrets of creating and selling profitable eBooks. Discover the steps to eBook success on your journey to becoming a digital authorpreneur.
Research & Plan Your Ebook
The first step that we want to take is we want to research and plan your ebook. You want to get an idea of what kind of eBooks are already out there in your niche.
What is it that your audience is looking for?
What problem do you solve?
How can you potentially dive in deeper into a topic that you already have content on your site about and is getting traffic for that.
It's going to be easy to be able to market that ebook because it's on the same topic.
Read more HERE.
Podcasting is one of the easiest and best ways to get in front of your audience, put content out, and have your audience connect with you. You can do your own podcast editing and Darrell Darnell is going to teach you how.
Darrell Darnell is the owner of Pro Podcast Solutions. His company is devoted to helping people start podcasts, edit podcasts, write show notes, and other things that will lift the burden of doing a podcast on your own.
Grab his Podcast Launch Guide.
Read More Here
Unlock your productivity potential with our comprehensive guide to task batching.
Discover how grouping similar tasks can boost focus, efficiency, and quality. Learn practical strategies, tools, and real-world examples to master task batching and achieve more in less time.
What exactly is it when you are task batching?
You are putting together things that you are doing within your business or even within your life that are similar and using similar parts of your brain as well as similar parts of the energy that are going to be able to help you improve your productivity.
It is different than multitasking?
When we multitask, we jump from task to task.
Read more HERE.
**Whether you are new to blogging or a seasoned veteran, it is important to create cornerstone content that helps identify you as an expert on your topic, leads your audience to all of the various options you have for them, and helps your SEO rankings.
Meg Casebolt shares more about cornerstone content and the best way to use it effectively.
Get Meg's SEO Starter Kit Here****.
Read More Here**
Uncover the art of successful storytelling and engagement with our comprehensive guide to blogging best practices.
What we really want to understand and be able to put into practice is being able to create captivating content.
Content where we can see a step by step, because we're offering it for our readers to be able to understand how to create what it is that we're trying to get them to be able to create.
Grab the Blog Like a Pro Planner.
Read more HERE.
Digital products can exponentially increase your income. Learn how to create digital products that you can earn you more money in your business. Molly Keyser is the owner of Freedom Creator and helps content creators monetize with digital info products.
Read More Here
When it comes to email marketing statistics, there are several key questions that matter to bloggers.
These questions can help you understand the effectiveness of your email marketing and make informed decisions to improve your strategies.
Grab the List Growth Guide
Read more HERE.
Finding the balance between motherhood and business ownership can be a challenge. We have a few tips for success for Mompreneurs.
Couseett Hoover loves helping mompreneurs. After having a newborn and leaving her Ph.D. program, she wanted to be able to use her knowledge to help others.
She has a computer science degree and married that with her instructional technology coursework to teach moms about technology. Her business is Techie Mamma.
Grab the Blog Like a Pro Planner.
Read more HERE.
Discover essential tips for new bloggers! Unlock the secrets to building a successful blog and establish your online presence.
The first thing that I want you to understand is that there is a great importance in understanding and knowing your audience, you have to know who it is that you are ideally trying to attract.
What is it that you are going to teach them, the problem that you're going to solve, but primarily who are they?
A wide net of people that you expect to be able to bring to your site and feel that it's going be easy for you to be able to connect and create content for them if they range from 18 to 65.
I need you to be more specific.
Grab your Blog Like a Pro Guide.
Read More HERE.
Creating a Lead Magnet that Converts with Julie C Butler
Lead magnets help you grow your email list and are a necessity for every business. Learn how to create a lead magnet that converts into a thriving email list. Julie C. Butler joins us to
Julie C. Butler's Beautiful Profitable Business Freebie Vault
Read More Here
Brand Shorthand
Marketing, advertising, sales, and public relations - all through the lens of positioning.
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Unlock the potential of blogger collaboration and harness the power of collective growth! Discover the strategies, benefits, and practical tips for collaborating with fellow bloggers. Propel your blog to new heights through the art of collaboration.
The first thing that I want to start off with is that, I personally have seen that blogger collaboration is what has helped me over the course of 13 years of being in the online space, propel my business forward as a lifestyle blogger.
When I first started off with The Melrose Family and now even with the JennyMelrose.com, podcast, and all that goes into it, there is still a ton of blogger collaboration that goes on.
Read more HERE.
3 Most Common SEO Mistakes to Avoid with Mariah Liszewski SEO helps you get free and organic traffic from search results on search engines. Avoid these 3 common SEO mistakes to ensure you get the best rankings for your keywords.
The Ultimate SEO Roadmap breaks things down in an easy-to-understand way and shows you what SEO is, why it is important, and how search engines work.
It includes a 6-step process to improve your SEO, get your content on Google, and increase your website traffic to skyrocket your sales.
Read More Here
Your blog's about page is one of the most important elements of your website.
It's where you tell your story, connect with your audience, and establish your brand.
From crafting your story to highlighting your credentials, this guide will show you how to create a blog about page that truly connects with your audience.
What should I include in my blog's about page?
- Level of expertise
- Experience in your industry
- Call to action
- Your positioning within your niche
- The problem that you solve for your audience
Read more HERE.
Grab your Blog Like a Pro Guide.
Best Affiliate Marketing Strategies with Jessica Evans
Learn the best affiliate marketing strategies to be successful as an affiliate marketer.
Jessica Evans is the CEO of Ultimate Bundles.
This Affiliate Marketing Guide lists the tips that are proven to work for affiliate marketing. It will help you if you are new or seasoned. It is a reminder of how many times they need to see your marketing, the places you can share, where your audience lives, and how your products can benefit your audience.
Read More Here
Learn how to research market demand, identify profitable niches, and stand out in a crowded blogging landscape. Don't miss out on the ultimate guide to finding your perfect blog niche idea.
The big thing that I want you to understand is crowding.
There is a crowded blogging landscape, but I am not saying oversaturated.
You can go into any niche that you want to go into.
The first thing that you want to take a look at is figuring out what you are really passionate about and what your expertise is.
You cannot simply create content because that is not where you are going to be a couple steps ahead of someone else.
Read more HERE.
Key elements to making yourself legal in blogging include everything from contracts, copyright, LLCs, trademarks, and more. Learn how to protect yourself and keep from getting sued.
Amira Irfan is a business lawyer, blogger, and coach behind www.ASelfGuru.com. She helps bloggers and entrepreneurs protect their businesses by working with them one-on-one and also has done-for-you legal templates.
Read More Here
Discover the latest and most effective strategies to grow your blog to the next level in 2023.
Questions answered:
How do I increase my blog's traffic?
How can I improve my blog's search engine ranking?
What are the best ways to promote my blog?
What types of content should I be creating to attract more readers?
How do I engage with my audience and build a community around my blog?
Should I be using social media to promote my blog, and if so, which platforms are best?
Grab the Blog Like a Pro Guide!
Read more HERE.
How to Practice Positive Self-Talk with Laura CamachoPositive self-talk is how you talk about yourself, and the conversations and feelings that you tell yourself. Learn more about accurate, positive self-talk and how to practice it to see more positive results in your business.
Get Laura's 30 Days of Yes: 30 easy tips to make your requests, message, or emails more persuasive. Read More Here
If you're an influencer looking to collaborate with brands, it's important to know how to effectively reach out to brands that you want to work with.
First, let's start with influencer networks work as middleman that way you can apply for the different campaigns that they have, then based on the application that you fill out, they will decide if you are a good fit or not.
Though that can also be a process because you again, have a middleman.
The middleman is the person that connects you and your brand therefore, you never really have direct contact with the brand.
So if you have a question or if the brand has a question about the campaign or the work that you've done, it has to go through the middleman and that can often get frustrating because it's like a game of telephone.
Save your seat for The 3 Secrets Brands are NOT Telling You about Sponsorships.
Read more HERE.
Learning how to create high converting landing pages is important to increase your leads, create better experiences for your customers, and convert a higher number of visitors to buyers. Learn how to create these pages on this podcast with Sandra van der Lee.
Get Sandra's PDF, Elements of a High Converting Landing Page Checklist, for a summary and example of creating landing pages without over complicating the process.
Read More Here
Understanding your audience is key to creating successful and engaging content on your blog.
In this episode, we'll explore the importance of knowing your audience and how it can help you attract and retain loyal readers.
You'll learn how to identify your target audience, analyze their interests and preferences, and tailor your content to their needs.
Whether you're a new blogger or a seasoned pro, this guide will help you unlock the secrets of blogging success by building a strong connection with your audience.
Read more HERE
We are going to talk about how to get sales on Etsy, how to do keyword research for your Etsy products, and how you decide on your digital products for Etsy to make money. We also discuss some online tools to help you find the products to sell.
Sasha Hutchison is a 6-figure a-year business owner and top 1% seller on Etsy in the digital products space. She creates products and courses that help people, just like you, make more money and more sales.
Read More Here
Be sure to download the free 30 Fillable Product Ideas by Sasha Hutchison.
Learn how AI can enhance your blogging process, improve content quality, and find the right balance between automation and human creativity.
I know that blog writing with AI is something that a lot of bloggers are struggling with. We hear AI and we feel like we lose our creativity. We don't get the opportunity to still have our own voice.
That is not actually the truth of the matter. I'm not going to tell you that you need to use AI and create an entire blog post.
Instead, I want you to look at how you can improve your blog writing with AI by increasing the speed of your process and getting the creative juices going faster and moving further along.
Get your Blog Like a Pro Guide
Read more HERE
Membership sites are a great way to diversify income so we're sharing 3 membership site examples that could work for you.
Melody Johnson is the owner and founder of The Course Consultant. She helps to aspire and scaling membership owners grow their recurring revenue with referrals and retention. She is passionate about helping businesses get their time and energy back without hustling for new clients. She takes you through strategically converting a course to a membership.
Read More Here Download the Membership Site Checklist Here
It is possible to have a successful blogging business, but you need to understand how to monetize your blog to meet your goals.
What are the different ways to monetize a blog?
Most people almost immediately think of ads to have on your site as a way to monetize. I always recommend not to start off immediately by putting ads on your site.
If you are starting to try to grow your pageviews, get to a point where you have at least 25,000 pageviews and then start to look for an ad network. Having Google ads on your site when you're only getting a hundred page views in a month is not going to be anything but pennies in your pocket.
And in reality, it's going to push people away rather than keep them from coming to your site.
Read more HERE.
We are talking about effective speaking skills as a podcast guest, video content creator or public speaking presentation with Katie Kimball.
Katie Kimball has a mother of four, teacher and educator, author of 7 cookbooks, blogger for two blogs, including Kitchen Stewardship and Kids Cook Real Food. She has been a featured guest on an international talk shows, television programs, stages, multiple podcasts and was a TEDx speaker twice (here and here).
Read more here.
Download Katie's email delegation cheat sheet for practical entrepreneur tips and strategies.
Blogging provides a unique advantage to businesses that are looking to grow their online presence and reap the benefits of blogging.
- Increased Visibility
- Better Conversions
- Builds a Community
- Grows an Email List
- Builds a better Brand
- Increases SEO
- Monetization Opportunities
- Creative & Personal Growth
Grab the Blog Like a Pro Guide
Read more HERE
Today we're going to be talking about how to sell without feeling Gross with Melanie Childers. I want you to redirect your brains around the idea that you don't have to be selling only if you have a personal service or product but you are also selling to sponsors. Learn more about consensual selling , the best way to handle objections, the biggest mistakes we make when selling, and more.
Read more here.
Learn more about Melanie at her website melaniechilders.com.Be sure to grab Melanie's Consensual Selling Conversations guide here.
Having a clear avatar is important to create a successful business elevator pitch and content that resonates with your audience.
The biggest misstep I see for the majority of my clients is that they can't clearly and concisely tell me what their business elevator pitch is.
They fall over their words or are extremely vague, so much so that it leaves me with more questions than when we started.
Your elevator pitch should tell me what you do and who you do it for.
Grab your free workbook.
Read more here.
Discover how to boost your revenue by ditching display ads and exploring alternative monetization strategies.
Monica Froese was a guest on episode 317. She is back to share how you can increase revenue by ditching display ads. She is one of the best teachers. You're going to get a ton of information from this episode.
You are going to want to make sure that you sign up for her free Profit Transformation class that she is offering.
Read More Here
Part of the entrepreneurial mindset is to have thick skin and we're diving into how develop that as a business owner.
Before we start, be sure to grab the free workbook that goes along with this episode.
One day when I was in fourth grade, I came home crying because the boys were calling me Brussels Sprouts and Four Eyes. My mom told me sticks and stones may break your bones, but words will never hurt you.
I look back now and realize two things.
First, the name Brussel Sprouts was actually kind of funny since my maiden name was Russell.
Second, rather than my mom telling me that I wasn't a brussel sprout or that my thick pink rimmed glasses made me pretty, she simply told me that these names physically weren't doing any damage and I could decide how the bully's words impacted me.
My mom gave me my power back. With that silly saying, I decided how I was going to handle the name calling.
My emotions were up to me and I could control them.
In that moment, I developed thicker skin. Skin that allowed me to decide whose words mattered, and if what they said actually held any merit.
Read more HERE.
One of the most difficult thing to overcome as a blogger is analysis paralysis, but what is analysis paralysis and how can you avoid it?
Today’s guest, Liz Stapleton, is a lawyer and a blogger.
She is the founder of multiple blogging websites, including Less Debt, More Wine (a personal finance website), ElizabethStapleton.com (helping people understand the legal side of blogging), and Blogger Breakthrough Summit (a free virtual summit designed to help bloggers with both their time and goals).
Liz has been blogging since 2014 and loves to make bloggers' lives easier with action-oriented content and training to save their sanity and help them earn more.
We're diving into analysis paralysis and how bloggers can avoid it.
Read more Here.Blogging Success Planner
Part of business growth is the entrepreneurial mindset that you have so we're breaking down specific entrepreneurial mindset examples.
Today we're going to be jumping into the business mindset that you need to have in order to have growth in your business and to start treating your business like the business that it is.
Instead of looking at it as that hobby that some of us started this business off as, now we need to start to have an entrepreneurial mindset about how we're going to continue to move forward.
After years of playing sports at a competitive level, there was something that I always noticed in the best athletes.
They didn't boast about being the best, but you could tell they knew they were good at what they did.
They had the mindset that they could compete at the highest level, which game in the confidence to do so.
They wanted the ball in order to break the tie.
Read More HERE.
Grab your Workbook
Understanding how to make IG branded content stand out is what can set you apart from other influencers.
Kristen is a creator monetization coach where she helps content creators and influencers learn how to monetize their social platforms and their creativity a little bit more successfully.
She’s been a creator for the last five years and had a blog back in 2008 so Kristen’s has been at this for a while.
Read more HERE.
Have you actually heard that saying, fake it until you make it?
Now before you go hog wild on me because you know, we just finished learning how important authenticity, let me actually give you a scenario, then you can decide if you still need to argue with me about faking it until you make it.
I want you to picture that you are at a conference to help you develop your business.
The first speaker walks up to the podium with her head held high and a slight smile on her lips.
She takes holds of the clicker for the slides projected on a screen behind her.
You can see her take a deep breath, and then she starts addressing the crowd.
Her voice is strong and she's making eye contact with the audience.
She even asks the audience a question and ribs them for not participating, which of course sends a ton of more hands in.
She delivers the content at a quicker than usual place, but has delivered value.
Read more HERE.
Grab the free workbook.
Social media can often feel like a never ending task within your business, but Kendra Swalls is sharing how to use Instagram to grow your business without burning out.
On today’s episode we have special guest Kendra Swalls, Kendra is a former teacher that began building a photography business.
After having her second daughter she left teaching behind and took on her photography business full-time.
That’s when Kendra really began learning about the business and building it rather than the creativity.
She loved learning about marketing strategies, social media, email marketing, and relationship building.
Kendra was able to really grow her photography business using those strategies.
She then began her podcast, “Girl Means Business” and built her coaching business and a brand around that where she now offers one-on-one coaching.
Read more HERE.
Your confidence is a huge piece of how you impact your audience, which is we want to break down how to boost your confidence.
Confidence is the second half of my Influencer Entrepreneurs: The 4 Step Framework to Building Your Audience, Growing Your Business and Making Money Online.
Be sure that if you haven't already grabbed the free workbook that goes along with this series that you do so.
The majority of my clients who have found me are usually looking for a step by step process on how to pitch themselves to receive brand sponsorships.
An introductory email or pitch is sent to a company or brand in order to secure money in exchange for content that is created.
A brand sponsorship is forged when a client uses a product or service from a brand and more or less endorses it to their audience.
I provide them with that process through my signature course Pitch Perfect Pro.
But what they don't realize is that 50% of the process is actually confidence.
If you are lacking confidence in yourself, people will sense that.
Have you ever wondered why you're great at talking about your favorite product, but when it's time to talk about you or your product, you all of a sudden start stammering.
The words that come out of your mouth do not make any sense, and the person you're talking to actually looks more confused than they did when they first asked you what you did or about your personal product.
We as women have a tendency to feel like we are bragging or boasting about ourselves when we talk about what we do.
Read more HERE.
If you're thinking of writing a book you've probably wondered if Self-Publishing vs Traditional Publishing is a better option or not.
On today’s episode we have special guest Deborah Niemann,
Deborah started her blog, Thrifty Homesteader in 2006 and got discovered by a publisher in 2010.
Deborah has written six books, but it’s really just one part of what she calls an information business which is pretty much what most of us are into, disseminating information
Read more HERE
Creating content consistently is great, but if you don't know who your talking to it is likely that you are not attracting a raving audience.
Today we're going to break down exactly how to know who you are talking to.
We are in the thick of 2023 and moving on into February.
I am continuing our series that we have been talking about that goes along with my book, Influencer Entrepreneurs: The4 Step Framework for Building Your Audience, Growing Your Business, and Making Money Online.
If you haven't already grabbed the free workbook that goes along with it, please make sure that you do.
I really want to make sure you know who you are talking to.
This is one of the most important things that you need to understand so that you know the problem that you are solving.
When I hosted IEA summit in the beginning of January, I talked about there were three things we were focusing on.
- We were focusing on SEO.
- We were making sure that we understood the importance of growing an email list and how to actually engage with it.
- And then the third, was to know the problem you were solving for your audience.
In order to know that problem, you have to know your person, your avatar.
If you have not created a blog avatar yet, I would highly recommend checking out the episode What is an Avatar & How to Create One.
Read more HERE
As a business owner anxiety and perfectionism can easily become a hurdle that every entrepreneurs needs to overcome, but it is one that can be done with the right strategies in place.
On today’s episode we have special guest Robyn Graham.
Robyn is a personal brand strategist and a business and mindset coach.
She recently had the honor of getting her master certification for Christian life coaching which she will be adding to her life coaching.
She is also the host of the Robyn Graham Show and author of You, Me and Anxiety, Take action over Anxiety to Enjoy Being You.
Robyn works with her clients to help them build a solid foundation for long-term brand and business success.
Read more HERE.
One of the most important business aspects is developing the know like trust factor with your audience so that it is easier to monetize and grow.
People have to see things seven times in order to take action.
I want you to take that in.
That means that someone has to hear seven different times that you are offering a free guide on how to get more active before they will sign up for it.
Seven times, and that's just for something free.
Now, imagine how many times someone has to hear about something they need to pay for before they take action.
Read more HERE.
Get the workbook!
Ready to make the switch from Solopreneur to Entrepreneur? We're diving into how to make it happen this year.
On today’s episode we have special guest Heather Brown of My Life Well Lived, her background is in marketing and journalism, she started blogging at the forefront of it about a decade ago.
Heather has worked with Pinterest and other social media for brands and all kinds of things.
Heather’s pride and joy is her podcast which she just released in August which is called Healthy with Heather Brown.
Each season she tries to tackle something in the health space such as mental health, emotional health, relation health, and physical health.
Read more HERE
We're jumping into example brand values and how to implement them in your messaging when you are creating content and putting things on social media so that you can successfully and cohesively run your business.
Be sure to check out the previous episodes of this series, episodes 318, 316, 314 and 312.
This series follows along with my book, Influencer Entreprenenurs: The 4 Step Framework for Building Your Audience, Growing Your Business and Making Money Online.
Also, make sure that you grab the free coordinating workbook.
Read more HERE.
Intuition can play a factor in your business, but it's a major factor when you understand how to use intuition in your everyday business.
On today’s episode we have special guest Danya Douglas Hunt. Danya is a high-performance mindset coach to primarily six-seven-figure entrepreneurs.
She helps entrepreneurs learn how to master their mind, regulate their nervous system to help them reach their goals with ease and fulfillment.
Danya is a former Olympic athletic therapist and strength coach turned high-performance mindset coach.
In the past she used to travel the world, working with athletes, primarily focusing on physical autonomy, so basically helping them with recovering from injuries and performance based strength and conditioning.
Read more HERE.
Understanding how to implement your brand authenticity into your business makes it easier for you to attract an audience that sticks with you throughout the years.
If you haven't been following along, make sure that you go back, listen to the episodes within this series that come from my book, Influencer Entrepreneurs: The 4 Step Framwork to Building Your Audience, Growing your Business and Making Money Online.
The episodes are 312, 314 and 316 that are all part of this series.
You’ll also want to make sure you download the free workbook that goes along with it.
Read more HERE.
Selling your own digital products is one of the most profitable ways to monetize your blogging business, which is why we're diving into how to sell digital products.
Our guest’s name today is Monica Froese, Monica got started as a mom blogger with a blog called Redefining Mom, which basically takes you through her postpartum journey.
That’s where Monica launched her first digital product that she still sells today, it’s a family budget spreadsheet.
Once Monica quit her full-time job, she branched off there and had a few little things that happened.
The main thing being where a lot of people got to know her through a course on Pinterest advertising which she did for four years.
In 2020 Monica decided she couldn’t stand having a business depend on another person’s business.
She came to the conclusion that what she’s really good at is developing digital products, so that led her to launch the brand empowered business where they have a core offer and teaching how to create and launch your core digital products that focuses on sales funnels.
Read more HERE
In order for your audience to know, like and trust you, they need to be able to make a connection with you so today we're going to dive into how to connect with your audience.
We are continuing our series started that started with episode 312 on the business of blogging and then went to episode 314 where we talked about what positioning in business is.
This series is following along with workbook for my corresponding book Influencer Entrepreneurs: The 4 Step Framework for Building Your Audience, Growing Your Business and Making Money Online.
If you haven't already grabbed your free workbook, you're going to want to make sure that you do that.
So far, we've talked about positioning as part of that four part framework of P.A.C.K., and last week we talked about what makes you unique?
Read more HERE.
We all think that time management is impacting our productivity, but what if I told you that you can be more productive with anti-time management?Today we have a special guest, Richie Norton, Richie has a company called Proud Products, you’re proud of where they make over a hundred different products at any given time.
Proud Products makes products for companies but also for influencers and entrepreneurs.
Anyone who really wants something, they’ll package, ship, warehouse, and fulfill it.
Read More Here
Many bloggers start their blogs as a hobby and often need to go back and understand what is positioning in business and how can they find theirs.
Today we're going break it down for you so that you can confidently find yours.
If you haven't listened to episode 312 we talked about the Business of Blogging.
I told you my story of where everything has come from, why I talk about what I talk about all the time on this podcast, which is making you as bloggers, think of yourselves as business owners because that is exactly what you are.
And when you start treating yourself that way, that's when you start to scale.
You start to be able to see more income coming in, and you're able to do more in your business for others because of that.
Last week we talked about making sure that if you haven't already downloaded the workbook that goes along with my book Influencer Entrepreneurs that you make sure you do so.
Today we are going to work through the first piece of the pack framework from book, which is the four step process for building your audience, growing your business, and making money online.
Read more HERE.
In order to make sales, we need to know how to write copy that sells without being sleazy.
Today we have special guest Jackie Sunga, Jackie is a conversion copywriter and brand voice expert specializing in sales, copy and launch strategy.
She helps impact-driven education companies bridge the gap between their expertise and their audience with customer-first messaging.
Whether she’s teaching emerging entrepreneurs or writing for 7-figure brands, Jackie loves helping clients find the words that attract perfect-fit people and sell with integrity.
When she’s not helping clients with strategic sales copy, you can find her grabbing boba with her husband or playing with her two dogs.
Read more HERE
Podcasting for Your Soul | How to Create a Profitable Business with a Podcast
Everything you need from launch to growth to monetizing your podcast without the overwhelm
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Moving into 2023, I want you focused on the business of blogging so that you can have that thriving business you've always dreamed of.
You need be treating your blog like a business, looking forward to it as a business, and setting goals for it.
In order to get to do that, I will walk you through my P.A.C.K. framework, which is going to help you have the confidence that you need in order to really start to scale your business.
As we go through this, you are going to want to make sure that you have that workbook so that you can take notes.
If you haven't already picked up my book, Influencer Entrepreneurs: The 4 Step Framework to Building Your Audience, Growing Your Business and Making Money Online, you are going to want do that because it is going to give you a deeper dive into the topics that I'm going to talk about.
Join the Business of Blogging Event.
Read more HERE.
Creating blog content is great, but understanding how to use keyword research to potentially triple your traffic is an outright game changer.
Today we have special guest Aleka Shunk, a food blogger at Aleka's Get Together.
She’s been blogging for 5 years and resigned last year from her full-time teaching job to blog full time.
She is also the owner of Cooking with Keywords which is a keyword research focused class online that has a few different courses.
Read more HERE.
We often find ourselves comparing ourselves to others rather than cheering them on, but here’s how to stop comparing yourself to others.
Why should you not compare yourself to others?
We really need to start with this idea that if you compare yourself to others, you are going to be tricking yourself.
You are bringing on and seeing negatives you wouldn't ordinarily see if you weren't comparing yourself.
When you look at someone else and see, oh, they're doing these extraordinary things.
They're going to these extraordinary places.
They have this wonderful life.
You are seeing the highlight reel and seeing all of these great things and seeing yourself as not having them.
And because of that, you are reinforcing things that you do not have.
Join the Business of Blogging Workshop.
Read more HERE.
Being a podcast guest can help you grow your blog and influence and today we're diving into exactly how.
On today’s episode we have special guest Angie Trueblood, Angie is the founder of The Podwize Group.
They are a company that helps podcast guests and hosts grow their business and their authority through podcast guesting.
They are an agency on one side and an education company on the other, so they train and do on behalf of their clients and members.
Get Pitch It at 50% off!
Read more HERE
We learned a great deal about blogging as a business so far in 2022 and there are 5 tips that I want you to move forward with into 2023.
The first thing that I want you to keep in mind, even before we get into the tips, is that in order for your blog to be seen as a business you have to see it as one first.
You have to stop putting aside your blog in order to take care of menial tasks that aren't really moving your business forward or are not fulfilling you the way that you need them to be.
If you want your blog to be considered a business, you have to think of it as that.
You have to try to put in hours within your day that are going to be dedicated to working on your blog and your business so that you can move it forward.
Fill out a mastermind application today!
Read more HERE
We set goals because we want to achieve something that we have never achieved before, but in order to do that you need know how you can achieve your goals and we've got three principles for you that will help you achieve them.
Our guest’s name today is Theresa Forever.
Theresa helps struggling goal-getters to become real life trail blazers.
Basically helping these people become the first person that you know in real life to pursue your goals and to live a life with purpose.
Read more HERE
We set goals because we want to achieve something that we have never achieved before, but in order to do that you need know how you can achieve your goals and we've got three principles for you that will help you achieve them.
Our guest’s name today is Theresa Forever.
Theresa helps struggling goal-getters to become real life trail blazers.
Basically helping these people become the first person that you know in real life to pursue your goals and to live a life with purpose.
Read more HERE
Understanding how to use Pinterest idea pins as part of a sponsored campaign can greatly change the price that you charge on a proposal.
You do not individually tell a brand what you charge for a Pinterest pin, an Instagram reel, an Instagram post to your feed, a blog post or an email blast.
All of those things I want you to have prices for, but we're going to give them a package price.
That way you have wiggle room to be able to negotiate with them when they try to tell you that they don't have that amount of money for a campaign.
Grab the Pitching Guide.
Read more HERE.
Understanding how to use Pinterest idea pins as part of a sponsored campaign can greatly change the price that you charge on a proposal.
You do not individually tell a brand what you charge for a Pinterest pin, an Instagram reel, an Instagram post to your feed, a blog post or an email blast.
All of those things I want you to have prices for, but we're going to give them a package price.
That way you have wiggle room to be able to negotiate with them when they try to tell you that they don't have that amount of money for a campaign.
Grab the Pitching Guide.
Read more HERE.
One of the hottest features of Instagram are reels, which is why Tina Lee is sharing her Instagram Reel tips and tricks.
Our guest today is Tina Lee. She started off as an influencer and content creator in the travel and lifestyle niche about five to six years ago.
About two years ago, Tina started a course called the full-time influencer program which is a separate page where she teaches people how to grow and monetize their following on Instagram.
Read more HERE.
Monetizing your influence through sponsorships is a great way to diversify your income, but you need to know how to find brand contacts in order to develop those relationships.
Before we try to find the brand contacts, we need to determine what brands we are actually going to pitch.
Now, in order to do that, you have to start with your positioning.
You need to understand what problem you solve for your audience and what makes you unique.
Grab Pitch It at 50% off!
Read more HERE.
Entrepreneurial anxiety starts when the highs and lows of your business become difficult to overcome, but there are ways to combat it.
Our guest's name today is Lianne Kim, she is a business coach for mama entrepreneurs, she helps them build successful and profitable businesses so they can live their wildest dreams.
At the beginning of Lianne’s business, she felt really excited and joyful everyday, like she was running on adrenaline because she loved what she did.
All of these challenges started popping up and feelings of imposter syndrome, mom guilt, and vulnerability of putting yourself out there.
Read more HERE
In order to work with brands on sponsored content, you need to be able to stand out to a brand and show them how your audience is the perfect fit for them.
Today, we're gonna dive deep into five out of the box ways to work with brands.
Join Pitch Perfect Live 2022.
Read more HERE.
Cause marketing is a way in which entrepreneurs can bring to light important social issues and today we're diving into a cause marketing example with an influencer.
Our guest's name today is Iryna Fedchenko, while she is a full-time influencer on Youtube, she also coaches other influencers.
Iryna helps her clients level up and work with brands they have dreamed about working with.
She is very passionate about what influencers do to our society today, of course there is a lot of stigma about influencers but in today’s topic we will discover a lot more than what we hear on the internet.
Read more HERE.
We are celebrating the 300th episode of the podcast by reflecting on all that we have learned over the past five and half years.
That’s right, the 300th episode!
And for me, it's not about the length of time.
It's about the number of consecutive times that this podcast has come out.
Read more HERE.
On today's episode we have special guest Emily Perron giving us examples on zone of genius when it comes to outsourcing.
Emily is a productivity coach for creatives, she mostly works with bloggers, content creators, and influencers.
Not only to uncover their zones of work but also to build their teams because if you want to spend more time in your zone genius , you have to get some help doing it.
So that’s how Emily got into this space and this passionate topic for her.
Read more HERE
Identifying key factors that are impacting your content strategy allows you to conduct a content marketing audit on your own content.
In episode 275, Content Plan Vs Conten Strategy, we talked with Amanda Warfield about the difference between the two and which one you should put in place to benefit your business the most.
Today we’re going to walk through the key indicators that you can use to conduct a content marketing audit of your business.
Read more HERE.
One of the most important pieces of email marketing is knowing how to improve email open rate, which is why we're taking a deep dive into it today.
Our guest’s name today is Liz Wilcox, you know that feeling when you listen to an awesome podcast or you go to a webinar and there’s somebody out there that says “Oh my gosh, you gotta email your people”.
So you go over to your computer and open up convertkit or whatever you’re using and you sit down and promptly feel kind of stupid because you don’t know what to write.
Liz helps eliminate that problem and makes writing emails pretty simple.
Grab your Email Growth Guide.
Read more HERE
Understanding the benefits of a social media detox is great, but actually putting into practice how to social media detox is game changing.
In episode 294, Social Media Detox Benefits, we talked about the benefits of a social media detox.
We also talked about that this isn’t something that needs to be done cold turkey, but is something we should do with insights from our engagement and revenue in mind.
Today we are diving into how to social media detox as a business owner so that we can have those benefits.
Grab the Mastering Overwhelm Guide.
Read more HERE.
On today's episode we have Carly Campbell talking to us about how we can successfully use Pinterest as bloggers to grow our business and create traffic on our page.
Our guest’s name today is Carly Campbell, she is a fulltime stay at home mom and blogger.
Carly started blogging in 2016 when she was pregnant with her first child, she knew that going out of the house to work was not something she was interested in.
Carly’s main blog is a mom blog, Mommy On Purpose, but she also has a small niche site that she started in 2020 with the intention of driving traffic from Pinterest and experimenting to know what it would be like to drive traffic from Pinterest with a newer website.
Read more HERE
As an influencer a social media detox seems unreasonable, but when you unearth the benefits of a social media detox you may notice a change in your position.
In episode 292, Setting Social Media Boundaries as a Business Owner, we talked about the importance of setting boundaries for both your mental health and the health of your family.
Today we’re going to dive deeper into the benefits of a social media detox, but before we do I want you to understand that you define the boundaries of the detox.
It doesn’t have to be a complete detox where there’s absolutely no social media at all.
You can slowly wean yourself from certain platforms and watch your stats to determine if it is impacting your business.
Understanding who your audience is and which platforms they use for the content that you produce is important to factor in when determining which platforms to start with.
Grab your Mastering Overwhelm Guide.
Read more HERE.
Bundle Giveaways can help your business big time by growing your list and introducing you to other people in your niche.
Our guest’s name today is Cate Brubaker. She runs a blog by the name of International Dessert Blog, where she shares sweet and savory recipes from Europe and beyond.
Cate has been blogging, selling products, and running summits for around 10 years.
Grab the Email List Growth Guide
Read more HERE
One of the biggest hurdles to overcome as a business owner with an online presence is how to set social media boundaries for your mental health and your family.
In episode 290, How to Set Work Life Boundaries Working from Home, we talked about the importance of setting boundaries with social media and your phone.
Today we’re going to dive even deeper into setting social media boundaries because it is necessary for your own mental health and the happiness of your family.
Grab the Mastering Overwhelm Guide
Read more HERE.
Knowing how to grow a blog in 2022 becomes easier when you learn from those that are continuing to do it today.
Dennis Littley is known as Chef Dennis around the blogosphere and has been for quite some time.
He started his site Ask Chef Dennis in 2009 as a resource for his culinary students and it just blossomed from there.
Grab your Email List Growth Guide.
Read more HERE.
When you work from home having work life boundaries is important, but it’s even more important when you have a family that is home during your work day.
Many of our lives and work life balance changed with the pandemic.
Some of us who had worked from home for years now had are partners and children home with us.
Some of them may still even be home because their business found that it made more sense financially to have them working from home.
This is why it's so important to have work life balance more than it ever has been in the past.
Grab the Mastering Overwhelm Guide.
Read more HERE.
My guest’s name today is Charity and she’s a change coach and I know you’re wondering “well, what in the world is a change coach? How is it different from anything else?”
Read more HERE
Understanding and how to utilize a tripwire product can make a huge difference in passive income for bloggers with products or services.
Last week I talked about promotional emails and I used the industry term of tripwire product and realized that I needed to clarify exactly what a tripwire product is and share some examples of some for specific niches.
Grab your List Growth Guide.
Read more HERE.
Growing an email list is great, but you need to have nurture emails that you effectively use to grow your business.
Allea is an email marketing strategist and conversion copywriter at Duett.
She helps online business owners make a killer first impression through automated welcome and nurture sequences that engage readers, build brand loyalty and optimize conversions for sales and site traffic.
Grab your list growth guide.
Read more HERE.
Understanding how exactly to write a promotional email so that you can sell your products and services is the key to passive income sales.
The first piece that we need to talk about are the elements of a promotional email.
We did something similar when we talked about the nurture email.
The purpose of a promotional email is to make sure that you are selling a product or service.
It's not trying to only give value anymore, like you were doing in a nurture email, which is why nurture emails are so important.
Grab your List Growth Guide.
Read more HERE.
On today’s episode we have special guest Brittany Ratelle talking to us about how we can legally protect our online business!
Brittany is an attorney that specializes in helping creators or creative entrepreneurs better understand the legal side of their businesses with done for you services and templates.
Grab your Pitch Guide.
Read more HERE.
We’ve talked about the importance of email marketing, but today we’re going to dive into nurture email examples.
We talked about the difference between nurture and promotional email as well as what kind of emails you should be sending as a blogger in the episode from last week.
Email marketing is the number one thing that I see needing to get fixed in the businesses of my mastermind members, which is why we are focusing so heavily on it recently.
Get Your Email List Growth Guide.
Read More HERE.
Amy started her blog in August 2015 as a hobby, but she quickly saw that she could turn it into a business and five years ago she left her full-time job and now she pursues blogging as her career.
Our guest’s name today is Amy Katz, Amy is a blogger at Veggies Save the Day, where she shares easy, vegan, recipes inspired by a Mediterranean diet.
Amy started her blog in August 2015 as a hobby, but she quickly saw that she could turn it into a business and five years ago she left her full-time job and now she pursues blogging as her career.
Grab your Email List Growth Guide.
Learn more HERE!
We’ve talked about the importance of email marketing quite a bit and now we’re diving into how you can promote your blog through email marketing.
Back in episode 242 we talked about how to grow an email list so after you’re convinced that you need one, be sure to go back and listen to that episode.
We're going to dive deeper so that you can understand what the purpose of email marketing is, because I know for many bloggers, it is something that is a hurdle to get over because many bloggers feel that email marketing is clunky.
Grab your Email List Growth Guide.
Read more HERE.
Our guest’s name today is Aubree Malick. Aubree used to be an elementary school teacher and she wanted to find a way to be able to spend more time with her kids.
Today she's sharing how she's using TikTok to up level her business and grow her email list.
Read more HERE.
In order to grow your email list you need to need the specific steps to take so that you can continue to grow it.
In the episodes about SOPs we talked about system, processes and tasks for email marketing.
The example that I gave from last week's episode was the SOP examples which showed you how to actually put in a process for nurturing your list.
I'm going to show you an exact strategy that I've recently used that was very successful and can be used in any niche by putting together a bundle, in order to grow your email list.
Get inside Mastering Your Influence for $20 off!
Read more HERE.
Understanding how to price yourself and what to charge is one of the most difficult things, which is why we’re giving pricing strategies examples today.
The first thing that we need to talk about is your hate rate. It's going to help you determine what you're willing to charge at your absolute lowest so that you do not end up hating yourself.
No matter if you are working with brands on sponsored work or creating your own digital products, you have to know what your hate rate is.
Get your Pitch Guide!
Read more HERE.
Today, we're going to continue the conversation from last Friday, where in episode 276, I broke down what is a standard operating procedure or an SOP. This week we're going to actually give you a standard operating procedures example.
For a blogger, we want to see how you can start looking at SOPs and really start to apply them to your business.
We’re going to break SOPs into systems, processes and tasks.
Back in episode, 276, we talked about standard operating procedures.
I explained exactly what they were and how I have been implementing them using Google drive.
Grab your Scaling for Growth Guide.
Read more HERE.
Our guest’s name today is Rachel Gainer. Rachel is an executive life coach, meaning that she helps other women build their businesses, both emerging and established entrepreneurs.
Read more HERE.
We’re diving into what are standard operating procedures and how you put them into practice within your business.
We're going to break these down over the next couple of weeks, talking about your SOP as the systems, processes and tasks within your business.
Processes are the everyday things that you do within your business, whether you are pinning pins, creating content, or doing email marketing.
I often tell you that you need to proudly be able to state when you're working with brands, that these are all the roles that you play in your business.
Get your Scaling for Growth Guide.
Read more HERE
Our guest’s name today is Amanda Warfield, Amanda is a content marketing strategist and her goal is to simplify your content creation process so that you can put out consistent, strategic content that isn’t going to take up all of your time.
Read more HERE.
Whether or not you should be working for free as an influencer has a clear cut answer and I’m showing you exactly how to make sure you get paid.
Now I am not here to belittle you and tell you that if you have worked for free, that you are hurting my bottom line and you are a horrible person.
What I need you to understand is that if you do decide to work for free, that you want to make sure that the product you are receiving is something that you would normally pay for or is worth the time that you're putting in for the work.
Grab the Renegotiation Script
Read more HERE
Knowing how to increase traffic to a website using Google Search Console is skill that all bloggers should know.
Our guest today, Sherry Smothermon-Short, has been a blogger for about a decade, her biggest blog being “Cub Scout Ideas” which is all about Cub Scouting and the Cub Scouting program and she also runs Painless Blog Analytics.
Before becoming a blogger, Sherry was involved in the auto insurance business and worked with Google Analytics, eventually this rubbed off on Sherry and she came to the realization that not many bloggers used these tools to their advantage.
Many bloggers are looking to increase traffic to their websites and often immediately rely on social media because it is immediate gratification.
Join Mastering Your Influence.
Read more HERE.
Every blogger comes to a point where they come close to burnout. It is those that know how to deal with burnout that succeed in getting through it.
On today's episode I'm giving my personal experiences to show you guys how I dealt with my burnout and how I overcame it.
Grab my Mastering Overwhelm Blueprint.
Read More HERE.
On today's episode I have Derek Videll explaining to us how we can do a successful Instagram giveaway.
Derek Videll runs the podcast Social Bamboo and has been running it for about three years now, Social Bamboo is a social media consulting firm.
Derek works with other people on their businesses, for the first two and a half years Derek did one podcast per week and now has moved on to doing 2 podcasts per week.
Grab the Instagram Engagement Guide.
Read more HERE
Your limiting beliefs could very well be affecting the success of your business, which is why we’re diving into examples of limiting beliefs and ways to overcome them.
Elena Daccus is a sales and business coach. She works with female entrepreneurs, coaches, and consultants to help them create consistent sales in their business.
She has worked with small businesses with only two owners as well as big corporations. Elena has done 50 deals worth up to 10 billion US dollars!
Grab your Mastering Overwhelm Blueprint.
Read more HERE.
On today's episode I have Cristy-Stewart Harfmann to talk about her experiences with her Instagram account getting disabled.
Cristy runs Happy Family Blog and her goal is to help people find joy in everyday life.
She does that through recipes, party set-ups, and family travel, she recently got back from a trip to Legoland. She wants to be able to show people the fun, easy ways to travel.
Grab the Instagram Engagement Guide
Read more HERE
Having a content strategy is key to any successful business so how do we as bloggers and service providers create one and exactly what is a content strategy?
Your content strategy is the actual content, quality content, that you are putting out there, that is going to attract your ideal audience and keep them coming back to you continually.
They’re not one and done, they are actually coming back to you and relying upon you as the expert.
You’ve probably heard me say in multiple episodes that 2022 is all about being that expert, but in order to be seen that way you have to have quality content and part of that is in the strategy that you are going to continue with people along the way with your content.
That also comes into play with being able to offer them different opportunities to continue to work with you, to become more of a buy-in with your audience.
Grab your Email List Growth Guide.
Read more HERE.
Having a content marketing strategy gives you the opportunity to be found by your ideal audience for free.
Today we have Katrina Aronson, she is a marketing led business coach, her claim to fame is that you don’t have to use super complicated ad strategies or a super expensive team.
She is trying to tell everyone that if you have a good business and your marketing efforts, specifically content marketing, is really strong then you don't have to worry about doing all the fancy stuff.
Read more HERE
Grab the Instagram Engagement Guide
Knowing how to monetize a blog so that you are continually making more money is the key to passive income.
Today we’re diving into exactly how to monetize a blog to do just that.
Grab the Email Growth Guide.
Read the rest of the episode HERE.
If you’re ready as a food blogger to learn the Instagram Reels best practices, then you’re not going to want to miss this episode with Maria Gureeva who has over 220k instagram followers.
Maria is a food blogger on EarthofMaria.com, where she shares fun and approachable plant-based recipes and cooking tips that anyone can enjoy regardless of dietary preference.
Outside of that, Maria also helps other food bloggers and content creators within the food niche get visible on social media through the power of video.
Grab the Instagram Engagement Guide HERE
Read the full episode HERE.
Over the past five years we’ve talked about everything influencer related from how to become an Instagram influencer to how to make money as an influencer, but somehow I skipped over the importance of how to be an influencer.
Read more HERE!
Samantha Mabe is the owner of Lemon and the Sea, where she helps service-based business owners and coaches develop Squarespace websites that reflect their brand and help build their confidence in their website, which allows them to charge what they’re worth.
Read more HERE!
If you hope to build a blogging business in 2022, you must know how to optimize a blog post for SEO. SEO is an essential part of blogging if you want to grow your blog into more than a hobby.
Read more HERE
Have you ever thought about starting a niche blog, but you wonder how to make a full-time income with a niche site? Today, Rebecca Lynn is here to share the story of how she grew her niche site to a full-time income without depending on display ads!
Rebecca is a former teacher who now works full-time in her online business. She blogs at Proud Police Wife, where she provides support and resources for other law enforcement families. She also shares content on social media to help law enforcement families not feel alone.
Read more HERE
We all want to get everything on our weekly to do list done, but it often feels like it's just not happening. There's a reason why a weekly to do list lowers your income and Jarrod Haning is here to explain.
Jarrod Haning is a mindset performance coach. He differentiates himself from a life coach by this example:
*“If you go to a life coach, they say things like, ‘What do you think you should do?’ The problem with that is that what you think you should do is what has you in the mess you’re in. If you went to the gym, the strength coach would not ask you what exercise you thought you should do that day. They tell you exactly what to do and all you have to do is do it. And if you continue to follow their advice, you will see results. That’s what I do; I bring people to the mindset gym where they do mindset push-ups.”
Grab your Mastering Overwhelm Blueprint Read more HERE*
Today’s episode discusses Instagram features in review and what we can expect in 2022 from IG as a blogger or influencer.
Before we dive into the content, be sure to grab your free download of my Instagram Engagement Guide. This guide will set you up to be an IG expert when creating and sharing the content you create for your audience.
Instagram has been the focus of much of the content I have provided through this podcast in 2020 and 2021 and that will not change in 2022. There is simply no better platform than IG to get yourself in front of your people and set yourself up as the expert they need.
Read more HERE
We all know that being authentic in our business is vital for reaching the right audience and building the know, like, and trust factor.
Today, my guest is sharing how she built her business, being okay with the pivots along the way, and how gratitude is the key to building brand authenticity.
Altimese Nichole is a founder, speaker, and best-selling author. She founded The Ezer Agency as a marketing and PR firm focused on diversity, inclusion, and the heart of each client’s message. The Ezer Agency currently spans five continents.
Read more HERE.
There are so many questions when it comes to creating Instagram Reels. We all want to make sure we are utilizing the best strategies so that our time isn’t wasted.
This is especially true for those of you who dislike creating videos. You don’t want to create something that isn’t going to perform well.
Today, Brock Johnson is on the podcast to share all of his tips for creating Instagram Reels that will perform well, attract the right people, and help you be less stressed while creating them.
Grab the Instagram Engagement Guide.
Read more HERE.
As online business owners, one of the most important things to know is how to build your authority online. Once you become the authority in your niche, you will scale your business, which we all want!
My guest today is Amanda Abella, and she knows all about scaling an online business because she has done it and helps others do it.
Amanda is the founder and CEO of Make Money Your Honey, a marketing and sales training company for women coaches, consultants, and service providers. Amanda spent eight years as a personal finance blogger, freelance writer, and branding consultant.
Grab your Email List Guide.
Read more HERE.
I’m not going to beat around the bush today; you guys know how I feel about Instagram and its opportunity as bloggers and influencers to get our audience to engage with us.
But today, just in case you’re still unsure how IG can best serve you, I will share with you some specific examples interactive Instagram story ideas that will get your people interacting with you. IG is a great way to engage with the followers you already have, and if you take advantage of all the features they offer in Stories, you will see that engagement grow.
Before we dive in, I want you to grab my IG Engagement Guide. This guide will walk you step-by-step through how to set up your IG to grab attention and get the right people following and engaging with you!
Read more HERE
As content creators, we share our content with our audience, but we share content from others as well. One of the biggest challenges we face is how to curate content for social media that they will want to engage with.
Benjamin Dell is the founder of Missinglettr, a social media platform that helps content creators find the best ways to share their content on social media.
Read more HERE
Back in the “olden days” of blogging, we could count on getting tons of free traffic from Pinterest and Facebook. That traffic turned into revenue through ads, affiliates, and selling our products.
However, this is not the olden days of blogging, and things have changed drastically. Facebook no longer shows your content to the majority of your audience, and Pinterest has become more of a “pay to play” platform.
So, what’s a blogger to do? How can you have a successful blogging business without that free traffic from Facebook and Pinterest?
I’m super excited to have Jillian Leslie back on the podcast this week to talk about examples of revenue streams for bloggers as Pinterest traffic is now so much harder to come by.
Grab the Pitching Guide.
Read more Here.
It’s no surprise to any of my listeners that Instagram is my favorite platform these days. But even with it being such a great platform, it can be hard to stand out Instagram with so many other bloggers and influencers in the space which is why we're diving into how to stand out on Instagram.
So how do you stand out on Instagram?
I am thrilled to have Dana Bowling on the podcast today to do a deep dive into all things Instagram, and how she helps online business owners create an IG account that stands out from the crowd.
Dana is a former casting director in Los Angeles who specializes in helping online entrepreneurs create a stand-out brand identity for their businesses.
Grab the Instagram Engagement Guide
Read more HERE
If you’re an online entrepreneur, chances are you may have subscribed to the hustle culture so prevalent today. In today’s podcast episode, we will talk about why hustle culture is toxic and how you can thrive in business without it.
Emily Thomas is an energetics advisor, swimsuit designer, and business educator. She works with high-level entrepreneurs to help them create a life they love.
Emily’s background is in medical sales, a work culture that is known for being cut-throat. She was one of only six women in her entire division, and she was expected to set records and break them. And she believed that was how it had to be. Hustle more to be successful.
She started her swimwear brand, Sundari Swim, when she felt utterly disconnected from herself. Her goal was to build confidence in women who seem to have everything on paper but feel empty inside.
When her swimsuit models started asking her for help, she stepped into the world of business coaching and consulting.
***“We can hustle all day and be worth a million dollars, but if we don’t feel good, what’s the point?”
Grab the Free Book Workbook Read more HERE***
If you’ve ever listened to this podcast, you know that I love Instagram. I love teaching you how to use Instagram, I love interviewing guests about Instagram strategies, and I love using Instagram personally.
I have tons of episodes on Instagram that you can go back and listen to, but today, I want to take a bit of a different route. Today, I want to talk to you about how to create Instagram Story ideas for business.
Let me start by asking you a question- when you do Stories on IG, are you telling a story, or are you scrapbooking?
If you aren’t sure how to answer that question, stay tuned!
Grab the IG Engagement Guide Read more HERE
If you have been hesitant to step into creating video for your business, I think today’s episode will convince you that the time is now to create video content. As we head into 2022, video will be more critical than ever.
But creating video content isn’t enough; you need to create video content that sells. And my guest today will teach you how to do that.
Breonna Queen is an award-winning content creator, and she teaches entrepreneurs how to create video that showcases their personality, and that sells.
I love Breonna’s “getting started” story. She set up a social media consulting business. To help one of her clients optimize his YouTube channel, Breonna started her own YouTube channel, strictly for research purposes.
7+ million views and over 85K subscribers later, and the rest, as they say, is history.
Grab the Instagram Engagement Guide.
Read more HERE.
Did you know that there are an estimated 600+ million blogs online today? Some of those are blogs that started way back when I started my first site, and they have the benefits of being early adopters of Pinterest and Facebook back when those platforms drove tons of traffic to your blog for free.
But it’s 2021, and Facebook is no longer a blogger’s best friend. Pinterest is still a great option, but more and more, you have to “pay to play.”
Can you still stand out in today’s online market if your audience isn’t in the millions or even the thousands?
Yes, you can! And today, we are diving deep into how to market yourself to any size audience with Bree Pair.
Grab your Email List Growth Guide.
Read more HERE.
What if I told you that you could stop overworking and underearning? Have I got your attention yet?
In this episode, we will dive into how to turn ideas into action with a fun ritual instead of spinning your wheels and feeling like you are getting nowhere.
Linsi Brownson is a life and business coach for creatives. She helps ambitious creative people have more time, freedom, money, and joy in their lives and work.
Grab the Mastering Overwhelm Guide.
Read more HERE.
Do you ever feel like Instagram is a waste of time for your blog? Do you figure that if it’s not driving traffic to your blog, it’s not worth your time and energy? I get that. But today, I want to show why Instagram matters for bloggers and how to use it to its fullest so that it can impact your business.
I started my original blog in 2009. Instagram wasn’t even in existence at the time, and as it came on the scene, I wasn’t fully convinced that I needed to spend any of my limited energy on it. When I finally got on the platform, I could not figure out the purpose of it.
All of us OG bloggers were used to being able to drop links to our blog on Facebook, Pinterest, and Twitter. Those links drove traffic, and traffic is what we needed.
Instagram didn’t have the capability of leaving a direct link, so we all figured, why bother?
That was all back in 2021. We’re now 12 years past that, and Instagram is more important than ever. But if you don’t know how to use it, it will still be frustrating for you.
Grab your Instagram Engagement Guide
Read more HERE.
In order to have a successful business, you need to have certain things in place in your life. The best place to begin is by establishing good habits. The habits of successful people is a well-researched topic that can tell us so much about how to best set up our life for success.
If you missed the last episode, please go back and listen to it, either before or after this one. It goes along with today’s topic perfectly.
My guest to discuss how to set up habits that will lead you to greater success is Sophia DeSantis, creator of Veggies Don’t Bite, a health and wellness site. Sophia is a health and wellness expert, a plant-based recipe creator, and she focuses on helping people feel empowered instead of overwhelmed when it comes to health and wellness.
Grab the Mastering Overwhelm Guide HERE.
Read more HERE.
Has the stress of the past year caused your brain fog to grow increasingly worse? Is brain fog affecting the way you’re able to operate in your business? If so, pay attention! Because today, I am speaking with Tanessa Shears about how to get rid of brain fog so that you can be more successful in your business and in your life.
Tanessa is a health consultant who works specifically with entrepreneurs. She has found that as our businesses grow, the first thing we take off of our plates is our own health. Work hours start to bleed into personal hours, we start to maybe give up some sleep to do more work, and our food choices are made more out of convenience than what’s good for us.
When all these factors come together, they create a perfect storm of inflammation. And then you find yourself unable to think clearly and unable to do your best work, even though you’re literally giving it more hours than ever.
Grab the Mastering Overwhelm Guide HERE.
Read more HERE.
Overcoming imposter syndrome is not something that happens overnight but with Faith Mariah's unique take on it, we can get that much closer to overcoming it.
Faith Mariah got her start in online business as the creator of Radical Transformation Project, a mental health blog that provided Faith’s full-time income for 3 years. The success of that blog led her to begin coaching bloggers in how to scale their own blogs into a full-time gig.
Faith specializes in bloggers who are stuck in self-doubt/self-sabotage. She brings clarity to the issues bloggers face through her background in social work and mental healthcare.
Grab the Revenue Planning Guide.
Read more HERE.
In this episode, we are jumping right into blogging tips for 2021. I want to provide you with the most relevant information available regarding the best advice for blogging right now.
You will hear me mentioning the importance of having an email list in this episode, so you need to grab that now if you don’t already have my How to Grow An Email List guide.
I will be giving you my 5 best blogging tips for 2021 and answering some of the most commonly asked questions. The great thing is that all of these tips can also apply to a podcast if that’s what you’re focusing on.
Read more HERE.
After the year we’ve had, we as business owners could all use a refresh when it comes to our relationships with social media. I know that so many of you have been caught up in the trap of comparison and spending too much time mindlessly scrolling which is why we're diving into how to have a healthy relationship with social media as a business owner.
You want to get out of it but don’t know how. So, you just feel burned out and want to delete the whole thing!
Well, my guest today is here to share the best way to have a healthy relationship with your social media as a business owner. We talk about changing the way you view your platform, taking breaks, and how to flood your system with dopamine so you can come to social media in a positive headspace.
Dr. Caroline Addington is a former engineer and neuroscientist who has refocused her time and talents onto all things Instagram and organic marketing. She helps coaches and online service-based entrepreneurs fill up their client roster and their programs on Instagram without being a weirdo.
Read more HERE.
Grab the Instagram Engagement Guide!
Over the last few years, conversations about the gender and racial wealth gap have been popping up more and more frequently. For many of us, these topics are a huge part of our lives and lead us into a place of financial overwhelm.
In today’s episode, my guest talks about these gaps, how not to become overwhelmed by them, and how to dismantle the gaps one layer at a time.
Anwin Mbah is a business wealth strategist and is the founder of Wealth Fluency. Her goal is to help successful, driven women who are struggling with gaining control of their finances and obtaining financial independence.
Ultimately, Anwin wants to see women have more freedom, fun, and time with their families.
Read more HERE.
The key to building a business online these days is authenticity. People want to know who you are before they listen to what you have to say. In this episode of the podcast, we will dive deep into how to level up your business by unlocking your audacity and authenticity.
My guest, Erin King, is a best-selling author, a 3-time entrepreneur, a podcaster, and a speaker. She is also the owner and founder of Socialite Media, a social media agency.Grab my Free workbook for Influencer Entrepreneurs.
Read more HERE.
In today’s episode, we are talking about how the past year has affected programmatic advertising.
Okay, I can hear you already- “Wait a minute, Jenny! What is programmatic advertising??”
Are you confused? You might be surprised by how much you know about programmatic advertising without even realizing it.
I have Megan Rafferty on the podcast to talk about her company, Newor Media, and how they serve the ad space.
We talk about what programmatic advertising is, what size ads work well, why you should work with an agency, and the ad industry changes throughout some sites over the last year.
Read more HERE.
Creating consistent content for Instagram can seem like such a burden if you don’t have a strategy in place. In this episode, we are diving into the four pillars that you need for Instagram content creation. These four pillars are something I continually come back to when I am doing Instagram audits with my clients.
These four pillars will help you to categorize your content and utilize the tools within Instagram as you create that content and put it in front of your audience.
If you have not taken advantage of my Instagram Engagement Guide, you need to grab it today.
Finding realistic tips for time management as an entrepreneur who is also a mom can feel impossible. It feels like we are doing a million things at once and not doing any of them well.
Today’s episode focuses on helping you find the balance between being a successful mom and a successful business owner.
You will walk away with tips on establishing your time capacity, doing a time audit of your week, time blocking your workload, and a guide to help you as you become a high-performing woman.
Read more HERE.
Grab your Mastering Overwhelm Blueprint!
One of the hardest parts of running a business for many people is really narrowing down your sales messaging. Your sales messaging is absolutely key to getting the “yeses” you need from your clients.
So what do you do? How do you attract your person without annoying them? How do you make sure you are using the right language? And why is it important?
We’re going to be answering all of that and more in today’s episode with Kate Hore-Lacy. Read more HERE Grab your Mastering Overwhelm Blueprint!
My conversation with Kylie Hodges today will help you transition your money making side hustle into a full time business.
It can feel overwhelming to think of transitioning from a side-hustle to being a full-time business owner. You might feel under-equipped.
Hopefully, today’s episode will help you realize that you are the right person for the job and that your person is just waiting for you to step into the role.
Kylie Hodges is a business coach who works specifically to help other coaches stop waiting on their business to build itself. She pushes them to make the money they want and create the impact that matters the most to them.
Read More HERE.
Get the Email List Growth Guide!
Today we are talking about how to make money on Instagram. My goal in this episode is first to make sure that, without any doubt, you are viewing yourself as a real business. Until you do that, you will not be able to focus on monetizing.
You need to take the time to listen to the episodes that are linked in this post and make sure to download any guides that are referenced in those episodes. Whether you are focused on increasing Instagram engagement or growing your email list, you need those guides!
Send me a DM and we can continue the conversation on exactly what you need to do. I want to dive into this with you and help you figure out what you can do to make money on Instagram.
Read more HERE
Grab the Instagram Engagement Guide
The topic of how you can pivot your business is more relevant today than ever before after the year we all had in 2020.
Over the last year, we have seen just how necessary it is to be able to make adjustments when our lives and businesses change.
When we talk about pivoting your business model, we are talking about expanding. You are looking at a new and different audience. It is a way to open your business to a new and awesome opportunity.
This can feel overwhelming, but it is a way to grow and open a door that you might not have walked through otherwise.
Read more HERE
Have you ever thought about emotional intelligence and how it applies to your business? Or maybe you’ve never even heard of emotional intelligence before this episode.
Either way, today you will walk away with a stronger knowledge of what emotional intelligence for business.
You will also learn helpful tools for when you are dealing with overwhelm and experiencing setbacks. This will help you be a better business owner and an overall better version of yourself.
Sheetal Sujan is a wife, a mother of two, and the owner of two companies. For ten years, Sheetal has been focused on training, coaching, and consulting.
She creates tailor-made training programs for both the public and private sectors, including the government. She teaches on customer service, productivity, emotional intelligence, and more.
Sheetal is a Meyers-Briggs Type Indicator Practitioner, as well as an Emotional Intelligence Practitioner.
Her goal in everything she does is to help people find the best version of themselves.
Read more HERE.
Do you need help knowing how to stand out on social media? In such a saturated market it can feel almost impossible to stand out or be unique. You might feel like it’s a waste of time, a losing battle.
It’s not! We are going to dive into the best ways to stand out on social media and give you the top three components of making sure your content is hot and ready for your person.
Julie Ciardi is going to walk us through what social media platforms to use, how to be proactive on your platforms, and share about her book: The Standout Breakout Formula.
Grab my Instagram Engagement Guide
Read more HERE.
In this episode, we are diving into a very important topic: how to stop sabotaging yourself.
This is something that can happen in your business and affect the success you see; it can also be happening in your personal life. We all know that what happens in our personal life can affect our businesses, especially as wives and mothers.
In 2020, we saw what can happen when our personal lives are massively affected and how that can mess up our focus when it comes to our business.
We’re going to get rid of that defeatist attitude and stop self-sabotaging. Grab my revenue planning guide which will help you set your goals. This is one of the most important things you can do when it comes to getting away from self-sabotage.
Read more HERE
Have you jumped on the Instagram Reels train yet? If you haven’t, you need to. It is the newest and best way to create content that will build your brand and we're breaking down how to use Instagram reels to build your brand.
I don’t know about you, but Reels have felt intimidating to me as an introvert. But I know that they are one of the best ways to reach my audience with video content that mirrors the other content that I am creating.
In today’s episode, we talk about the best tips for creating Reels, the common mistakes people make, and how to stay authentic to your brand while having fun.
My guest, Britney Crosson is the owner of Fun Love Media. She started out doing freelance work before launching her own business, focusing on content creation and social media management.
Read more HERE.
Get the Instagram Engagement Guide!
Today we are talking about some of the weirdest growth strategies companies can use in order to grow.
This is a sponsored podcast episode with Penji.
Penji, an on-demand graphic design service, is a company that has utilized some growth strategies that you may not have thought to try when it comes to your business.
In this episode of the podcast, Johnathan Grzybowski, one of the co-founders of Penji, talks about the ups and downs of entrepreneurship, as well as how to take ownership of your company and make sure you are leading well. He also shares some of the company’s philosophies that keep them focused on what matters.
Read more HERE
If you have been thinking about how to write a media pitch in 2021, then this episode is just what you need. Arden McLaughlin is here to talk all about how to write a media pitch to your local news and how to make sure you get the attention your story deserves.
Arden is the owner and founder of Definita, a publicity firm focused on helping you define yourself and your business in a cluttered marketplace.
Arden does this in two ways: the first is by working one-on-one with customers who want Arden to provide them with press opportunities, and secondly, by teaching business owners how to get their press on their own.
Read more HERE.
Serena Dodd is on the podcast with me today to talk about how to manage a business mindset. This is such an important topic for all business owners.
erena and I talk about knowing yourself, setting goals, using your GPS, and how important it is to celebrate your wins.
Serena is a certified Life Coach and runs her own life coaching business. Her main goal is to help life coaches make their first $50k in their business. She focuses on is mindset, accountability, and helping others get out of their procrastination zones.
She works one-on-one with her clients for 5 months to really get them moving forward as they work to grow their business towards $50k and beyond. Read more HERE
Today we are talking all about one of the most important pieces in building your business: growing an email list. Before we dive in, make sure you download the guide that goes right along with everything we will talk about in this episode.
The reason that we need to talk about growing your email list is that we have seen a dip in ad revenue recently. I know that many bloggers and influencers rely on their ad revenue as a part of their income each month.
When a dip occurs unexpectedly, because of something like a global pandemic, it affects our income. This is why diversification is so important. If you have products or services that you are making available, the dip in your income will not affect you as much.
Read more HERE.
Are you wanting to really narrow down your marketing on Instagram to a local audience? In today’s episode, we are talking about hyper local marketing on Instagram with Carmen Kaethler of Macaroni Kid.
Carmen focuses on marketing to her local audience in Winnipeg, Canada, and 80% of her Instagram followers live in her city.
We will talk about the best ways to engage your community, what hashtags to use, and utilizing Instagram Reels to really nail down your community and get them through your door.
Get your Instagram Engagement Guide HERE.
Read more HERE.
We all know that Instagram is one of the best places to grow a community and build a brand or business but it can be confusing to know how to leverage all of the Instagram features to grow your community.
Today Lucas O’Keefe is going to share his tips and tricks for using Instagram features to grow a community and the 3 different points of view he has when it comes to the different features.
Read more HERE
Grab your Instagram Engagement Guide HERE
In today’s episode, Renee Cohen is going to be talking about the 3 top money myths that she sees female entrepreneurs deal with, how to overcome them, and the best ways to move forward to become the visionary of your own life.
Renee is a financial planner and does a great job of laying out where your money should be going, and how to know when it is time to cut expenses. She also is offering a freebie that you don’t want to miss!
Read more HERE
This week on the podcast, we are diving into how to overcome overwhelm. Overwhelm is something that so many of us are battling as we come out of 2020 and into 2021, not only as business owners but as mothers and wives.
We are all taking on more than we ever have had to take on in the past.
We want to make sure we cover all the different aspects of overcoming that feeling of being completely overwhelmed. I have a resource to help you with this: the “Mastering Overwhelm Blueprint.”
This blueprint walks you through 5 steps to get your time back. It will help you get your time back and give you more clarity on what you should be focusing your time and energy on.
Read more HERE.
As an online business owner, defining your brand identity is one of the most important factors in growing your audience and your business. Many of us have thought about our branding but we haven’t gone deep enough in defining exactly what our brand identity is.
Today’s guest on the podcast is here to help us do just that.
Lisa Noble is the founder and owner of Vivid Visual Solutions, and she and her team help busy female entrepreneurs leave the stress behind when it comes to branding and marketing. They do this by assisting with website creation, brand design, and social media management.
Read more HERE.
Grab your Instagram Engagement Guide HERE!
Today we are talking about marketing automation and how to make it simple by using quizzes.
People hear about automation and automatically think that it’s going to be too hard for them. It sounds complex and confusing but is necessary for most of us in order to run an effective business.
If we don’t automate, we will eventually become burnt out from having to do everything all the time. Automation allows you to work less, while not losing any profit.
Tai Goodwin is the CEO of the Momentum Agency, a lead-generation agency. She works specifically to help her clients get more leads.
**They turn email lists into multiple five-figure paydays. They do this through quiz funnels, marketing automation, email marketing, and content creation.
Read more HERE**!
Social media is no longer merely a way to keep up with your friends; social media is a platform for business. And today, we are going to dive into some authentic selling strategies for social media that will help you to close more sales in your business.
It can be so difficult, especially on social media, to not come across as annoying or overwhelming when we are trying to make a sale.
So I’ve got Nikki Rausch here to share the 5 steps in her Selling Staircase, how to keep a sales conversation going with your audience, and the best ways to use social media to create that relationship and rapport that is necessary to close sales.
Learn more HERE
Grab my Instagram Engagement Guide!
Do you ever wonder how to build confidence in yourself? Do you find yourself not going after things because you don’t think you are capable?
In today’s episode, we talk about how being uncomfortable is the best way to build confidence. Tiberia Morris shares how she uses positive self-talk daily, and how important it is to have a support system.
Tiberia is a Georgia native, and the founder and CEO of EmergHER. She is a speaker, life coach, and a self-published author.
Read more HERE.
Grab your REVENUE PLANNING GUIDE!
Today we are talking about revenue planning and I can already see some of you beginning to check out, but I want you to stick with me.
If you are looking at your business and trying to get an idea of the revenue that could be coming in, you may feel like it is a super tedious task. It may even feel like something that is too hard for you to do.
I am going to break it down as simply as I can for you.
You’re going to want to grab the Revenue Planning Worksheet I’ve created. It will help walk you through everything we talk about in today’s episode as we look toward the revenue that will come in for you in 2021.
Read More HERE!
Self-care has been a buzzword over the last few years, especially when it comes to women. We have all seen the posts on Instagram, telling us to take a bubble bath, get a massage, or get our nails done.
But is that really what self-care looks like?
Today Megan Porta is on the podcast to talk about the foundation of self-care, which is boundaries. She’ll share how 2020 was her happiest year, even with the turmoil in our country, because of her decision to focus on making changes and setting boundaries.
If you are struggling with time management, feeling constantly stressed or overwhelmed, or are just tired, this episode will help you refocus on what’s most important.
Read more HERE
There is so much pressure to be perfect in today’s society. When it comes to our families, homes, businesses, and even the way we look, there seems to always be something we have to measure up to.
Here’s the truth: you don’t have to be perfect to be amazing. And you can be your best self without obtaining perfection.
Today Cel Smart is joining me to talk about how she discovered fitness, how coaching women inspires her, and how making time for yourself will help you be your best self.
Read more HERE
Do you ever feel like you’re spinning your wheels, in life and business? Maybe you started a business with the hope of changing your life, and now, you just feel stuck and like it’s not working out.
If this describes you, or if you just need some motivation to make it to the next level, today’s episode is for you!
My guest today is Jessica Bouton. She shares her story of overcoming depression and creating the life she craved.
Click HERE to read the full episode.
Today we will cove how to launch a product online, from confidence, to choosing the right audience, to setting up your onboarding sequence.
If you’re not sure how to outline your product, how to create a sales funnel, what it should look like, you need my product guide.
It will teach you exactly how to create your own product that sells; with a 5-point checklist, a sales funnel worksheet, and an invite to my private Facebook group. If you haven’t grabbed this freebie, now is the time.
Click HERE for the full episode
After the year that we had, telling you to stop being complacent might seem a little harsh.
Let me be honest with you: I got really complacent in 2020 and I know a lot of you did, too. I’m here to tell you that it’s okay that we took that time to just survive.
But now it is time to get back up and start hitting our goals.
Read more HERE.
Have you thought about self-publishing a cookbook? Self-publishing can feel so overwhelming with all the unknowns. It can be helpful to find someone who has done it before to help you know exactly what to do.
Jason Logsdon is here today, and if anyone can speak to self-publishing a cookbook, it is him. He has self-published 13 cookbooks. He gives you the 4 main steps of self-publishing and will help you take the leap into getting your cookbook out into the world.
Read more HERE.
Are you afraid to sell to your email list? Are you worried about sounding money-hungry?
Kate Doster is on the podcast today with the best tips for making sure you are sending offers to the right people, and not holding out on people who are interested in what you have to offer.
Kate will help you feel confident in sending email sales sequences, no matter how many subscribers you have.
Read more HERE.
There are tons of personality tests on the internet, but no one ever talks about your marketing personality. We often do things that feel totally foreign to our actual personality when it comes to marketing just because we don’t know exactly what to do.
Brit Kolo is on the podcast with me today to talk about the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator and how you can use that information to find your marketing personality. This directly affects how you market your business and will help you market in a way that makes you feel good.
Read more HERE.
Creating Instagram Reels is one of the best ways to really engage your audience. They are fun, easy to watch, and relatable.
Natasha Samuel is here today to talk about creating Reels that will really help you engage your audience and continue to grow your business. She’ll also share her 3 tips for getting started with Reels and how to make sure you’re providing value to your audience.
Read more HERE.
If you’ve been on Instagram at all recently, you know that Instagram Reels are booming. They are a fun and creative way to help you grow your business and build your brand. But how exactly do you use Instagram Reels to help you do that?
As with anything new on any platform, you have to know your niche and know how to serve your audience well.
JM Buckler is on the podcast today to share how she uses Instagram Reels to reach her audience of readers and authors, and how she grew from less than 5K followers to over 10k just by using Reels.
Read more HERE.
Does live streaming video sound overwhelming and intimidating? Is it something you really want to try but have no idea how to get started or what to use? Or do you not know why in the world you should even give it a try?
Live video is a fantastic way to connect with your audience and continue to show up authentically. It provides you with content for many platforms by doing one simple thing.
Today we’re going to cover the why, the how, and precisely what you need in order to succeed when it comes to live videos.
Read more HERE!
Are you struggling with how to get photography clients? Do you need help knowing which brands to reach out to, how to market yourself, or what to charge?
These types of questions can leave you in analysis paralysis and keep you from ever moving forward or growing your business. But they don’t have to!
In today’s episode, I’m talking to Christina Peters about food photography, how to impress brands and gain clients, and how to do it all while pricing yourself properly.
Christina Peters has been a commercial food photographer for more than 25 years. She specializes in working with ad agencies and design firms. She also teaches other bloggers and food photographers how to do the same as a business.
Read more HERE.
One of the most important parts of running a business is cultivating community within your brand. It is key that your brand communicates exactly what sort of community you are creating.
Now, more than ever, we are searching for community and relationships. As our lives become more and more virtual, it is important that we can still find other women with whom we can share.
Today we will be talking about SheFactor, a brand that is cultivating a beautiful community of young women through their brand.
Read more HERE.
Running a business can be overwhelming, especially when it comes to know how to charge what you're worth. How can you know what value you are really providing?
The truth is that we can all know the value we provide simply by talking to our customers, clients, and audience. If you are solving their problems, you are providing value.
My guest today is going to share some ways you can make sure you are charging what you are worth.
Mike McDerment is the founding CEO of FreshBooks. FreshBooks is cloud-based accounting software.
Mike created this software when he was running a design firm. The accounting software that he was using just wasn’t working well for him as he tried to create and send invoices and collect payments.
Mike created the software and transitioned away from the design firm to being a software company. Since then over 20 million people have used their software with customers in over 100 different countries.
Read more HERE
This is the 200th episode of the Influencer Entrepreneurs' Podcast and we are celebrating with my 10 top podcasting tips!
Yes, you read that right, we are 200 episodes in. This podcast episode is a HUGE achievement for me!
I debated what to do to celebrate 200 episodes, but decided that the best thing I could possibly do is share my top 10 podcasting tips. For 200 weeks in a row, I have put out a podcast episode. That is almost 4 years straight of creating and sharing content.
We have gone through so much together in the past almost four years. So much of my life and your life has changed in that time.
I really want to bring you my top podcasting tips that can help you, whether you are trying to decide if a podcast is right for your business or if you are already creating a podcast.
These tips will help you stay consistent and be successful.
Read more HERE!
Have you ever thought about hiring interns to help you run your business? Do you have a lot of little tasks that just need to be outsourced?
As business owners, we have to know when it’s time to hand certain tasks over to someone else. This allows us to focus on our zone of genius and continue to do the things that will grow our business.
Hiring an intern can sound overwhelming, and you might be wondering how it even works.
Today, we’re going to dive into exactly how to recruit, hire, and manage an intern so that you have more time to focus on the things you love.
My guest, Christina Hitchcock is a former marketing VP, turned blogger, turned business coach.
Read more HERE.
Do you struggle with making quick decisions? Are you stuck in analysis paralysis when it comes to your personal life or your business?
Decision making skills are so important when it comes to growing your business. You have to be able to trust yourself and know that you are doing the right thing. And you also have to be willing to accept your mistakes as a stepping stone for growth.
Today we will talk about how to make quick decisions and how to allow those decisions to push you forward, no matter the outcome.
My guest today is Amira Alvarez.
Amira is the founder and CEO of The Unstoppable Woman, a coaching company that helps women find financial freedom and become unstoppable in all areas of their lives. She is also the host of The Unstoppable Woman Podcast.
Read more HERE
One of the things that is on a lot of our minds right now is figuring out how to prioritize tasks. This is especially true as we are entering a very busy season, as well as still in the middle of COVID-19.
With kids going back to school in a mix of virtual and in-person, having to be both mom and teacher while working from home and running a business can be overwhelming.
And I get it. I’ve had my days of crying in the corner and losing my patience. We have to be able to prioritize our tasks to prevent complete overwhelm and burnout from happening, and in order to push our businesses forward.
Prioritizing your tasks is simple and will help you as you wear all your hats and try to find time to do everything you need to do.
Read more HERE.
Are you in the right niche in your online business? How would you know? And if you’re not, how do you go about finding the right niche?
In this episode of the podcast, I am talking to Robyn Graham about finding the perfect niche, how to niche down, and how to know if the niche you chose can become a successful business.
Robyn is a brand strategist and personal branding coach. She hosts The Second Phase Podcast and is also a professional headshot and branding photographer.
In spite of having a doctorate in Pharmacy, ten years ago she decided to pursue her passion, which is photography. From her very first client, she knew that photography and branding were what she wanted to do.
Robyn dove deep into learning more about branding 3-5 years ago when she realized that many of her clients didn’t know how to build a personal brand.
Read more HERE.
Increasing your visibility and getting backlinks to your site is one of the keys to growing your business and becoming a media maven. Gaining media exposure can seem daunting and unattainable, but is it?
In today’s episode, we’re giving you the best tips for gaining media exposure and growing in your publicity and profit.
My guest, Christina Nicholson, was a TV reporter and anchor for 10 years. She moved into a job in PR, working for an agency for 6 months but she wasn’t getting the flexibility that she needed at that agency, so she started her own.
Christina slowly started to grow her agency. People began to reach out to her for help who couldn’t afford an agency. She would just tell them what they needed to do and they would do it. That’s how her online course, The Media Mentoring Program got its start.
Read more HERE
If you have an online business, you need customers in order to be successful. If you owned a brick and mortar business, you would be working to increase foot traffic, and that’s exactly what you need for your online business, as well.
In today’s episode, I am chatting with Stacy Tuschl about how to increase foot traffic online.
Stacy Tuschl has been an entrepreneur for 18 years and has two performing arts academies in Milwaukee, WI. Stacy calls herself an “accidental entrepreneur” but her career path was totally meant to be.
She started a competitive dance team in her parents’ backyard when she was 18 years old. She started out with 17 kids and that snowballed into 100 kids within 3 years’ time. She grew up in an entrepreneurial family and her parents encouraged her in her business efforts.
Five years ago, Stacy started teaching others how she grew her businesses. Because her business now has 50 employees, Stacy is able to work from home instead of going to a studio. She loves to teach others how to be a wife, mom, and still run an effective and growing business.
Read more HERE.
It has been a struggle during this pandemic to connect with other successful women in business. Social networking groups and communities have been the best places to find those connections.
Women are connecting and sharing resources online because right now we aren’t able to attend in-person networking events.
Pamela Hibbler is the CEO and co-founder of TechMae. TechMae is a new mobile app that was created specifically for women entrepreneurs to network with one another.
Read more HERE.
Do you have a hard time closing sales in your business? Does it make you feel icky or manipulative?
In this episode, we are talking about closing sales and how you can be passionate about selling, without getting caught up in the “hustle.”
My guest, Natasha Hemmingway, shares her sales expertise after being in the corporate world and now being a sales coach and speaker.
Read more HERE
If you have a blog, own an Instagram account, or consider yourself an influencer, chances are you want to know how to build an audience.
Without an audience, it doesn’t matter if you are creating and sharing amazing content. You have to have people who are viewing it and giving you that engagement.
Today we’ll dive into some specific steps you can take as you work to build your audience.
I’ll also be referencing some other podcast episodes that you can listen to in order to continue to build onto the principles I’ll be sharing in this episode.
Read more HERE.
Video is exploding in the online business world and it’s one of the best ways to show off your personality and reach your audience in a new and fun way. In this episode, we are going to dive into how to use visual storytelling for your brand.
Video can feel intimidating for even the most seasoned online entrepreneur. It’s easy to get caught up in worrying about where to film, the equipment, the audio, and so much more.
My guest today, Patricia Kelikani, is a filmmaker and video marketer. Patricia creates custom videos for her clients to help them grow their businesses and she also teaches entrepreneurs how to create their own videos.
Read more HERE.
In today’s episode, we’re talking about Women Entrepreneur’s Mindset and how to set boundaries that protect your mental health and mindset.
As female entrepreneurs, we have to be aware of the mindset we take into our days. We tend to be overthinkers and to beat ourselves up for any little mistake we make.
Shamyra Parker is a self-care advocate who serves women in leadership, with a special emphasis on black women in leadership positions.
Shamyra focuses on giving them a mental makeover; showing them how to make self-care a non-negotiable so they are emotionally whole and no longer suffering in silence. Suffering largely leads to fatigue and burnout.
Read more HERE.
Do you feel like social media is a time suck? Having a strong social media plan template can make all the difference in being efficient and productive.
Social media can feel incredibly overwhelming. You can spend hours on different platforms and feel like you’re not accomplishing anything. Is it really worth it? Are you just wasting your time?
Today I’m talking to Andrea Jones about how to create a social media plan template that will not only save you time but help you grow your business.
You will walk away with five pillars to help you plan your content and a great strategy to help you continue to grow your business in only 10-15 minutes a day!
Andrea Jones is a social media strategist who is passionate about helping entrepreneurs, change-makers, and creatives figure out their social media in a way that makes sense for them.
She loves to help those who feel overwhelmed by social media and aren’t sure how to handle doing “all the things.” (Tip: You don’t have to do all the things!)
Read more HERE!
A virtual summit is an amazing way to grow your email list no matter what industry you are in so Krista is showing us exactly how to create one.
The COVID-19 pandemic has put a complete damper on any type of in-person blogging conferences or summits. And if you’re anything like me, those in-person meetings are the backbone of my networking. But what if you could learn how to create a virtual summit?
And what if you could create a virtual summit in way less time and with far less effort than you think it would take? Have I got your attention yet?
I hope so, because in today’s episode, Krista Miller of Summit in a Box, is here to tell us all about her business and why it just might be exactly what you’re looking for. If you’ve been curious about hosting a virtual summit, you’re going to want to stay tuned for this one!
Read more HERE!
In order to become a top beauty influencer the path there is one that focuses on bringing value to the audience that you are attracting.
For Shassity Stevenson, hair was always a passion, but enough of a passion to leave medical school for? You’re going to want to hear Shassity’s story of how she became a top beauty influencer and how she manages multiple parts and pieces of her business.
Shassity is not only a beauty influencer, but she also owns Skye Salons (where she uses her hair and texture expertise), and she is also the founder of the Curly Littles Campaign.
Shassity shares in this episode how she lived on the same street as an Aveda studio, and how her curiosity finally overcame her one day about what went on inside those walls.
It only took one time of entering the building to make her decision to leave medical school and pursue hair and beauty as a career and no longer just a hobby.
Read more HERE!
We often talk about influencers on the podcast but today I want to talk about marketing an online store for those of you that have physical products and consider yourself a creative.
I talk a lot about creating content on this podcast but I know that not every woman wants to be a blogger or Instagram influencer. A lot of my listeners and clients actually create physical products and sell them online. In today’s episode, I am talking to Justine Wiggins from Worthy and Badass about selling your creations online and marketing an online store.
Justine started making jewelry back in college as a hobby that also gave her a way to make extra money. Since then, her creativity has merged with her passion for helping women understand their worth.
She’s had several different business names, but a few years ago she joined the Army Reserve as a military police officer.
When she got home from basic training, she knew that if she was going to get serious about her business, it needed to represent her and how she felt about women. Worth is a big deal to her. “Turn your monster into your ministry” is her soul song.
One day after she had been processing it for a while, it hit her that “badass” was the perfect word to go along with “worth.”
She had always used the initials W and B, and so W+B was reborn, and since then, she’s been hard after making women realize their worth while feeling badass.
Read More HERE
Instagram is one of the best places to sell to your audience because it’s the one platform where you have the unique ability to have a regular conversation with them.
Using Instagram to sell your service, product, or course is unique because you have the opportunity to have a regular conversation with your audience through your DMs. And having that conversation is the only way you will know exactly what your audience needs from you.
Knowing your audience and being able to solve their problems is the only way you’ll effectively be able to sell to them.
My Instagram Story planner *will help you with creating consistent content and this will help tremendously with selling from Instagram. Make sure you download it today!
Read more HERE*.
As a business coach, I can tell you without reservation that the #1 struggle female entrepreneurs have is time management.
My guest on today’s episode of the podcast is Angela Proffitt. Angela began her adult life with “real jobs,” while on the side she was growing a business as a wedding and event planner.
And even though the event planning business has seen a decline due to COVID-19, Angela had begun building a productivity business a couple of years ago that she is now placing more focus on.
What Angela realized as she started to work with entrepreneurs, especially the creative types, was that while they excel at their craft, most of them were fairly clueless about actually running a business.
This led her to create the arm of her business, Getting Sht Done, which exists to help business owners put processes and systems in place so that they can, well, get sht done.
Read More HERE
Have you designed your dream life? Many of you probably hesitated to answer that which is why today we're diving into how to design your dream life.
Maybe you went to college and got a degree expecting to graduate and begin serving your community and the world at large.
But too often, it doesn’t happen that way. My guest today, Denise Walsh, hit a brick wall when trying to serve the people who needed her help the most.
In this episode, Denise shares how she started her home business over a decade ago, and how you, too, can design your dream life.
Read more HERE
Are you the mother of a middle-school or high-school girl? Or perhaps you have a niece or a daughter of a friend in that age group? If so, listen in today as my guest shares her vision for using your voice for purposeful work by giving these young ladies a hand up as they face hurdles in their lives.
Lanaire Malone is the founder and CEO of Hurdles in Heels, a business dedicated to helping young women face life’s challenges and hurdles head-on, wearing the heels of confidence.
Read More HERE
If you create physical products, have you thought of doing a Kickstarter campaign or a beta launch? I am a huge advocate of beta lunches as they tell you whether or not people would be willing to give you money for the solution to their problem.
My guest on today’s podcast has an amazing story to share.
Becca Davison appeared on Shark Tank with her mom, who actually created their product, Unbuckle Me, a tool to help grandparents and those with physical limitations unbuckle their child’s car seats with ease.
Becca and her mother were well-prepared for their time in front of the sharks and ultimately walked away funded by sharks Mark Cuban and Lori Greiner.
That funding, along with a Kickstarter campaign, got their business rolling.
Read more HERE
As female business owners, I see all too often that we struggle with a lack of self-confidence that can help us think like a boss.
Let’s be honest, it’s extremely difficult to build a business and be a mom, all at the same time.
There are so many demands on our time as women. Are there ways to continue to grow a business, while at the same time being the mom you want to be?
The answer is an emphatic yes!
My guest today, Kate Crocco, is sharing some of the lessons she learned when she transitioned from her own brick and mortar psychotherapy practice to Mom to two daughters, business mindset coach, and author.
Read more HERE
This episode of the podcast is a super special one for me. That’s because today’s episode was recorded during my live book launch party!
That’s right, I have released my first book, Influencer Entrepreneurs. I hope you all have your own copy by now, but in case you don’t, head right over to the website and place your order!
And when you do, be sure to download the FREE workbook to go along with your book. The workbook will be such a help to you as you go through the exercises in the book.
You Need to Get Your Message Out There! (Especially during Covid-19.)
The first thing I want to say is that when I was writing this book, I was thinking about all of you, my audience. If you are reading this, you are the very person I wrote the book for.
As influencer entrepreneurs, it is crucial that you get your message out there, that you let people know what it is you do and why.
And that is exactly what this book is about. In the book, I lay out a 4-step framework that teaches you exactly how to do it.
My 4-step framework teaches you how to truly advocate for yourself so that you can build your audience, grow your business, and make more money online.
As this book launches, we are living through unprecedented times in the world. Covid-19 is very much on the scene and are still in the middle of a worldwide pandemic. Many bloggers and influencers are taking a step back from their online businesses, unsure of how to move forward.
But in times like these, it’s more important than ever to get your message out there and grow your brand. Your people need to hear what you have to share and the solutions you offer for their problems.
Read more HERE!
If you’ve tried and failed to build a successful business Facebook page lately, I am here to help! We're diving into specific tactics for building a successful business Facebook page.
It seems next to impossible to get any traction with business Facebook pages these days but my guest on this episode of the podcast is going to share her tips and tricks for doing just that.
Read more HERE
One of the things I hear most often from the online business owners I know is how hard it is to create consistent content.
Whether we’re in the middle of a global pandemic, which has thrown you into crisis-schooling your children, or it’s just a regular week, consistently creating content can be a struggle.
In today’s episode, I am going to provide you with some strategies and tips to make consistent content creation easier for you.
But before we dive into those tips, I want to be sure you’ve gotten your copy of my new book, Influencer Entrepreneurs: The 4-Step Framework for Building Your Audience, Growing Your Business, and Making Money Online.
Did you know that I have a free workbook that goes along with the book, as well? You can get the book and the workbook by going to jennymelrose.com/book. Read more HERE
As an online entrepreneur, creating a personal brand is something you have to do if you want people to know who you are and what your business is all about.
But exactly what is personal branding? What all needs to be included? And can you do it yourself or should you hire a branding specialist?
If you aren’t sure where to begin with creating your personal brand, I’ve got you covered!
My guest on today’s episode is Bernel Westbrook. Bernel is a Charlotte-based designer whose firm specializes in branding and web design.
Read more HERE
Cathy Heller is the author and podcast host of Don't Keep Your Day Job and is sharing how you can turn your passion into your dream job.
Has the pandemic got you thinking about starting your own business? Are you confused about where to begin or what you can do? Are you unhappy in your day job but scared to make a change?
My guest today asked herself a question at the beginning of her entrepreneurial journey that changed everything for her. She asked, “Is it Beyonce’ or bust? Or is there something in between?”
Read more HERE
Lately, we’ve been talking a lot about creating products and there is a good reason for that. Now is the best time to be thinking about what kind of product you can create for your audience and how to get them to the point of wanting to buy.
Whether you’ve already started brainstorming the product you would like to create or are just now starting to dream one up, we will be walking through all the steps you need to take to get your audience down the path to your product.
Before we get to that I have a super exciting announcement to make! I want to be sure you are aware that my book is now available on Amazon!
“Influencer Entrepreneurs: The 4-Step Framework for Building Your Audience, Growing Your Business, and Making Money Online” will help you so much in really figuring out how to align yourself and make sure you are monetizing and growing your business.
If you haven’t done it yet, make sure you order the book today. Read more HERE
As a business owner, one of the most important things to pay attention to, in order to attract your ideal audience, is building a personal brand.
You need to decide what your personal brand should look like, what you should talk about, and who you should be targeting.
There are so many branding coaches both online and on social media platforms, and the information can get overwhelming. What and who should you listen to?
My guest on today’s episode is Nakisha Washington. Her job is to help people better articulate their personal and professional brands online and in person.
Nakisha is also one of my KNOWTribe sisters. She is a writer, consultant, and business coach.
Read More HERE
Scheduling social media content can often be cumbersome and time consuming, but we're diving into specifically what is Tailwind to ease it.
If you’ve been in the online marketing space for any length of time, you know that algorithms are ever-changing. Pinterest recently announced some changes in the types of content they want published to their platform and it has sent bloggers reeling.
In order to answer your questions, and calm your fears that your pins will never get seen again, I have brought on a Pinterest expert today to help us understand what’s new with Pinterest and how we as bloggers can comply in order to see continued success from the platform.
Alisa Meredith is the Pinterest Product Specialist at Tailwind.
She has been a Pinterest marketer since the very beginning of Pinterest. If you’ve never heard Alisa speak, let me just tell you that she loves Pinterest.
Read more HERE
Instagram remains the hottest social media platform today, but do you know how to take full advantage of it and what it has to offer to influencers?
Have you tried to understand IG but you just can’t quite figure it out? Do you think you’re too small for IG to work for you?
We are talking about common Instagram mistakes and how to overcome them with The Design Twins who have an engaged following of over 600k on Instagram.
Read More HERE
If you dip into the online world at all these days, you will hear folks talking about being content creators. But what exactly is a content creator?
And do you need to be one?
In today’s episode, I explain what a content creator does and how becoming one can increase the size of your audience, both online and for brick and mortar businesses.
When this episode airs, we will have just wrapped up our virtual IEA and I wanted to share some exciting news that I shared during the virtual conference, in case you missed it.
I have decided to take my masterminds and make them better than ever before, so I have put together an IEA mastermind.
Read More HERE
In order to get your content seen you need to be thinking about how to boost your blog traffic and we're offering simple ways to get it done.
As bloggers, we all have those tasks that we hate: mostly the technical stuff. And we have the parts that we love: creating amazing content, creating beautiful graphics, and interacting with our audience.
In today’s episode, I am chatting with Kris and Katie Kimball of The Blog Fixer.
They strive to automate and handle the technical (and boring) things that bloggers tend to dislike, which allows bloggers to focus on what they love. Their business has helped over 3,000 Wordpress sites at this time.
Katie, Kris’s wife, is a teacher by trade and has been blogging for 11 years. She loved writing and being able to help others on her blog, Kitchen Stewardship, but disliked the technical side of things. That’s where Kris came in, with his background in software development.
Read more HERE
As a coach for bloggers and influencers I am routinely asked, "How do you measure influence?"
We're diving into how you measure your influence in order to become a top paid influencer.
Bloggers often wonder what size their audience needs to be in order to work with brands. How do you measure your influence? That’s what we’re getting into on today’s podcast.
My guest, Bruno Bornsztein is one of the founders of InfluenceKit.
InfluenceKit is a web-based software program to help influencers prove their value and make more money.
Read more HERE
Are you wondering how to determine your worth? Letitia Frye is sharing how to know your worth so that you can continue to improve your business.
As women, I believe we all struggle with knowing our worth. I hear it from my clients and from other women I talk to. We don’t understand our self-worth and we confuse our personal worth with our business success.
My guest today knows a bit about this topic. Letitia Frye is known most for being America’s foremost “auctiontainer.”
She is a classically trained auctioneer and specializes in non-profit benefits. She is a theater major, so she combined her entertainment background with her job of auctioneering to create “auctiontainment.”
She is also a published author and motivational speaker.
Read more Here
Lydia Fenet teaches us how to command a room and sell your way to success with our confidence in ourselves and our value.
Lydia Fenet is a global managing director for Christie’s Auction House and is the lead benefit auctioneer.
She has two roles in her company: she spends her days in the office securing large-scale global partnerships for Christie’s and she spends her nights on stage raising money for non-profits around the world.
Lydia is also the author of the book “The Most Powerful Woman in The Room Is You.”
Read the rest HERE.
We all want Instagram growth, but the best kind of growth for your business is organic Instagram growth and today we're diving into how to get it with someone that has done it and continues to do it.
Instagram is a topic that I continue to talk about on this podcast because of its potential impact on your business. It’s a great place to engage with your followers and to let them into your real life.
My guest today has seen her IG following and engagement explode in the past several months, so I asked her to come on the podcast to chat about how she had organic Instagram growth.
Erica is a professional marketer by trade, helping small businesses take the overwhelm out of marketing and make it easy, fun, and more accessible.
Erica is most passionate about her blog Mom Break. It’s a mommy blog that’s all about helping to take the pressure out of being a mom by just sharing the normalcy of her everyday life with 2 young kids.
Read the rest HERE
As bloggers, we are all trying to figure out ways to add another stream of income. Having multiple streams of income is crucial in order to build a business that sustains you when things in internet land get crazy.
There are many ways to monetize a blog: ads, affiliate sales, selling your own products, and sponsored campaigns. But one of the ways that is gaining popularity among bloggers and online entrepreneurs is creating courses.
I am super excited to have a guest on the podcast today talking about creating online courses, and who will be one of our guests at IEA.
Have you got your ticket to IEA yet? They’re so close to being sold out so if you haven’t registered, I strongly recommend you do it today. Now, onto that special guest...
Len Markidan is a course creator and marketer. He is also the chief marketing officer of Podia.
Read More HERE
When starting an online business, it is crucial to have a mission statement; that thing that states who you are and what you’re about.
If you don’t have a written mission statement for your business, listen in as my guest shares how she created her own and how you can, too.
I’m so excited to have Chrystal Rose back on the podcast.
Chrystal is the owner of Rebellia, an online clothing store for women with muscles and curves. She is also the founder of Mental Message, a nonprofit that exists to help people in the mental health space.
Read more HERE.
As we move deeper into 2020, are you feeling less than productive? What’s happened to those resolutions or goals you set back in January? Are you ready to learn how to increase productivity to help you move your business forward?
If any of this speaks to you, if you can identify with feeling like you have too little time and too much to do, then stay tuned for today’s episode.
My guest, Tonya Dalton is a wife, a mother, an entrepreneur, and now an author. She is also a recovering perfectionist.
Read the rest HERE.
Are you tired of trying to figure out what the latest algorithm updates are and how to keep up with them?
That’s what I’m talking about today and I promise you it won’t be boring. So, stay tuned!
Use code KINDNESS to get 40% off Mastering Your Influence.
Read more HERE.
McKenzie Cunningham is the founder of SurSHE, which is a two-fold business.
For consumers, it is a subscription box that helps change the way you shop, allowing you to shop female-owned businesses or locally and give back.
If you are a female business owner, it’s a targeted marketing platform that helps deliver your brand and your story to the people who are looking to support a business exactly like yours.
McKenzie also lives in Charlotte, NC, and is a member of KnowTribe which is how we met.
Read the rest HERE
How do you decide if a sponsored campaign is successful? This is a question I hear frequently from bloggers and influencers.
That’s why in this episode I want to not only answer this question, but I also want to boost your confidence when it comes to this subject.
There is only so much that I can share with you in a 30-minute podcast episode. If you are looking to work with brands long-term and have it be a strong income stream, Pitch Perfect Pro is open right now.
We are only open for a limited time, however.
Pitch Perfect Pro is the step-by-step guide that you need. If you’re not already a student, make sure you get in while you can. *We’ll be talking about some pieces of Pitch Perfect Pro in today’s episode. Make sure you sign up so that you can see exactly what those pieces look like!
Read the rest HERE*!
re you looking for other influencer entrepreneurs to connect with but having trouble finding them? If so, you’ll definitely want to tune in to this episode!
Sarah Benken is the founder of the KNOW Book + Tribe.
The KNOW book is a collection of some of the top-performing, high caliber, authentic women in the city you live in that you should know and do business with. (You can find a list of the available cities on their website). I found Sarah through the Charlotte, NC edition of the KNOW Book +Tribe.
The Tribe is the community that has been built around the members. The Book has become a display of the highly-vetted, high-caliber members of the community. If you want to become a part of the Book, you can do that by joining the Tribe.
Find the full show notes HERE.
Instagram engagement is the top of everyone's mind for 2020 and we're giving you the most up to date info out there on how to improve yours.
If you listen to me at all, you know that I believe that Instagram is the best platform out there right now for engaging with your target audience. If you need to show an engaged audience to brands for sponsored work, IG is where you can build that engagement.
My guest today knows all about engagement on Instagram because she has built a business around teaching it.
Jillian O’Keefe is great at taking people’s vulnerable, true, and authentic stories and turning those into raving fans on Instagram. She also creates that engagement that everyone craves on Instagram.
Read the whole episode HERE.
If you are a blogger or business owner, Instagram is a social media platform that you need to be paying attention to. Some people are frustrated with Instagram, feeling like, if it doesn’t drive traffic, why bother?
But that is old school thinking. Instagram isn’t about driving traffic; it’s about engagement.
If you’re ready to up your IG game and learn how to use it to your benefits, stay tuned to today’s episode.
My guest, Kimberly Espinel is a food photographer and stylist, content creator, educator and podcaster at The Little Plantation.
She creates visual content for food brands and works with bloggers in the food space to help them improve their photography and their Instagram strategy.
Click HERE to read the rest!
Take the time to listen in to this episode to get a better grasp of how you can improve your SEO.
If you’ve been listening to this podcast for a while, you have heard me talk many times about the Everything Food Conference.
I love this conference and have spoken at it twice in the past, so I am especially thrilled to have Ty Kilgore here today.
Ty owns Everything Digital Marketing, and his wife, Kami, created the Everything Food Conference.
About a year and a half ago, Ty was working a 9 - 5 job in the digital marketing space.
After the Everything Food Conference that year, he and Kami sent out a post-conference survey and asked their attendees “What is some information you would like to know more about?”
Over 200 people filled out the survey and nearly all of them responded that they wanted to know more about SEO. It became a great opportunity because of Ty’s 12-year background in the SEO industry.
Read more HERE
If you are a food blogger looking for advice on developing your brand identity, we are breaking down the brand identity definition as well as the what is needed for brand identity design.
My guest, Madison Wetherill, owns Grace and Vine Studios, which is a web design studio for food bloggers. Madison focuses on helping her clients connect with their audience through strategic web design and brand strategy.
She also hosts The Vine podcast, where she talks about strategy and design tips for food bloggers.
Prior to Grace and Vine, Madison had her own food blog. After she got out of college, she found that she had a ton of free time and didn’t know what to do with it, so she started doing freelance design and blogging at the same time.
Read the Full Content HERE!
Out of all the questions I get asked, the majority of them have to do with brand sponsorships. So, I decided to do something a little bit different with this episode.
Today we are going to deep dive into your all your brand sponsorship questions. What I want to do is troubleshoot these problems so that if you encounter something like this six months from now, you will know where to find an answer.
I encourage you to listen in as I go very quickly through the most common questions I get on this topic. Also make sure to grab your pdf with all the answers. Ready? Let’s dive in HERE!
Have you fallen for the hype that Facebook is dead? We hear it everywhere these days. “You can’t build a brand on Facebook unless you want to pay to play.”
But is it true? Heck, I haven’t had much success with Facebook in the last few years myself, so I have moved a ton of my focus over to Instagram.
But then, I started using a new strategy. A strategy developed by my guest today.
And since I began using Dana Malstaff’s strategy, my Facebook community engagement has grown by 706%. That’s right, folks. Percent. Not 706 people.
706 percent.
Have I got your attention? Awesome, let’s jump into all the wonderful information that Dana shared with me!
Read the full article HERE
If you are trying to attract more customers to your business, you need to firmly establish yourself as an expert in your niche.
Attracting potential customers requires you to share your story and knowledge in an authentic way which builds trust with your audience and keeps them coming back to you for more information and products.
My guest today is an expert in attraction marketing and I am excited to have her share her knowledge with all of us.
Read the rest HERE.
Do you struggle with posting to Instagram stories consistently? If so, then stick around, because today we are going to dive into how to consistently create content for Instagram stories.
Knowing that I want to have a 24-hour period with something always in my Instagram stories can feel really overwhelming and has caused me to shut down just because I didn’t know what to create or put out.
Over the last month or two, I’ve been working on a strategy that changed how I approach my content.
As always, I have a download for you that will not only walk you through the questions but give you a space to write down different ideas that will work best for you and your business. Grab it HERE!
If you need to be encouraged that overcoming obstacles is something you can do then you’re going to love today’s episode.
My guest today is Nesha Pai. Nesha is the founder of Pai CPA, which is an outsourced accounting department for small businesses.
Unlike most of my guests on the podcast, Nesha actually lives in Charlotte and we have been able to meet in person.
I first met today’s guest over a year ago at Podcast Movement, where I was speaking and he was in the audience. We have continued to follow each other since then and I am very excited to have him on the show today.
Andy Storch is a husband and father to two kids. He is a consultant, coach, and speaker; his main business is in corporate talent development, where he connects great leaders with talent solution developments and turn their strategy into action.
He hosts two podcasts - Talent Development Hotseat and The Andy Storch Show.
Andy attends a lot of conferences and is also hosting his own conference in November. He is big into health and fitness and getting the most out of his life.
Andy has a passion for attending great conferences and he is holding his own conference in Sonoma, California this November 6th-7th; however, The Talent Development Think Tank is already sold out for 2019!
Links:
jennymelrose.com/conversation-starters-for-conferences
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I was recently discussing my business with my mom and mentioned that I was an introvert. She laughed and said that I couldn’t possibly be one because of how open I am and how easily I speak to others. I admitted to her how I’ve been struggling with coming out of my shell and being social with others ever since I was a child. She had no idea!
Those struggles have made me able to do what I do today. I’m going to share some of the tips I’ve been using since I was a kid to help me feel confident and comfortable in my own skin.
In case you missed it, I recently released the Jenny Melrose app! It’s available for all iOS devices and has all of my content in one place.
All my podcasts are there in both audio and written form.
We also have exclusive audio just for our app users, and there’s one all about gratefulness that includes a huge promo for IEA. Head over and download the app and listen to the audio and you’ll get 50% off the price of tickets when you use the code APPUSER at checkout until the end of October.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/networking-tips
Click to view: show page on Awesound
We're breaking down the benefits of influencer marketing from the perspective of a brand and an influencer who are actually on the same page about the value of influencer marketing.
Jessy Grossman is the CEO and founder of Boldstreak, a social media and talent management company based in New York City. They are well known for representing some of the top parenting influencers, for their diversity, and for representing thought-leaders. She is also the host of the WIIM Radio podcast.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/benefits-of-influencer-marketing
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Start taking care of your financial future with financial planning steps necessary for a small business owner to have a successful financial future.
Today’s guest, Anna Sergunina is a certified financial planner. All of her childhood and young adult life she planned to become a doctor, but in college, she decided to switch majors because she was intrigued by finances and so she ended up with a Business degree instead.
She connected her desire of wanting to be a doctor and help people with her business major and has been a financial planner for the last 15 years.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/financial-planning-steps
Click to view: show page on Awesound
The recent Google algorithm updates have many people worried about why their traffic dropped, but it comes down to E.A.T. (Expertise, Authority, Trust).
I am super excited about today’s guest on the podcast. Marye Audet-White was on here with me way back in episode 67, when we talked about her course, Search Engine Seduction. It’s been a long time and a lot has changed since then when it comes to SEO, so I asked Marye to come back and update us all.
Marye has been blogging for several years at her Southern food blog, Restless Chipotle.
Because of her knowledge regarding SEO, I strongly encouraged Marye to create some courses on the topic.
Her courses, Search Engine Seduction, her membership site, Own It, Darling, her mastermind group, Search Engine Seduction Mastermind, and her website, Mary Audet-White are all designed to help women who are too busy to learn everything about tech speak but still want to understand SEO.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/google-algorithm-updates
Click to view: show page on Awesound
In today’s episode, we are talking about how to network at a conference.
It’s not as simple as you may think, especially for those of us who are introverts. But never fear, because I’m going to give you tips on how to network and grow your business, which is the whole purpose of attending conferences.
Before I dive into that, let me tell you that the tickets for my own live event, Influencer Entrepreneurs Academy, are going fast.
This event is being held in Charlotte, NC, March 31 - April 2, 2020. The speakers for next year’s IEA are amazing and I am super excited about it. You will receive teaching and then you will have time to put all of the strategies you learn into action in your own business.
Rather than spending 2 days taking furious notes while speakers talk fast, each attendee will be put into a mastermind group of other women. You will sit with these women and you will all work together to help each other implement the lessons. If you haven’t gotten your tickets, do it today.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/how-to-network-at-a-conference
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I am so excited today to dive into a topic we haven’t talked about before on the podcast, and that is LinkedIn.
My guest today, Chrissie Wywrot, has been working for herself for about 5 years. Chrissy has marketing experience and actually worked for the Detroit Lions for 5 years, overseeing their website and social media.
About 18 months ago, Chrissie started focusing exclusively on LinkedIn, because of its organic potential. She helps small businesses optimize their LinkedIn presence to generate visibility and business through the platform.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/linkedin-profile-optimization
Click to view: show page on Awesound
As always, I created a worksheet that is going to walk you through what we are going over today. Part of being able to understand your marketing position is being able to take this walk backward over your life.
Everything that has happened to you over the course of your life, good and bad, has made you who you are today. Taking this walk backward will help you see all those monumental moments that pushed you to the place where you find yourself today.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/market-positioning
Click to view: show page on Awesound
In this episode, we are talking about making sales. You may be wondering why you need to make sales. Making sales might seem silly to you, because you’re trying to have an influence on people, or maybe making sales just makes you feel icky.
I want to make you feel comfortable and confident. I hope to help you start thinking about making sales as another way to have influence.
Before I dive into that, let me tell you that the tickets for my own live event, Influencer Entrepreneurs Academy, are going fast.
This event is being held in Charlotte, NC in the spring of 2020. The conference will be filled with speakers teaching and then time for you to put their strategies into action in your own business.
Rather than spending 2 days taking furious notes while speakers talk fast, each attendee will be put into a mastermind group of other women. You will sit with these women and you will all work together to help each other implement the lessons. If you haven’t gotten your tickets, do it today.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/making-sales
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Today I am so excited to be talking to Mai-kee Tsang about the product launch process. Mai-kee is a launch strategist and a conversion copyrighter. She is at the forefront of online course launches and group membership launches.
Mai-kee understands what it takes to launch an idea and make it a successful reality. She has learned a lot of lessons from being in the trenches and she wants to be able to relay those lessons to all of you today.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/product-launch-process
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Today I'm diving into how to find that purpose and providing you with specific examples of how other business owners are using theirs.
In episode 129, we talked about creating a vision for your business and making sure that whatever you want your business to look like connects to the vision you have for your life. Whether that’s more traveling, spending more time at your kids' sports activities, etc…
If you haven’t listened to that episode, please take the time to listen to it and check out the worksheet that will hold you accountable.
Today’s episode is a natural follow-up to talking about your vision for your business and life and that is, discovering your purpose.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/discovering-your-purpose
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I know that most of you have heard that terminology so today I want to dive in and explain what it is and give you some specific examples based on your niche so that you can understand what a lead magnet should look like for your business.
Make sure to download the checklist that goes along with this episode. It’ll help you put together the best lead magnet for your audience.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/what-is-a-lead-magnet
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Today we are going to be talking about how to become a traveling influencer.
If you want to be a traveling influencer, one of the things you will have to be willing to do is adjust to the schedule of the place you are traveling to.
Before we dive into this episode, I want to make sure you’ve downloaded my pitch cheat sheet.
The steps for pitching for travel are the same as if you were pitching to work with a food brand or a home decor brand.
Pitching is very strategic, so if you don’t have my pitch cheat sheet yet, get on it.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/how-to-become-a-travel-influencer
Click to view: show page on Awesound
My guest on the podcast today is Nicole Saunders of Saunders Says. Nicole owns a Pinterest management company as well as a dog blog, Leisure & Leashes and has recently launched a podcast for dog owners.
When Nicole launched her recent podcast, she went to Instagram to encourage her audience to leave a rating and a review for her.
She had a plan to give away several gift cards to those who left reviews, and she used IG features such as polls and direct messages to engage with the audience.
It didn’t quite go as she planned though. Audience engagement was low and people weren’t leaving reviews.
What I have found as a podcaster for the past few years is that leaving reviews on podcasts is one of the most difficult things we can ask our audience to do.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/marketing-your-business
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Content planning saves you time by filling your editorial calendar in advance with topic ideas that go beyond arbitrary.
Instead you can be seen as an expert in your field by Google and start getting the traffic that you desire.
I am so excited to have a dear friend on the podcast with me today. You all have heard me talk about Morgan a thousand times and she’s finally on here! Morgan helps me keep everything in my business organized.
Morgan blogs over at Morgan Manages Mommyhood, where she helps moms make their lives easier and their kids’ lives more memorable with fun kid food and hidden veggie recipes.
She is also my executive admin and somehow manages to keep my stuff straight. And then she has a business, Systems to Skyrocket, where she helps bloggers create content more effectively through content planning and keyword research.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/content-planning
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I know that you all won’t be surprised to hear me say that I am firmly obsessed with Instagram stories. I use them almost every day for marketing my business. I engage with you all and the rest of my audience on there.
You also know that I have some pretty strong feelings about the Swipe-Up feature. I’ve been fairly outspoken on my opinions about Swipe-Up and how I think it’s highly overrated.
But today I am asking a different question. Is it actually working? Is Swipe-Up doing what it’s supposed to do and what everybody says it’s doing?
Links:
jennymelrose.com/instagram-swipe-up
Click to view: show page on Awesound
We’ll also talk about understanding your KPIs to help you assess your growth.
You need to understand that there is a difference between running an ad that attracts your target audience and just paying for views.
Before we get started, be sure to download the free worksheet I have provided for you, to help you work through the questions we are going to talk about in this episode.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/should-you-buy-instagram-story-views
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I am so excited about today’s guest! If you listen to this podcast regularly, you know I am all about turning your hobby blog into a business, if that's what you want.
After all, that’s what allowed me to leave my stressful inner-city teaching job to spend more time with my family and even allowed my husband to leave his high-stress job in sales. I am all about taking what you’ve been building and turning it into something more.
And that’s exactly what Jeni of Biz Mavens does. She helps women go from blogger to entrepreneur. Jeni focuses as much on who you are becoming as a businesswoman as she does on what you are accomplishing along the way.
Jeni shared so many truth bombs in this episode. I can’t wait for you to hear her wisdom!
Links:
jennymelrose.com/what-is-a-blog-business
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I hope you’re following me over on Instagram where I release a new IGTV video every single week. One of my recent videos was on the topic of being able to share your business vision with your family and friends.
The reason behind me encouraging you to do this is so that they can fully support you in what you are doing and what you are trying to build.
The problem I see with so many women entrepreneurs is that they don’t really understand what it means to have a vision for their business. And you can’t fully put into practice what you don’t fully understand.
So today, I am sharing with you some practical examples of business vision ideas from some of my own clients.
Before you get started, download your free questionnaire to help you figure out what your business vision should look like!
Links:
jennymelrose.com/business-vision-examples
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I am so excited about today’s episode because I am doing something that I’ve never done before. I am giving you behind the scenes access to a private coaching call with one of my clients, Betsi Hill of Betsi’s World.
Betsi is a member of my Scaler Mastermind program. In this episode, we are getting Betsi ready for her product launch. She has purchased an existing course with the plan to restructure it and make it her own before launching it.
We reference one of my signature courses in our conversation, Launch Pro, which walks you step by step through your entire launch process. If you want somebody to hold your hand through a launch, I would love to be the one to do it!
And now, let’s get into the coaching call with Betsi.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/product-launch-examples
Click to view: show page on Awesound
If hiring and building a team for your business were easy, everyone would be excited to do it.
The problem with continuing to do all the things in your business is that as you grow, you will quickly head toward burnout if you don’t outsource some things.
Maybe you already have a partial team in place but you know you need to add to them. But the stress you experienced when finding those team members was enough to make you not want to do it again.
The thing is, when it comes to taking your business to the next level, you have to begin to outsource some of the things you are currently doing so that you can focus on the things that make money.
Emily Perron will be sharing her 5-step strategic hiring process with us today. Emily has years of experience hiring and managing employees at both the corporate and entrepreneurial level. She also hires employees and freelancers for online entrepreneurs.
Let’s jump right into her strategy for building a team you can count on!
Links:
jennymelrose.com/how-to-build-an-effective-team
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I am so excited to welcome my friend, Traci Gibson, to the podcast today. Traci and I met 3 years ago at Blog Life University, where Traci was hoping to learn more about starting a blog around t-shirt quilting.
She had a business selling the quilts but she soon realized that there wasn’t a whole lot to blog about on the topic. She pivoted to 2 blogs, one of which was a lifestyle blog. And yet it still felt too broad.
So she finally niched down to what she loves which is creating digital graphics.
I want to mention that in all the pivots that Traci took, she was looking for her zone of genius.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/graphic-templates
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Understanding how to run a successful small business as an entrepreneur can often be frustrating which why we're paying special attention to the systems and organization that needs to be in place in order for this to happen.
My guest today, Kate Jones, serves female entrepreneurs by taking on some of those administrative tasks that nobody likes doing so that you can focus your time and efforts on the parts of your business that you’re passionate about and that make you money.
Her goal is to relieve some of your daily stress by creating order and organization in your business.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/how-to-run-a-successful-small-business
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I wish when I started there were more podcasting tips readily available, but today we're going to make that happen.
Stefanie Gass runs a female empowerment/educator business as well as a podcast.
Stefanie helps women discover what their calling is and monetize it through ebooks, courses, and podcasting.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcasting-tips
Click to view: show page on Awesound
One of my favorite conferences to attend and speak at is the Everything Food conference. I recently returned from my third time speaking at this event and it was as fabulous as ever.
I love meeting my podcast listeners face to face and having the chance to have great conversations with you all, as well as spending time with my membership peeps.
These tips I am sharing with you today will help you as you work to become a top food influencer.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/top-food-influencers
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Okay, I don’t know about all of you, but I am an avid American Idol watcher. It’s a guilty pleasure of mine that I completely indulge in.
I love the beginning phases, and while I normally lose interest by this point every year, not this time. I’m still fascinated by this year’s contestants because of how they're changing the game of social media influence.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/social-media-influence
Click to view: show page on Awesound
In today’s episode, we are doing a deep dive into being a social media influencer. I am answering some of the most common questions I get asked and I’m even talking about pricing as an influencer, both what you can charge and how much you can make.
If you want more information on how to send your first pitch, how to know which brands to reach out to, and exactly what to say when you do reach out, be sure to sign up for the next session of Pitch Perfect Live.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/social-media-influencers
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Today I'm diving into exactly how to work with brands so that it works for you and your audience.
Before we dive into the episode, let me remind you that if you haven’t signed up for the next session of Pitch Perfect Live, you need to do so right away. The next session runs from Monday, May 13th through Friday, May 17th, 2019.
Are you tired of being asked to work for free or for a product that has nothing to do with your niche?
Honestly, does a food blogger need another wood watch?
Yeah, I don’t think so. That’s why in today’s episode, I am going to share with you some of the ways that you, as a blogger or influencer, can work with brands.
You can be compensated for the content that you create and the influence you bring to the brand.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/how-to-work-with-brands
Click to view: show page on Awesound
The plug-in makes your recipes easily shoppable for your audience.
My guest today is Hillary Reeves. Hillary has been the marketing director at Chicory for 4 years.If you aren’t familiar with Chicory, they are a food tech company based in New York City.
The company began by making recipes shoppable and that remains the core of their business today.
Sites like Betty Crocker, Perdue, Hershey’s Kitchens, Food and Wine, and more use the Chicory plug-in to make the ingredients for the recipes they share shoppable.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/chicory-recipe-plug-in
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I’ve been a work from home mom for a while now and I understand the challenges of that lifestyle. I understand the interruptions when the kids have a day off from school, when a kid is sick, or when your husband is home from the office, or like mine - on summer vacation.
That’s why today, I want to give you 12 tips to make working from home easier and more productive. I’ll also be talking about training your family because let’s face it, that will always be one of your biggest challenges whenever you're working from home.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/working-from-home
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I am so excited to have Melissa Megginson with me on today’s episode of the podcast. Melissa is the community manager at Tailwind, which she says means that her job is to make everyone who uses Tailwind “look really good and feel really good.”
Melissa has been with Tailwind for over 7 years and has seen the company grow from 50 members to over 300K members all over the world.
I spoke with Melissa a few years ago and the tips she gave me completely changed the way I used Tailwind, saving me a ton of time. Things have grown and improved so much over the past couple of years though, so I wanted to have her back to tell us the best ways to use Tailwind and how it can help us grow our businesses while saving time.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/tailwind-app
Click to view: show page on Awesound
There are so many hats that you wear that when you get to the point where you can hire a virtual assistant you want to make sure you are set up to do so wisely.
Mary Baird-Wilcock is CEO of The Simplifiers which was started in 2003 as an events management company. The company put on large, nontraditional events for clients like Facebook, Google, and Microsoft.
The Simplifiers was begun in the United States but Mary moved it to England and made a pivot toward a podcast and coaching those who work in creative industries. Mary is also the mother of 2 so she totally understands the mom life and how complicated that can be. She gets that we as women, in general, are always going 90 MPH and trying to juggle All.The.Things.
Over the past few years of running her business, moving it overseas, and becoming Mom to 2, she has turned to a new way of doing business and life. The new way involves doing less to accomplish more.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/hire-a-virtual-assistant
Click to view: show page on Awesound
In the past, we have talked about ways to diversify your income with digital products and the importance of doing so, and so in today’s episode, I want to give you some practical ideas on exactly what to sell online. But before we start, I wanted to let you know about a special training that’s coming up.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/what-to-sell-online
jennymelrose.com/what-to-sell-online
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I am so excited about today’s episode! My guest, Julie, from Sparkle Hustle Grow, provides female entrepreneurs with the best resources available to grow your business. It’s the mission of Sparkle Hustle Grow to cut through the clutter to bring you business trainings, tools, and resources for your office. Not a member yet? Grab your box here!
Links:
jennymelrose.com/how-to-start-a-subscription-box
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I need you to stop obsessing and focus on proven strategies that work even better!
I’ll just tell you right up front that I expect to ruffle a few feathers with some of the things I am going to say today. And I’m okay with that because what I am going to share is something that I think needs to be shared.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/ig-swipe-up
Click to view: show page on Awesound
You get to authentically share yourself with your audience while building a relationship with them. You can even use IG stories to help you create a product that your audience wants and needs!
In case you aren’t aware, you have to have 10K followers on IG to get the swipe-up feature in IG stories. I hear constantly from bloggers who think they can’t use IG effectively because they don’t have swipe-up.Well, I’m here to tell you to stop obsessing over it. What if I told you there was a more effective technique you could use than swipe-up?
Links:
jennymelrose.com/ig-stories-to-create-a-product
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Now, before we jump into how to become an influencer, let’s first determine what it’s not. Becoming an influencer doesn’t mean setting up some social media accounts and posting to them every day. It doesn’t mean doing anything you can to grow your following on those accounts, whether you’re paying for followers or gaining them organically.
No. What we are talking about are the real steps to becoming an influencer. And you know I love to offer you as much value as possible, so I have created a free worksheet for you to use as you listen through this episode.
Being an influencer is more than just taking selfies and becoming instafamous. You have to grow your audience in order to create a loyal community.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/how-to-become-an-influencer
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Building relationships with people in real life is so important for your business. I can’t tell you how many times I have met someone and then later when I’m working on a project and need someone to promote it Before I dive into why you need to consider attending a live event, let me tell you that the tickets for my own live event, Influencer Entrepreneurs Academy, are going fast. This event is being held in Charlotte, NC in April of 2019. On the first evening, we will enjoy a cocktail cruise on gorgeous Lake Norman where we can meet each other and have a chance to greet our speakers and our sponsors. The next 2 days will be filled with speakers teaching and then time for you to put their strategies into action in your own business.
Rather than spending 2 days taking furious notes while speakers talk fast, each attendee will be put into a mastermind group of other women. You will sit with these women and you will all work together to help each other implement the lessons.
Now, let’s jump into why you need to consider attending a live event like IEA.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/why-a-live-event
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Meredith Messenger’s background is in teaching emotionally disturbed children. It’s the thing she is most proud of. Unfortunately, it’s a job with a high burnout rate. And that’s exactly where Meredith found herself at age 24; burned out and no idea what to do next. She went to work for a medical start-up where she learned about financing, payroll, and IT.
What she discovered is that the start-up world is almost completely dominated by men. She continued to work for start-ups as a consultant and learned a lot about what worked and what doesn’t. New businesses go under every year simply because they don’t know how to sell.
Seeing the impact that knowing how to sell has for entrepreneurial businesses lit a fire under Meredith and prompted her to start her own business teaching these entrepreneurs everything she had learned about selling for success.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/how-to-sell
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Do you have shiny object syndrome? You get excited about a new idea, but end up losing steam on an old idea and seem to never make any progress? Once you find your zone of genius there is nothing that will be able to distract you. Your focus in your zone of genius will even surprise you. During this episode I'm challenging you to find your zone of genius and I have a quiz below to guide you.
The simplest explanation is that your zone of genius is something that comes naturally for you. It’s easy for you and it gives you energy. The tasks in your zone of genius are tasks that you look forward to, that bring you excitement. You don’t dread doing them.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/zone-of-genius
Click to view: show page on Awesound
One of the biggest struggles I hear from my clients is that they don’t get email list building. They don’t know how to build their list and they need resources and options to understand it better.
I am excited to have Jenn Slavich on the podcast today. Jenn blogs over at Home by Jenn and she also has a business called Simple Email Management. Jenn has been blogging since 2015 and while other bloggers were chasing pageviews, she was always all about her email list. Her new business offers a collection of ConvertKit services to bloggers and online business owners.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/email-list
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Anybody who has been working online for 6 months or more can tell you that things change rapidly in the online world. Social media changes, search engines change, businesses change. The things that worked last year don’t work this year.
Today, we are going to talk about how to change along with the online space and how to be up to date on the newest and best ways to work with brands.
You guys, we are squarely into 2019! I want to be sure you know about my live event that is taking place in April of this year. We will kick off the weekend with a cocktail cruise on April 4th of 2019 on beautiful Lake Norman and then on Friday, we will jump right into 2 full days of training.
Influencer Entrepreneurs Academy will not only give you the opportunity to hear from experts in the blogging industry but you will also a chance to put the strategies they teach into practice in your own business. This conference will be unique and not like any conference you have ever attended.
You will have the opportunity to be in a mastermind with other women who will push you forward and who can give you feedback as your target audience. Be sure you grab your ticket today as they are going fast! I hope to see each of you there!
Links:
jennymelrose.com/pitching-brands
Click to view: show page on Awesound
If you are feeling overwhelmed with everything you need to do to move your business forward, or if you aren’t even sure what you need to do to move your business forward, this is the episode for you.
You guys, we are squarely into 2019! I want to be sure you know about my live event that is taking place in April of this year. We will kick off the weekend with a cocktail cruise on April 4th of 2019 on beautiful Lake Norman and then on Friday, we will jump right into 2 full days of training.
Influencer Entrepreneurs Academy will not only give you the opportunity to hear from experts in the blogging industry but you will also a chance to put the strategies they teach into practice in your own business. This conference will be unique and not like any conference you have ever attended.
You will have the opportunity to be in a mastermind with other women who will push you forward and who can give you feedback as your target audience. Be sure you grab your ticket today as they are going fast! I hope to see each of you there!
Links:
jennymelrose.com/kickstart-your-business
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you wanting to increase your ad revenue as a blogger? Amber Bracegirdle from Mediavine is giving you strategies to help you see your income increase.
As a publishing company, Mediavine was struggling to make the most of their ad management company so they decided to build their own. Within two weeks they were earning more than they had been through their top earning ads with the other management company.
Through a series of trial and error using their own sites as the guinea pigs, Amber and her colleagues discovered the best way to display ads and how to make their software work for any site, no matter how big or how small.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/ad-revenue
jennymelrose.com/ad-revenue
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I am so excited to dive into this topic because I believe imposter syndrome affects millions of women entrepreneurs and many times, we don’t even realize what it is.
Jaclyn Mellone and I met at Podcast Movement in July of 2018 and I knew I had to have her on. Jaclyn is a marketing and mindset coach and she helps experts create profitable personal brands. She has been producing her podcast, All Up in Your Lady Business, for over 3 years and there are currently 300+ episodes you can catch up on. (The podcast will be going through a rebrand in January of 2019 and will become “The Go-To Gal” podcast.)
Links:
jennymelrose.com/imposter-syndrome
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Time is always well spent when you're continuing to educate yourself which is why I've put together 15 Best Books for Women Entrepreneurs. I try to ready every night before bed, but definitely have my fair share of books that I binge read. Even ones that inspire me so much that I sign up to run a half marathon directly after finishing them.
If you have been hanging around here for any length of time, you may know that I started a book club for anybody who wanted to join in where we were reading a business book per month. And while we read some great books, I heard from many of you that you wanted more books that were coming from the point of view of a mom entrepreneur.
Because of that feedback, I have spent the past 6 months looking for books that take into consideration all the things a mom has to deal with when she starts a business. Let’s face it, men can talk all day about the hustle and the grind; about putting in 80-hour weeks to get something off the ground; about “putting your head down and getting things done.”
But for moms who are also entrepreneurs, there is a lot more to consider than just the business. We have kids who have school and homework. We have meals to make and groceries to buy, doctor appointments to keep and soccer practice or dance, and we as a whole are responsible for the majority of the housework and cooking.
Before we dive into the titles, let me say that some of these books are written by male authors. I personally think it is important to get more than one perspective and each and every book on my list has had an impact on me and my business. So without further ado, let’s jump in.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/best-books-for-women-entrepreneurs
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you an influencer or blogger that's ready to work with brands on sponsored content? Do you have an influencer media kit? Do you know what an influencer media kit should look like and what it needs to contain? If not, be sure to stay tuned for today’s episode as I am answering all of your questions about influencer media kits and explaining why, as an influencer, you absolutely must have one if you want to work with brands.
Before we talk about what you need inside your influencer media kit, let’s talk about why you need one.
An influencer media kit makes you look professional.
Hobby bloggers don’t need media kits. You aren’t a hobby blogger, playing the social media game, and posting at random times. You are a professional influencer and you need an influencer media kit that represents who you are as a professional.
Your influencer media kit should match your brand in colors and fonts. You should have professionally done headshots that are in your kit. Don’t skimp on the photography when it comes to your own headshots. Hire a professional if you don’t have a friend who is a photographer.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/influencer-media-kit
Click to view: show page on Awesound
When you run masterminds and do coaching like I do, you learn quickly that women are in many different points in their businesses. No matter where your business is in terms of growth, there are specific steps you need to take to scale that business. Let’s jump into what those steps are.
You guys! I can‘t believe we are at episode 100! I just want to take a minute to thank each of you for taking time out of your busy schedule to join me here each week, whether you join in live on Facebook every Tuesday morning at 11:00 or you listen in to the podcast when it drops.
I am so grateful for your support and your kindness in sharing this podcast with your friends and fellow bloggers and for the awesome reviews and ratings you take the time to leave for me on Itunes. It all means so much to me. Without you all, there would not be a 100th episode so thank you all from the bottom of my heart. Now, let’s get on with the training!
Links:
jennymelrose.com/scale-your-business
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I don't know about you, but I want my girls to live in a world where we show ourselves as well as other the kindness that we all so desperately long for. In today's episode, I want you to push yourself to find little ways that you can show a little kindness to yourself, your family and other bloggers that are on a similar path as you. No one understands how lonely and frustrating that blogging can be better than another blogger. Lift each other up!
If you are listening to this episode on the day it’s released, the date is December 3, 2018. I’ll be honest with you, the older I get, the more nostalgic I get. And since my birthday is December 4th, I am really feeling it right about now.
Watching my girls grow up right before my eyes is not the easiest thing in the world. We didn’t have an easy time having our girls so they are a special blessing in our lives and something that I never want to take for granted.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/show-a-little-kindness
Click to view: show page on Awesound
If you read the title of this episode and thought, “Wait, Jenny! I can’t think about 2019 yet. I haven’t even finished cleaning up the Thanksgiving dishes. I have yet to put up my Christmas tree or even buy the first gift. Why are you asking me to think about 2019?”
Listen, I get it. As the mom of 2 little girls, a husband who works in the school system, and a business owner, I completely understand. But I know this - you can’t wait until January to start thinking about the new year. You need to start planning now in order to storm into the new year with a plan and a focus.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/2019-by-storm
Click to view: show page on Awesound
If you think that you need a million followers on Instagram in order to get the attention of brands, you are wrong. In today’s episode, we are going to talk about how to get the attention of your dream brands, even if your following is on the smaller side by getting more Instagram Story Views.
If you have been procrastinating on Instagram, I want you to get started. It is the hottest new player on the social media block and brands want you there engaging with your audience. If you think that IG is all about showing your perfect pictures and how together you are, think again.
The beautiful thing about Instagram is all the different features available. Yes, your regular feed needs to be more curated but Stories is where you have the opportunity to be yourself. Stories give you the opportunity to share more of who you are and it gives your audience the opportunity to get to know you better and to decide whether they like you or not.
Wait, Jenny...don’t I want everyone to like me?
No! Listen to the episode I did with Phil Pallen on what is branding to hear why you definitely want to repel some people while attracting others. Yes, you actually want to repel some people. I know that may feel weird to think about but once you think it through, it will all make sense, I promise.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/how-to-get-more-instagram-story-views
Click to view: show page on Awesound
As bloggers, some of us tend to rely on only one form of income. Maybe you rely on ad income or affiliate income. In today’s episode, I want to talk about why it is so important to have multiple streams of income and how to use digital products to add another form of income to your business.
I am certainly not saying that you shouldn’t have ad income as part of your business. If you have a blog and you are doing well in page views, absolutely take the ad income if you can get it. If you have people coming to the blog, you might as well be making that passive income off of them.
The problem comes when you rely solely on the ads. As we well know, one algorithm change can affect your traffic almost instantly. If that happened tomorrow, how much of your income would you lose if you were solely relying on those ads?
Links:
jennymelrose.com/digital-products
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Have you heard the term “brand ambassador” and wondered what exactly it is? Do you have questions about the factors that go into getting a brand ambassadorship? And if you did get one, what would that look like and what could you expect?
I think there is a ton of confusion circling among bloggers about what a brand ambassadorship actually is and I am excited to dive into it and answer your questions.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/what-is-a-brand-ambassador
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Wondering what is branding? As an influencer and blogger you need to know your personal brand and the components that it consists of.
I met today’s guest at the Everything Food Conference where we served on a panel together and he kept us all in stitches the entire time. Phil Pallen is a brand strategist who works with television personalities, politicians, and business owners.
As a brand strategist who is focused on personal branding, Phil focuses on 3 things
Positioning
Building
Promoting
Phil is always working in one of these 3 areas with his clients who range from a shark on Shark Tank, to a dentist, a jeweler and a Nobel peace prize winner.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/what-is-branding
Click to view: show page on Awesound
A great way to get increased media exposure and traffic to your blog or social media channels is via a media pitch for television. Laura Saltman is giving specific examples of a media pitch for multiple niches so that you too can take advantage of the exposure.
I couldn’t be more excited about today’s guest, Laura Saltman. Laura has many years of experience working in the media, including television shows such as Access Hollywood, Today, and E! News. She is the author of 3 books and uses her experience working in media to get herself in front of the camera now instead of behind it.
I met Laura in person at Connect Her in Las Vegas this summer and I left feeling like I was meant to meet her. Laura talks a lot about pitching to the media through her experience of being pitched as a media person for so many years. As she says, “I was used to people asking me to put them on TV; now I pitch to be on TV!”
Links:
jennymelrose.com/media-pitch
Click to view: show page on Awesound
The number one question I get asked by bloggers, influencers and podcasters is how to get sponsored as an influencer. No matter what niche, influencers are trying to learn how to create paid partnerships with brands that they know, use and love. Today we're diving into exactly how to get sponsored with Jillian Leslie of Catch My Party.
Today’s guest on the podcast, Jillian Leslie, owns the largest party planning site on the web. Catch My Party was started by Jillian and her husband 9 years ago and chances are if you've been to Pinterest for party ideas, you have most likely ended up on Jillian’s site.
After 7 years working with the site, it was obvious that Pinterest was going to continue to be their number one traffic driver so Jillian’s husband built a pop-up for the site that invited their blog visitors to follow them on Pinterest. The pop-up worked so well that they decided to roll it out to others and to also integrate it with Instagram, Facebook, and email lists, and now YouTube.
Jillian compares her two businesses to having two children; she loves them both very much and can’t decide on a favorite. She also has a podcast called The Blogger Genius Podcast, which is how she and I met as I will be on an upcoming episode. Make that three children.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/how-to-get-sponsored
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Launching a product or service for the first time can be overwhelming and intimidating. That is unless you know my system for how to launch.
As many of you may know, I recently closed out the latest launch of my course, Pitch Perfect Pro. The thing you may not know is that Hurricane Florence came through right in the middle of the launch. And even though it wasn’t nearly as bad an outcome as they had predicted, it was a very stressful thing thinking that we were about to get hit by a Category 4 hurricane.
The thing is, I wasn’t stressed over my launch because I had a launch schedule in place. It worked so well for me that I knew I had to share it with you all. This will work for many different types of businesses. You could use it to launch a product, a service, a course, some type of online training that you will be doing, or even something like an ebook.
Honestly, you could even use this method successfully if you are doing some type of in-person classes. No matter what type of business you have, I know that you will get a ton out of this so let’s jump right in.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/how-to-launch
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Tired of hearing crickets on Facebook? Facebook Live stream provides a way to increase your reach while building your list. Plus, you'll build your brand in the process because you're audience will like, know and trust you.
In today’s episode of the podcast, I am talking to Meg Brunson. Meg first dipped her toe into the world of entrepreneurship shortly after her third pregnancy. The pregnancy was life-threatening and when she came out of it, Meg knew that she wasn’t going back to a regular job but rather, she was going to spend as much time as possible with her family.
Meg started a mom blog which was absolutely life-changing for her and her family. Meg and her family were at their lowest point as a family financially. The blog provided opportunities to build their way out of the slump they were in. It also gave them back a quality of life that they had been missing.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/facebook-live-stream
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Many people want to know how to monetize a blog and I'm always surprised that bloggers often assume that age can be a limiting factor. I'm diving into how to monetize a blog no matter what your age with Cathy Lawdanski of My Side of 50.
I am so excited for this episode of the podcast because I have a very special guest with me. Cathy Lawdanski is one of the awesome ladies in my membership and she has been absolutely rocking her business so I wanted to get her in here to share with you guys all the successes she has had and some of her secrets to that success.
Cathy blogs at My Side of 50, which is a lifestyle blog for women in midlife. She started the blog when she was 57 and chose the name so that it could apply to women on either side of 50. Cathy was having experiences common to most women in midlife; things like caring for aging parents and dealing with their deaths, her own health issues, and more. She wasn’t finding any help for what she was going through so she decided to provide at least a conversation around it.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/how-to-monetize-a-blog
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Tyler J McCall is sharing with us How to Grow our Instagram Followers with an Engaged Audience that Grows our Business!!
I am so excited to have a very special guest with me for today’s podcast. Tyler J. McCall is an Instagram guru with more than 10 years experience in marketing, for both businesses and nonprofits.
I joined his membership site to get all the awesome help he offers for growing your Instagram followers. He has taught me how to build relationships with my followers and how to build a real community on IG.
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I have done several episodes of the podcast where I talk specifically about how to use your influence on Instagram or how to be more successful on Facebook. In today’s episode, I am covering it all. That’s right, let’s talk about how to be a successful social media influencer.
If you have ever heard me talk about social media influence, you already know that I am not a believer in the numbers game. We talked in episode 83 about how to monetize Instagram stories and how it is not necessary to have 10K followers to get started. Then, in episode 85, I covered the exact steps you need to take to become an IG influencer, even if you are still small.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/social-media-influencer
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Business organization of an online business is essential, but what data matters the most and how do you go about using that data to improve your business?
My guest on today’s episode is someone that I have been working closely with for the past few months in my Mastermind groups and as it turns out, I have learned a ton from her so I knew I had to bring her on here to share with you all. Jenn has been blogging at Home by Jenn for the past 2+ years about rustic DIY projects, organization, and cleaning.
Every time I speak with Jenn, I come away inspired and motivated to get my business more organized. She is a pro at business organization so if you struggle with that, this is the episode for you.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/business-organization
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Everyone wants to be an Instagram Influencer, but do you have what it takes? Do you know the role you need to take with your audience as Instagram Influencer? I'm breaking down how to become an Instagram Influencer with actionable steps to take.
I recently got back from speaking at a conference in Las Vegas and one of my sessions was about, you guessed it, working with brands. The funny thing is, sometimes a brand will actually have one of their people sit in on my session just to see what I’m telling the bloggers to do. My favorite part is after the session when they tell me that what I am teaching is exactly what they want all bloggers to know.
It’s just so fulfilling to know that I am on the right track with what the brands expect from bloggers and with what I am teaching you all. I’m gonna share with you some of what I learned from the brands about what they’re looking for as far as an Instagram Influencer, but first, I want to start by asking a question.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/instagram-influencer
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Instagram Influencers come in all follower sizes and just because you don't have 10k followers doesn't mean that you can't monetize your influence.
Before we start talking about the reality check that many of us need when it comes to being Instagram Influencers and page views (there’s a hint!), I want to be sure to let you know that I am going to be doing a new session of my FREE training, Pitch Perfect Live in September.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/instagram-influencers
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Once I cracked the code on how to monetize Instagram stories my opinion of Instagram shifted greatly. I no longer cared about driving traffic as long as people were watching my Instagram Stories then I could monetize it.
I have mentioned in the podcast a time or two before how I was not a fan of Instagram for the longest time. I didn’t see the purpose of it, it didn’t drive traffic, I couldn’t sell anything. As a lifestyle blogger, everything I did online was for the purpose of bringing traffic to my site. I just didn’t get it.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/monetize-instagram-stories
Click to view: show page on Awesound
One of the things that I wished I hadn't dragged my feet on was finding a business coach that was right for me. I just didn't know where to begin and I don't want this for you so today we're diving into how to find a business coach that is right for your online business.
The topic for today’s episode came up while I was at the Haven conference recently when another blogger began to tell me about the negative experience she had with business coaching.
I was so glad that she felt like she could be honest with me about her experience, even though it wasn’t me, and I really wanted to take some of the things we talked about and that I shared with her and share them all with you so that you get the biggest bang for your buck if and when you decide to hire a business coach. Let’s jump right in and talk about the things you need to know before you hire a coach…
Links:
jennymelrose.com/business-coach
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Today, I am thrilled to announce that tickets are on sale at the early bird price for Influencer Entrepreneurs Academy coming up April 2 - 4, 2019. IEA will empower to women bloggers and influencers to scale and grow their businesses. I am so excited to finally be able to share more about it with you and to open up those early bird ticket sales.
I have been blogging for many years and in that time, I have attended many, many blogging conferences. I have loved every minute of the learning and networking I have been able to do at each and every one. My goal in creating this event is to take the best parts of the conferences I have attended and bring them together in one amazing event.
While I really enjoy attending and speaking at niche-driven conferences, I wanted my event to be broader. As a lifestyle blogger myself for the past 8 years, I know that I learn the most when I can get around bloggers in many different niches. I get to see what they’re doing to grow their businesses and the specific things that are working for each niche.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/iea
Click to view: show page on Awesound
When I recently asked my Facebook group, "What is an Avatar?" I was shocked when the majority of responders said, “No idea!” Most people don’t feel confident about who they’re writing to and how to talk to them. Let’s begin by answering the question what is an avatar and then we’ll dive into how to create your own avatar that you can feel confident about.
I understand why there is confusion over the question what is an avatar? The first time I ever heard the word avatar, I associated it with video games or the little picture you can choose to represent yourself online. But that’s not what we’re talking about when we use the term “avatar” as it relates to your audience.
Your avatar is simply your ideal audience member or customer.
If you are a blogger, your avatar is the person you are writing to every time you publish a blog post. If you are a blogger and you also create products, your avatar is the audience member that not only reads your blog, but is also the person you want to reach with your products.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/what-is-an-avatar
Click to view: show page on Awesound
If you have been in online business for any length of time, you have likely seen huge changes to one platform or another. We talk often about those infamous Facebook algorithm changes. One platform that continues to change and evolve is Pinterest. If you aren’t currently using Pinterest for business and/or you aren’t using a scheduler for your pins, I want to give you some encouragement today to start doing both of those things.
I get a lot of emails where people tell me that they just aren’t being successful in increasing their pageviews and I always, always email back with one response…
Tell me your Pinterest strategy.
What I get back is confusion, more questions, and a general misunderstanding of how to use Pinterest for business as a blogger. That’s why I want to tackle helping you understand the why and the how of using Pinterest for business correctly.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/pinterest-for-business
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I am super excited to have Meredith Marsh on the podcast with me this week to help us figure out how to get YouTube views. Meredith is a Youtube expert and you guys know I have been focusing heavily on video in my own business for several months now. I can’t wait to hear everything Meredith will share with us today. Be sure to listen to the entire episode to get all the great tips she shares, especially what she says about using tags.
Meredith’s home base is at VidProMom where she helps people figure out video. She offers tutorials for video editing, creating hobby videos and family videos, as well as helping bloggers learn how to use Youtube to grow their blogs. Be sure to check out her podcast, Video Pursuit Podcast, for even more tips.
I have to admit right up front that Youtube and I are not besties. Not by a long shot. I don’t feel comfortable with it and I don’t know how to best leverage it for my business. I used to feel that way about Instagram and now I adore that platform so I hope you’ll jump in with me and let Meredith teach us how to take Youtube by the horns and use it to grow our businesses. Let’s start where we always start...with the why.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/get-youtube-views
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Whether you’ve been blogging for years or you’re just getting started, I know you’ve seen the crazy number of conferences available for bloggers. There are just so many to choose from. We're going to dive into blogger conference expectations to have. Today, I want to talk about some of the ones I have attended and also try to list some that I know about but haven’t attended personally.
I’ll start by giving you some tips on the blogger conference expectations you should have when attending a conference and ways to approach a conference so that you get the most out of any that you attend.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/blogger-conference-expectations
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Today, I want to talk a little about Facebook sponsored posts and how you can use live video to take them to the next level. In the last episode of the podcast, I talked all about Instagram sponsored posts and addressed some common questions that come up about those. Be sure to listen to that one if you missed it!
I don’t know if you’ve seen it but Facebook is actually running a commercial on television about their desire to go back to their roots. The platform was started for the purpose of bringing people together. Over the years, it has become riddled with spam and ads but they are working hard to get back to it being about people.
This means that if you have a business page for your blog, you have got to prioritize engaging with your audience. If you want Facebook to show your content to your audience, you have to play by their rules and their rules are all based on engagement.
Now, let’s jump into what you need to know in order to be successful with Facebook sponsored posts.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/facebook-sponsored-posts
Click to view: show page on Awesound
If you have a blog or any kind of online business, you know that Instagram is the hottest new kid on the block. Everybody is using it and now there is an opportunity for you to create Instagram Sponsored Posts. Today I want to give you some ideas and pointers on how to best take advantage of these opportunities.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/instagram-sponsored-posts
Click to view: show page on Awesound
What do I mean by mindset crap? I am talking about those things you need to get past so that you can take your side hustle full-time. Let’s hit 7 of them today...
The very first thing you need to stop doing is saying that there’s not enough time in the day. Look, I know that you’re busy. Maybe you work full-time or you have little ones at home. I understand that the amount of time you have to focus on your blog or social media is limited.
But instead of constantly reinforcing the mindset that we don’t have enough time, we need to start focusing on the time we do have. Take a hard look at your days and see where you have an extra 30 minutes, or even an hour, and take those precious minutes back.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/mindset-crap
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Content creation as a blogger can often feel stifling and as if you're on a journey but not quite sure where you're going. Many bloggers start a blog to share what they are passionate about, which can lead a reader in various directions if the blogger is multi-passionate (which is often the case). If you want to survive and thrive online then you need to have a plan to your content creation.
I recently attended a blogging conference dedicated to food bloggers and while there, I was able to meet many of the ladies who are part of my membership site. The one thing that always comes up when bloggers get together and chat is that you have to know what you want to be known for.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/content-creation
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you looking to take your blogging to the next level so that you can have increased pageviews and an engaged audience? Then the membership site, Mastering Your Influence is what you are looking for. It will help you do all of this and so much more.
I want to do something very different today than I usually do here. Today, I am giving you a behind the scenes look at my membership site. If we’re honest, I think most of us would admit that summertime is our downtime. Pageviews tend to drop. Sales may go down. You may feel a sense of mild panic, or full-blown panic, if you’ve never been through a summer with your business before.
We all know that Q4, or the 4th quarter of the year, is coming up and it will be amazing. Now is the perfect time to get ready for it and to put systems in place that will use the slower summer to help you grow and be ready for Q4.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/membership-site-mastering-your-influence
Click to view: show page on Awesound
In today’s episode, I am trying something totally different. Rather than giving you an interview or training, I am doing an actual live coaching call. Hannah is very involved in my membership and in the launch group so we chat on a regular basis. We are running this exactly the way we would if I wasn’t recording it so I hope you enjoy it!
Hannah is a health coach who teaches women how to eat in order to look and feel their best. Over the past few years, Hannah experienced several tragic life events that had her body railing against her. Systemic acne, chronic stomach pain, and high stress levels left her trying to figure out what to do to heal her body.
While she had always been interested in fitness as a way to keep her waistline a certain size, she was happy eating whatever she wanted as long as the fitness worked. What she would come to grips with as she dealt with these major life changes was the truth that food can heal us from the inside out and that stress can kill us.
One of the things I love about Hannah is the way she approaches her business. While she considers herself a beginner, she has a desire to set her business up in such a way that it will thrive in the future. She looks toward tomorrow instead of just worrying about what she needs to do today.
I always begin a coaching call by asking the client what we will be focusing on in that call, so let’s jump right in!
Links:
jennymelrose.com/on-air-coaching-call-with-hannah-stoffel
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I am so excited about today’s podcast guest. Carla Biesinger has done several trainings in my membership group but this is her first time on the podcast and I couldn’t be happier to have her here. If you aren’t familiar with her, Carla is an online marketing and Instagram coach specializing in food, health, and fitness. She works with women who are just getting started in online business and want to grow their reach on Instagram.
Carla has an interesting background; she once owned a restaurant in Argentina and she is a native German. But she hated being stuck. She had a dream of traveling and living a laptop lifestyle. And that is exactly what she has created for herself. She actually admitted that she hasn’t had a permanent address in over 3 years. Isn’t that amazing?!!
Carla agreed to answer as many questions about Instagram as she can for today’s episode so let’s dive right in. I know you are going to get so much value from this conversation and I strongly recommend that you listen to the full episode because there is just no way I can get everything into these show notes. With that said, here we go…
Links:
jennymelrose.com/instagram-secrets
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you trading time for money? Is your income dependent upon how much time you spend at your desk? You need to diversify your income so that if something changes in your life or in your business, you're not a sinking ship.
I want to tell you before we dive into today’s topic why I chose this topic of diversifying your income. I am 38 years old and in, what I would consider, good health. I am active, I eat a fairly decent diet, and I try to manage stress the best I can.
But while on a call with 2 clients recently, I began experiencing chest pains. After I got off the call, the pains got worse so I decided to head to the Urgent Care. When I got there, they whisked me right in (they take chest pains very seriously), and they hooked me up to an EKG machine. My blood pressure was through the roof and I was wondering if the worsening symptoms were from my own stress and fear.
I ended up in the ER before all was said and done and I am fine now, but one thing I didn’t have to worry about while all this was going on was our income. Because my income isn’t tied to some set hours at an office or trading hours for dollars, I could rest easy knowing that everything was going to be okay as long as I was okay.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/diversifying-your-income
Click to view: show page on Awesound
What are you giving to your readers in exchange for their email address? Getting your weekly newsletter is not enough of a reason for someone to sign up. Don't worry! I've been there, which is why I'm diving into how to a choose a lead magnet that creates an audience not just a one and done pageview.
With all of the crazy algorithm changes that are taking place in the online world, it is more important than ever for you to be growing your email list. But growing your email list means that you need an awesome, high-quality lead magnet to draw people in. And if there's one thing that scares bloggers, it’s coming up with a lead magnet.
Every week I have food bloggers say to me, “But Jenny, I never plan on selling products so why do I need an email list?”
I go back to the algorithms for the answer. You can no longer depend on Facebook or any other online platform to drive traffic to your site. You need to take the people who do end up on your site and you need to convert them to subscribers. Why? Because if you ever plan to monetize in any way, you must have a list to sell to.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/lead-magnet
Click to view: show page on Awesound
There has been a lot of talk recently about Pinterest; specifically about Pinterest numbers declining. I have been calling it the “Pinterest Pinch.” Marye and I are going to talk today about that pinch and how you can overcome it with Search Engine Optimization (SEO).
One of the rumors circulating about this drop in Pinterest traffic is that Google is giving preference to actual pages in their search returns rather than pins. So when you see this drop in Pinterest traffic, you should theoretically see an increase in people finding your site through Google.
This is very important and the reason I brought Marye in to chat with me about it. She is going to give us all kinds of practical ideas for making sure you are being found in Google search so that your traffic isn’t dependent on what Pinterest is doing.
Links:
jennymelrose/search-engine-seduction
Click to view: show page on Awesound
For many of you, the time has come to not only work with brands but to create a product. And yet it can feel completely overwhelming to even contemplate creating something to sell. As moms, we are already stretched thin from our online work mixed with family life and motherhood. Blogging and all that goes along with it is a full-time job in and of itself.
If you need help with that feeling of overwhelm, be sure to listen to episodes 60, 63, and 64 of this podcast. In them, I address what to do to beat the overwhelm, practical ways to make progress on a daily basis, and how to know if you’re making progress in the right areas.
But for now, I want to ask you 5 questions that will help you to know for sure whether you are ready to create a product. Let’s jump right in.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/create-a-product
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I want you to start calling yourself an influencer entrepreneur because if you have an audience and you're using that audience to monetize then that's exactly what you are. You are lan Influencer Entrepreneur.
In the past couple of weeks, we’ve been talking all things productivity and overwhelm and I have tried to provide you with some practical steps to beat those feelings of not knowing what to do next and move on to feeling in charge of your day and having something to show for all your hard work. If you missed those episodes, you can find them here and here.
Today, I want to pivot just a little bit and talk about what exactly an influencer entrepreneur is. I obviously feel very strongly about this topic since I named my own podcast after it!
An influencer entrepreneur is someone who takes a brand and a business and puts it together.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/influencer-entrepreneurs
Click to view: show page on Awesound
If you listened to last week’s episode, you know I am currently addressing overwhelm. Every blogger feels overwhelmed at some point, so I wanted to help you figure out what to do when you just don’t know what to do. This week, I want to continue in that same direction but we are going to address using productivity measurement to see the areas where we are improving and the strides we are making toward our goals.
If you have been following along with our book club, then you know we are finishing up The One Thing by Gary Keller and Jay Pappasan. This book has revolutionized many businesses by showing people what the one thing is they should be focusing on. If you haven’t read this book, I recommend you get it as soon as possible. Knowing what the one thing is you should be working toward is the very first step in beating overwhelm.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/productivity-measurement
Click to view: show page on Awesound
As a blogger, do you ever feel overwhelmed? Do you feel like there are just too many things to do, whether that’s creating the next recipe, scheduling social media, writing the next blog post, working with brands to create sponsored content, and emailing your list?
I completely understand the feeling of analysis paralysis that this sense of overwhelm can bring about. That’s why I want to talk about how to take your blog to the next level.
I know you all need to know how to do this. We want our page views to grow. We want our social media followers to grow. These are all valid concerns for bloggers. As you seek to work with brands or increase your ad revenue, these numbers matter.
Are you tired of feeling despair in the pit of your stomach when you think about your blog? Are you done with not knowing which way to move next? Do you wish somebody would just tell you what to do next so you can move forward and stop sitting still? That’s exactly what I am going to do for you today.
Click to view: show page on Awesound
I am so excited today to have with me Kami Kilgore of the Everything Food Conference. We recorded this episode live from the Alt Summit Conference and I thought it was the perfect opportunity to talk about conferences and why they are so important for bloggers.
2018 will be the third year for Kami’s conference and I was lucky enough to be there last year and will be there again this year! The conference has grown exponentially since Kami began and it brings in some of the best in the food blogger and general online business.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/everything-food-conference
Click to view: show page on Awesound
As spring approaches, I begin preparations for opening a Spring mastermind group. If you’ve ever thought about joining a mastermind but aren’t sure if it’s the right fit for you, I want to tell you what masterminds are and what you can expect if you decide to join my mastermind group.
First off, I want you to know that there are different types of masterminds. You may see a mastermind started by one of your peers. Or perhaps it’s begun by someone who is a coach like me and that person will facilitate and oversee the group to make sure that the members get the most out of it.
If you are at the point in your business where you feel overwhelmed, where you need someone to come in and help you to get some perspective on where you are and what’s next for you, a mastermind may be the perfect thing for you.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/mastermind-group
Click to view: show page on Awesound
If I asked you if you ever feel overwhelmed, I would bet that 95% of you would give me a resounding yes. I know that, as bloggers, we struggle with overwhelm due to the fact that there are always so many tasks to accomplish and sometimes, many times, we aren’t sure which task we should work on first or which one is most important.
The reason we feel overwhelmed is that we don’t have a plan. If I go into my day without any idea of what I hope to accomplish, how will I know what to do first or second? How will I know if I’m doing the things that are most important? The things that will move my business forward?
Links:
jennymelrose.com/beat-overwhelm
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Influencers routinely make mistakes when working with brands on sponsored content without even realizing it. I learned by building my site, The Melrose Family, exactly what it takes to build a blog that brands are excited to work with. But along the way, I also learned what the biggest mistakes are that influencers make when trying to work with brands on sponsored content. Today, we are going to dive into those mistakes.
Be sure to download your Pitch Perfect Cheat Sheet: jennymelrose.com/pitch-checklist
Links:
jennymelrose.com/mistakes-influencers-make
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Have you noticed a decrease in engagement on your Instagram account? Don't get frustrated! Using Instagram stories and gaging your Instagram story views is the best way to get maximum engagement from your audience.
With all the social media platforms out there today, I get the question all the time asking which ones you absolutely need to be on. And while you definitely don’t need to try to do everything at once, you do need to at least be aware of what is hot at any given time and throw some attention toward it.
Right now, one of the hottest things in the social media world is Instagram Stories. I recently did a 6-week series on Stories and how to use them for greatest effectiveness in my membership site. If you would like live trainings like that, be sure to check out the membership site right here.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/instagram-story-views
Click to view: show page on Awesound
As a blogger and business owner there are multiple projects and tasks that need to get taken care of on a daily basis and because of this a blog planner is essential. Many bloggers are also running their households as mothers and finding a blog planner that combines personal appointments with business goals is often difficult to find, which is why today I'm excited to introduce everyone to a blog planner that does just this!
As bloggers, many of us feel like we can’t get ourselves organized so that we can accomplish all that we need or hope to accomplish. I am so excited to have Katie Hornor on the podcast with me talking all about her own systems for organization and how she and her husband stick to their goals even while in full-time ministry and homeschooling their large brood of kids! After the six week series on goal setting it only seemed logical to get those goals all organized with the perfect blog planner.
Katie began her blogging career with a homeschooling blog and business back in 2012. Many things have changed in online business since then and Katie has managed to not only hold on but to expand. She now has a business teaching other bloggers how to grow their own online business.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/blog-planner
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Having an accountability partner can increase your success and help you hit your goals so why would you leave it up to chance. Take the initiative and found an accountability partner today with these eight tips.
In case you didn’t know, I have been repurposing my Facebook lives for my podcast. It’s a great way to use my content on more than one platform and something you should definitely think about doing in order to save time and get your content out to more of your audience!
Today, I am going to give you 8 tips for finding an accountability partner. If you have followed me for any length of time, you know that I think that having an accountability partner is one of the most important things you can do for your business. Let’s jump right into the tips…
Links:
jennymelrose.com/accountability-partner
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Facebook algorithms are the topic on everybody’s lips these days, am I right? Bloggers, Etsy shop owners, podcasters, and really anyone who uses Facebook to reach their audience have been in a near panic whenever the subject of the new Facebook algorithm comes up. We're diving into how to beat the Facebook algorithm changes.
The new Facebook algorithm is being called Facebook Zero. The whole point, according to Mark Zuckerberg, is to have your newsfeed filled with your friends and family instead of a majority ads and pages.
As someone who very recently completely missed the pregnancy of a good friend until several months in, I appreciate what he’s trying to do here. I don’t want a news feed filled with only ads and business pages. He is encouraging discussions, not just mindless scrolling.
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Setting goals is great. It's usually the achieving of the goals that trips us up, right? That's not the case if you learn how to create a habit that will help you achieve your goals. Today we're diving into how to create a habit.
As we continue in our series on goal setting today, I want to talk about something that I feel gets overlooked far too often which is how to create a habit to reach a goal.
We have talked a lot about how to set SMART goals, how to create a vision for where you want to go, how to differentiate between performance goals and outcome goals, and more. But if you think that you can just set those goals and watch them achieve themselves, you are mistaken.
Performance goals are nothing more than habits that need to be created. I know we all think about bad habits as ones we need to break and that could very well be something you need to address in your business success this year.
The fact is, though, that knowing how to create a habit to achieve a goal is the quickest way to get where you want to go. So let’s talk about how to create a habit and how to make it work for you.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/how-to-create-a-habit
Click to view: show page on Awesound
For the past several weeks, I have been in a series on goal setting and today I am continuing in that series by talking about some SMART goal examples for bloggers.
We have been getting down to some of the ways we can be sure that we can hit our goals this year, and last week, I told you the difference between outcome goals and performance goals. We covered some detailed examples of each kind of goal in that episode. Be sure to go back and listen to that and the previous episodes on goal setting so that you can achieve your goals this year!
Links:
jennymelrose.com/smart-goal-examples-for-bloggers
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Performance goals are the key to creating the path that you are looking for in order to hit your goals. Performance goals create the behavior or the path that you need to hit your goals, while outcome goals are the goal that you are trying to get to. You need to know your performance goals in order to get to the outcome goals that you set for yourself.
If you have been around here lately, you know we have been in a series on goal setting. First, we covered vision boards; how to make them and why they are so important. Secondly, we talked about the “why”, the motivation behind your goals. Then last time, I gave you 3 guiding principles for how to set quarterly goals from your larger goals.
I hear from many people that they can see their big, overarching goals, but they can’t see the path in front of them that will take them there. That big goal is your outcome goal. The steps that get you to that outcome goal are your performance goals. That’s what we’re talking about today.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/performance-goals-vs-outcome-goals
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Let me ask you a question. Have you ever looked at a new year ahead of you and said something like - “YES!! This is my year!! I am going to make this the year that I reach all my goals and do amazing things.”
I’ll bet almost every one of us has said something similar, if not those exact words. That’s fantastic! I love to see women set big, crazy, audacious goals. The problem comes when we look at those goals and feel overwhelmed with how in the world to accomplish them. If you have set some huge goals for 2018, but aren’t sure exactly how to start making progress toward them, that’s what I am going to be talking about today.
I firmly believe that the only reason I was able to leave my teaching career and ultimately bring my husband home from his nightmare career in retail was that I not only set quarterly goals, but I wrote them down and I shared them with others.
In today’s episode, I am sharing three principles you need to know in order to break your huge goals for the year down into quarterly goals so that you have an idea where and how to begin to achieve those amazing things you have set for yourself this year!
Links:
jennymelrose.com/setting-quarterly-goals
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Your reason for starting your blog is important to your audience as well as brands that you want to partner with. It matters why you create your content and it's important factor in continuing to move forward. If you want to hit your blogging goals, you need to pay attention to your why for your content.
If you missed last week’s episode, promise me that you will go back and listen to it. We talked all about creating a vision board to guide you in creating a plan for long-term success.
Before we get started, I want you to go over to my website and grab a download I made for you that will help you tremendously with what we are going to be talking about today. Just click here and download your free worksheet.
This worksheet dives deep into the power of purpose. Why does that matter? It is everything! Not only does knowing your purpose help you set goals for your business, but it allows you to niche down to your ideal audience. If you don’t know what problem you are solving for your audience, you can’t develop products to sell.
Click to view: show page on Awesound
One of the things I am passionate about is helping you get things in place so that when a new year rolls around, you can hit the ground running. No hanging back, trying to figure out what you need to do when it’s already halfway through January. Today I am starting a series on goal setting by talking about setting up a vision board.
Are you a goal setter? Do you enjoy writing down your goals or are you more of a digital kind of planner? Or maybe you’ve never set goals before but this is your year to get your business leveled up and you are ready to go with some goals! Whatever the case is, I am going to spend the next couple of episodes talking about how to create goals for the new year and today we're starting with your vision board.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/vision-board
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Ready to have the best 2018 in your business yet?! We're diving into How to Plan to Hit your Business Goals so you are more organized and profitable.
I am excited to welcome back the guest that I had on the podcast way back in episode 6. Nicole Culver and I are chatting all things goals today, as we look ahead to 2018. We aren’t just talking the numbers, but diving into performance goals so that you will be set up for success in the new year!
One reason we are talking about this now is that this is a busy time of year. As the holidays approach, women are busier than ever with their families and holiday prep. Making plans and setting goals for your business can take a back seat if you aren’t super intentional about it. If January comes and you haven’t set any goals or made any plans, you are already behind. That’s no way to go into a brand new year!
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Wondering how to use those live broadcasts more than just once?
We're diving into 6 ways to repurpose live broadcasts that will give you more content across your social media outlets. Plus, it'll give you time back because you won't need to create so much new content.
Today, I am concluding a 6-week series on live broadcasts. If you are new around here, be sure you go back and listen to all of those episodes, especially if you are interested in how live broadcasts can help you grow your business.
While increasing your reach on Facebook is a good thing, your live broadcasts need to be about more than that. That’s why I am going into detail today on 6 ways you can repurpose your live content.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/repurpose-live-broadcasts
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Links:
jennymelrose.com/make-your-live-broadcasts-go-viral
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Jumping into live broadcasts?
Don't do it, just to do it!
Be sure you are building your list with them so that you're creating a loyal audience.
Over the past few weeks I have given you a ton of information about how to do your live broadcasts; from how to structure them, to some amazing ideas for content, to overcoming the fears associated with going live. But even with all these great ideas, there is one thing I keep saying…
If your live broadcasts don’t have a purpose, if it isn’t leading back to something, there is no reason to do it. Your live broadcasts should have a purpose behind them! Never do a Facebook live just to do a Facebook live!
Links:
jennymelrose.com/build-list-live-broadcasts
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Tired of talking to yourself on Facebook Lives?
These 7 tactics to increase engagement on Facebook Lives are ones you need to see.
You’re doing a live broadcast. You have maybe 1 or 2 viewers, but they are just listening. They aren’t commenting. You don’t even know if they’re even actually paying attention to what you’re saying. You feel like you’re talking to yourself. Ever been there? I have! And it’s no fun.
So bookmark this post for later, because you’re going to want to come back to it as you put these tips into practice. Now, let’s get to those tips…
Links:
jennymelrose.com/tactics-increase-engagement-facebook-lives
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Ready to incorporate Facebook Live into your marketing strategy, but struggling with what to do?
It doesn't have to be as hard as you think and it's so easy to implement. You've just got to take the leap and hit that start button!
If you’re new to this podcast, you may not know that I’ve been running a series over the past couple of weeks on doing Facebook Lives. Why am I spending so much time talking about live broadcasts?
Because I believe that as an influencer, you have to incorporate video into your content.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/killer-content-ideas-facebook-live
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Tired of working for peanuts on creating sponsored content? Want to work with the brands that you know, use and love? Today I'm sharing exactly how to attract your dream sponsors all while getting paid what you're worth.
Today we have a bit of a different episode than what I usually do. It’s actually an interview that I did with Angel Clark of Craveable Content and we are talking about attracting your dream sponsors and earning the money you are worth.
Starting on Monday, October 30th, I am doing a 5-day series on Facebook Live on how to find the perfect brands to pitch and exactly what to say when you do.
Join the training here: jennymelrose.com/pitchperfectlive
Links:
jennymelrose.com/attract-dream-sponsors
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you looking for ways to get more video into your content?
If so, live broadcasts are a great way to do just that all while standing out to more brands because you are authentically sharing your story with your audience. Brands want that relationship!
Back in episode 38, I talked at length about the growth mindset you need for your business. In order to survive in online business, you have to see the glass as half-full as opposed to half-empty, and you have to find ways to approach your business with that growth mindset.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/fear-live-broadcasts
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you thinking of dipping your toe into live broadcasting? Wondering how to structure it?
I'm diving into how to structure your live broadcast in order for it to go viral.
Viral content.
It’s what we all want, right? To have a piece of content we have created to be shared millions of times and drive traffic to our sites. Today, I am going to do a deep dive into how to structure your live broadcast in order to go viral. I am in the middle of a series right now on doing live broadcasts, so if you missed last week’s episode, be sure to go listen to that.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/live-broadcasts-viral
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Feeling as if it's impossible to stand out as an influencer? We're diving into how live broadcasting can you make stand out and get you paid.
Yes, you read that right, PAID. We recently made $500 for an eight minute Facebook Live broadcast over on The Melrose Family Facebook page. The best part is that it reached more than 5 times the amount that a post with link usually reaches and the engagement was three times the amount that is typically seen.
Live broadcasting is a simple and quick way to get video into your content and brands are understanding this and willing to pay for it.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/live-broadcasting-influencer
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you feeling stuck? As if no matter what you do, it's just not good enough and you'll never get your online business to be as large as other bloggers? In order to truly be successful and overcome the doubts that can often sneak in when you are running an online business, you need to have a growth mindset.
As bloggers we are often left to our own devices. We are navigating the online space by trying out new strategies on social media platforms without knowing if they will pay off. It's sort of like the Wild Wild West, which can make many of us feel like we're just trying to throw something against the wall and get it to stick.
You need to see the glass as half full. That the new strategy you are trying on Facebook with live broadcasting, will lead you to increased engagement and the opportunity to know your audience better, even if it might not lead to traffic to your site.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/growth-mindset-blogger
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you a blogger or influencer that wants to work with brands, but you're not sure how you're different from every other blogger out there?
It can often feel like you are just another blogger, but that's not why you started this. Is it? You have a unique perspective that you want to share with the world.
Now we just need to figure out how to hone in on your strengths so that we can show the brands that you love exactly why they would want to partner with you.
What makes you, YOU?!
Links:
jennymelrose.com/finding-strength-influencer
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Have you been asked what it is that you do and you find yourself struggling with what to say?
Or have you answered with "I just blog" and you're met with a look, or even better yet the question, "You make money doing that?"
We need to be able to tell others what it is that we do without making light of the fact that we run our own businesses.
Today we're diving into how to write a killer elevator pitch because your elevator pitch isn't just meant for brands. It's also meant for the snarky moms at preschool pickup.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/killer-elevator-pitch
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Have you rolled your eyes recently at someone that asks, "Oh you're free since you just blog, right?"
The question you need to be asking yourself is why they're referencing your business that way. Could you it be the way that you are portraying and manifesting your business?
It's time that we all start treating our online business like a business. It has to start with us!
Becky Mollenkamp of BeckyMollenkamp.com and I are diving into the how to treat your online business like a business so that you can stop rolling your eyes so often.
In order to have the conversation about how to treat your business, we first need to define what qualifies as you having a business. There is controversy out on social media about when you can call your business an actual business rather than just a hobby. In our opinion, you are a business once you receive money for your products or services. With that in mind there are specific ways you can make sure that you are treating your business like a business.
How we Talk
If you're getting upset with how others are talking and referring to your business as "just a blog" or "just a freelancer" then it's time to look at yourself. How are you referring to your business? You have to make sure that the way that you are talking about your business is as the CEO of your company. You're not just writing a piece of content. You're running the daily activities of your business. State with confidence that you own your business.
Walk the Talk
Treat your business like a business by the way that you run it. The first step is to get an EIN and create that business so that when you need to give your information for tax purposes, you're not giving your social security number. That is the fastest, easiest and cheapest way to turn it into a business. Also speak to your tax professional and determine if you should apply for an LLC or an S-Corp. It's important to establish and protect yourself. The final piece of walking the talk is getting a separate business bank account. When you project a different image it can lead to the financial desire you are looking for.
Look the Part
It's important to project professional branding for your business. Clients and brands will make decisions based on the appearance of your site. It's important to have professional, polished head shots and logos. If your head shot is old enough to buy you a drink, then it's time to get a new. You don't need to spend a ton of money just enough to give you a professional look.
Spend Smart
Be smart about spending. It's not necessary to spend a ton of money right out of the gate. Spend the money you have and not the money that you don't. If you don't have the money then budget for it until you do have it. It's not necessary to have all the latest and greatest software or programs. Be sure to remember taxes and think about hiring an accountant or even bookkeeper so that you understand your finances. Check out episode 19 on Importance of Financial Records for your Online Business for more on handling your finances.
Network like Crazy
It's important that as online entrepreneurs that we find a way to network with others. Whether you are networking at local business events or conferences in person, or online using social media outlets like LinkedIn. It's necessary to find like minded business owners to share strategies. Another great way to network is via masterminds. Masterminds are a group of like minded individuals that work together through their business ideas. It gives you the opportunity for growth, focus and accountability. If you're looking for a mastermind, apply for our Fall Mastermind HERE.
Links
Own it. Crush it. Facebook Commun
Influencer marketing is an opportunity for bloggers to make a full time income from the audience that they have established. Are you wondering if you're large enough to make a full time income?
Today we're going to talk about what exactly an influencer is and what are some of the ways that you can monetize it.
I also want to talk about the whole idea of brands reaching out and asking you to use your influence to promote their products and whether they are asking for a compensated post or if they're asking for in exchange for product or even sometimes they ask for free.
We're going to really talk about and dive into the details that surround this.
As a special thank you I have put together a renegotiation package for you that includes the swipe copy of the email that I use when a brand reaches out to me and it sounds like they are asking me to work in exchange for product or to work for free and that's not something I do at this point in my career.
So because of that I have an email that I write back to them and I'm going to give you the swipe copy to that email as well as an example email that ended up, they were reaching out to me for a free campaign and I was able to turn it around and turn it into a long term contract that has lasted and ended up being a value of about $2,500 at this point.
Not all will be lost. We are going to make sure that you are getting paid for the content that you are creating for these brands.
Be sure to download that. It will be linked right HERE.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/what-you-need-to-know-about-influencer-marketing
Click to view: show page on Awesound
We all have so many life experiences that it can be difficult to stay in our own lanes when creating our content. I am definitely guilty of this, which is why we're diving into how to stay in your lane when creating your content.
Stephanie O'Dea of A Year of Slow Cooking knew from the very beginning what her lane was with her online business and she is sharing how her audience taught her what content they wanted from her and what they didn't want.
Plus, she's sharing her 5 Stages of Monetization with all of you. Get it HERE!
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Stephanie O'Dea of A Year of Slowing Cooking and StephanieODea.com
Toughest part about being an online entrepreneur
Imposter syndrome and how to just be authentic
Reality of book publishing traditionally verse self-publishing
Understanding what your audience wants from you
Importance of giving your audience a chance to get to know you
Why your audience is willing to pay for your products
How to connect your interests in your monetization basket
Cutting through the crap online and filtering out what's beneficial and what's not
The power of your influence with brands and affiliate advertising
Projections of 2017
Find more out about Stephanie at StephanieODea.com
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate
Five Ingredients or Less Slow Cooker Cookbook
Make It Fast, Cook It Slow: The Big Book of Everyday Slow Cooking
365 Slow Cooker Suppers
More Make It Fast, Cook It Slow: 200 Brand-New, Budget-Friendly, Slow-Cooker Recipes
Totally Together: Shortcuts to an Organized Life
Real Moms Making Real Money Blogging At Home In Their Pajamas (The Mommy Blogger Next Door) (Volume 1)
Blogging Mentorship Program
Pitch Perfect Pro
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-33
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you an online business owner without a plan? Today we're talking to Lelsy Clavijo of LesleyClavijo.com about how to create a business plan for your online business.
All too often we start our side hustle off without a plan. In order to call it a business and turn it into a full time profession, we need a plan to secure the financial futures of our businesses.
Click HERE to create your business plan today! lesleyclavijo.com/business-plan/
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-27
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Do you have a ton of content that you know would make a good book or are you looking to gain authority in your niche? We're diving into how to turn your content in a book.
Beth Brombosz of BloggertoAuthor.com is sharing how you can publish a book in just 30 days.
Plus, she's offering my audience her worksheet bundle to help you start planning your book today HERE.
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Beth Brombosz of BloggertoAuthor.com
Her journey on self-publishing a book in 30 days
A book makes you an authority in your niche
How to determine what is a book idea and what's not
A book is a great way to further readers down your sales funnels to become customers
Creating an outline is a must have when writing a book because it guides you in your writing
Sites to use for self-publishing
Marketing ideas for sharing the launch of the book via online and in person
Worksheet bundle for creating your book
Projections for 2017
Blogger to Author Community, Blogger to Author Podcast and Blogger to Author on Facebook
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Create Space
KDP - Kindle Direct Publishing
Blurb.com for food bloggers for better options with design
Don’t Forget:
If you liked this episode of Influencer Entrepreneurs, please subscribe and leave a fabulous review!
You can also put a face to the voices on YouTube.
Join the conversation on social media by using the hashtag #IEMasters
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-32
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you struggling with engaging with your audience across social media? We're diving into the importance of authenticity on social media.
Today we're talking to CA Miljavac who grew her Facebook page from 300 to almost 300k in a year because she authentically and vulnerably shares who she is and what she believes.
Topics Discussed:
Introduction to CA Miljavac as a Beach Body Coach, Motivational Speaker and viral video creator on Facebook.
Most difficult part about being an online entrepreneur
"You have to suck at first in order to succeed."
Understanding the importance of controlling your emotions and not taking things personal
How to put things into perspective when being authentically you
Becoming who you really are and sharing it with the world
Failing forward - being willing to figure out with failures
Importance of valuable content that represent who you are
Attract those and repel others
Being able to laugh at yourself and learn from your mistakes
People are sick of fake. They want someone to be honest.
Get yourself out their and share your story genuinely
People want the transformation
Importance of having a support network online
The value of a website for people with MLMs
Projections for 2017
Connect with CA on Facebook, Instagram and SnapChat
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-31
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you pitching brands for sponsored content and hearing crickets? There are reasons that your pitches are failing and I'm sharing insight on what they are and how to fix them.
Plus, be sure to join me in Pitch Perfect LIVE! A 5 Day Event where I will show you the exact steps to take for pitching and landing your next big sponsor. jennymelrose.com/pitch-perfect-live
Topics Discussed:
Less stress with working directly with a brand
A calendar filled in advance
Speak to your strengths and get paid what you are worth
Pitch Perfect LIVE 5 Day Event - who to reach out to and what to say when you do jennymelrose.com/pitch-perfect-live
The trouble with your mindset and lack of confidence
It's not all about you - focus on the brand
Do your research!
Too specific with the initial pitch to the brand
Have a call to action in your initial pitch
Importance of a proposal
Giving up to easy
The best time to send a pitch
Subject line examples to get your initial pitch opened
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Pitch Perfect Pro
Pitch Perfect Challenge bit.ly/2bkfxYe
Pitch Perfect LIVE jennymelrose.com/pitch-perfect-live
Converting Media Kit Video Training bit.ly/2cU1oR4
Pitch Perfect Cheat Sheet jennymelrose.com/pitch-checklist
Don’t Forget:
If you liked this episode of Influencer Entrepreneurs, please subscribe and leave a fabulous review!
You can also put a face to the voices on YouTube.
Join the conversation on social media by using the hashtag #IEMasters
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-30
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Social media is a key component of an online business, but with algorithm changes it can be frustrating to get your content seen. Rachel Miller of Moolah Marketer is giving us tips and tricks reviving and growing a highly engaged Facebook page.
Plus, she's offering 30+ viral titles to use to get your content seen. Download it HERE.
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Rachel Miller of One Crazy House and Moolah Marketer
The roller coaster ride of an entrepreneur
Honest review of the growth of One Crazy House and how it's unrealistic for most
Turning towards your passion
How she grew One-Pot Crock-Pot to over 100,000 engaged fans in less than 6 months
Growing a Facebook page with less than 5 dollars per day
How to shake up a Facebook page that has low engagement
The conundrum of starting a page over
The course content of Moolah Marketer
Success stories of the students of Moolah Marketer
Projections for 2017 about Facebook groups
Join the Facebook Page Massive Growth Strategies Community to get geeky about Facebook
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Tribe by Stu McLaren
Moolah Marketer eCourse
Facebook Bad Words
Hacker Proof your Facebook Page
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-29
Click to view: show page on Awesound
As online influencers we often believe that we need to work with brands and businesses that are no where near us, but what about the local brands that are right in our backyard.
We are diving into how to pitch local brands with Robyn Gleason of MoreMediaInc.com
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Robyn Gleason from Simply Fresh Dinners and More Media Inc.
Importance of having someone to collaborate with about your online business
Story of how Robyn reached out to local farms and started doing recipe development for them
Importance of researching the local businesses social media presence
Example of an event hosted and created for local businesses
Importance of influencer campaigns
The ability to pitch without being worried about getting a know
More Media Inc. and the campaigns that they run
Understanding the strengths that each influencer brings to the table
Invitation only influencer campaigns and the reasoning behind it
Send media kit to Robyn at admin@moremediainc.com
Projections for 2017
The difference between More Media Inc and networks
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Consultation Services with Jenny bit.ly/60minconsultation
Pitch Perfect Pro eCourse bit.ly/2pzB2sz
Media Kit Video Training bit.ly/2cU1oR4
Don’t Forget:
If you liked this episode of Influencer Entrepreneurs, please subscribe and leave a fabulous review!
You can also put a face to the voices on YouTube.
Join the conversation on social media by using the hashtag #IEMasters
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-28
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you ready to pitch brands to work on sponsored content, but you don't know where to start? All too often I get asked who to reach out to and what to say when I do.
Today I'm walking you through my exact process for creating a converting pitch. Not only will you walk away with who to reach out to, but specifically what to say to land that sponsored content.
Topics Discussed:
Importance of understanding an elevator pitch
A brain dump for determining an elevator pitch
Honing in on specifics that stand out from the brain dump
How to set yourself apart in your pitch with your strengths
Understanding the importance of your influence on your audience
Checking your pantry for regularly used items and brands
Finding the golden ticket or email address on their website
How to use Twitter or Instagram to find the email address
Importance of an authentic pitch that is relevant to the season {3-4months in advance}
Keeping the pitch general
Very specific call to action and the reasoning behind it
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Pitch Perfect Challenge bit.ly/2bkfxYe
Working with Brands eCourse bit.ly/2pzB2sz
IE 22: How to Increase Productivity with Jennifer Roskamp jennymelrose.com/podcast-22/
IE 17: How to Monetize Twitter with Saira Perl jennymelrose.com/podcast-17/
Influencers 101 Twitter Course bit.ly/influencers-101
Influencer Entrepreneurs Masters Membership Site bit.ly/2hsjQUW
Working with Brands eCourse Waitlist bit.ly/2pzB2sz
Don’t Forget:
If you liked this episode of Influencer Entrepreneurs, please subscribe and leave a fabulous review!
You can also put a face to the voices on YouTube.
Join the conversation on social media by using the hashtag #InfluencerEntrepreneurs
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-26
Click to view: show page on Awesound
All of the social media trends are pushing the importance of video forward. Are you ready?
Today Brooke Lark of CheekyKitchen.com is diving in with us about the importance of video blogging. If you're afraid to make the leap then be sure not to miss this episode. With Brooke's guidance you'll be producing your own Tasty videos in no time.
Plus, for a limited time she if offering my listeners $50 off The 90-Minute Food Video Crash Course with the code Jenny50.
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Brooke Lark of CheekyKitchen.com
Brooke's philosophy on how to stand out as a professional blogger
Most difficult part of being an online entrepreneur
The set up of a food photographer and videographer
Biggest secret of success as a food photographer for brands
Number one tip for creating video
The best video editing software
Equipment needed for beautiful videos
Food Blogging, Photography & Videography Facebook Community
The 90-Minute Food Video Crash Course
Projections for 2017
Find Brooke on Instagram and Facebook.
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Faux Brick Wall DIY
Adobe Premiere Pro
Manfrotto lateral sidearm boom and tripods
Use Code Jenny50 for $50 off The 90-Minute Food Video Crash Course
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-25
Click to view: show page on Awesound
So many online entrepreneurs that I meet are also moms and we are literally trying to do it all. We want to be the stay-at-home mom that is also the room mom and on the PTA all while running a successful business from home.
In today's episode Jenn Slavich is walking us through How to Get Organized as busy moms and online entrepreneurs without losing our sanity in the process.
She also is offering a 5 Day Busy Mom Challenge to my audience so that we can hit the ground running this summer. homebyjenn.lpages.co/bmc-page-jennym/
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Jenn Slavich of HomebyJenn.com.
Most difficult part of being an online entrepreneur
How to keep it all organized
Explanation of themed days
Typical workday schedule
The key to getting it all organized
Set a schedule and stick to it so that your focused
Importance of a vision board for personal and business goals
Journaling for goal setting
Organized Busy Mom Workbook homebyjenn.com/organized-busy-mom
Automating and creating a plan for yourself by figuring out the how
Daily plan set nightly with a visualization in the morning of the tasks being completed
Projections for 2017
Busy Mom Video Podcast
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Organized Busy Mom Workbook homebyjenn.com/organized-busy-mom
Busy Mom Challengehttps://homebyjenn.lpages.co/bmc-page-jennym/
Don’t Forget:
If you liked this episode of Influencer Entrepreneurs, please subscribe and leave a fabulous review!
You can also put a face to the voices on YouTube.
Join the conversation on social media by using the hashtag #IEMasters
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-24
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Your success as an online entrepreneur is solely dependent upon you and so much of that is dependent upon your mindset.
Today we're talking to Kristin Iris of Ignite & Thrive Creative about the Importance of Mindset on your Business and how to fix it!
Be sure to join in on Kristin's 3 Part Fear to Self Confidence Series
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Kristin Iris of IgniteThriveCreative.com as a transformation mentor.
Toughest part of being an online entrepreneur & the struggle of getting in front of the right people
The truth behind the "Fear of Failure" and unboxing yourself
Break Free, Be You video training
Figure out the boxes you've put yourself into them and remove them
Importance of repelling and attracting the right audience
Why women have a tendency to apologize for everything
The truth behind my apologizing - an aha moment for me!
Recognize why you are feeling resistance to your work {in a funk}
Using a brain dump as a strategy to help with overwhelm
Focusing on the one thing that'll move your business forward
A transformation coach that went through her own transformation first
3 Part Fear to Self Confidence Series deep dive
Projections for 2017
Ignite Thrive & Creative Fb page
Kristin Iris on Pinterest
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Break Free, Be You video training
Stop over Apologizing Live Training
The One Thing by Jay Papasan & Gary Keller
3 Part Fear to Self Confidence Series & workbook
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-23
Click to view: show page on Awesound
As an online entrepreneur you control your schedule, but it's so easy to get lost down a rabbit hole or continuously put out fires.
Jennifer Roskamp of The Intentional Mom is mom of eight that is sharing her secret of How to Increase Productivity so that you can get more done in a day.
Plus she's offering her free Productivity Guide for my listeners HERE! theintentionalmom.com/increase-productivity-10-times/
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Jennifer Roskamp of The Intentional Mom.
Struggling as an entrepreneur with tasks that take up too much time.
How to keep it all organized with your family.
A typical day in the life of Jennifer Roskamp.
Closed door dedicated office hours.
How to avoid tantrums during designated time.
Breaking the mindset of not being able to get a lot done in a day.
Know your triggers and adapt with them.
Save your brain cells for the hard stuff.
How to batch tasks with housework and online business.
Incentives for getting over productivity hurdles.
All the details on The Productivity Guide
The importance of white space
Projections for 2017
Facebook page of The Intentional Mom for live trainings
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
The Cozi app - a family organizer app
The Productivity Guide theintentionalmom.com/increase-productivity-10-times/
Sequence to Launch eCourse bit.ly/2lVEgbc
Links:
jennymelrose/podcast-22
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Have you always dreamed of traveling on someone else's dime? Then this is episode for you!
Chrissy Taylor of The Taylor House has traveled around the world all while leveraging her influence and she's here to share her knowledge with you.
Plus, she's even giving you her swipe copy of her pitch email for travel opportunities HERE!
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Chrissy Taylor of The Taylor House.
Struggle of an entrepreneur to walk away from the "office"
The trips that Chrissy has taken that was paid via her influence
Who's pitching who
Elements of the initial pitch when reaching out
Who to reach out to when traveling with family in US
What social media platforms do you absolutely have to be active on
What's the huge interest in Twitter all about?
How to transition your audience into seeing travel content
Importance of recognizable photos
Thoughts on live streaming
How do you clarify that you want the trip to be comped
What is your responsibility when sharing the travel experience
How to break into travel
Making sure to stay authentic to your audience when creating sponsored travel content
Projections for 2017
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Moment - Screen Time Tracker for iPhone for tracking number of hours on cell phone
Swipe copy of Chrissy's email to pitch for travel
Working with Brands e-Course
Snapseed app for iPhone for editing photos
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-21
Click to view: show page on Awesound
As an influencer for more than six years, I appreciate what power I hold with my audience. It took me a while to realize I should be using that influence on my audience to promote my own product. In order to do so though you need to have an audience primed to buy. We're diving into How to a Create a Challenge Aligned to a Product in order to build your list and sell your product.
Be sure to join the Challenge Builder bit.ly/challenge-builder so that we can walk you through how to create one for your product!
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of the pivot taken towards JennyMelrose.com
Elements of a sales funnel aligned to a product
Why a challenge?
How to decide on a challenge
Elements of a challenge
How to promote a challenge
Cart opening for Sequence to Launch eCourse bit.ly/2lVEgbc
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Challenge Builder bit.ly/challenge-builder
Podcast 18: How to Build your Email List with Content Upgrades jennymelrose.com/podcast-18/
Elements of a Sales Funnel jennymelrose.com/elements-of-a-sales-funnel/
Working with Brands eCourse bit.ly/2pzB2sz
Converting Media Kit Video Training bit.ly/2cU1oR4
Pitch Perfect Challenge bit.ly/2bkfxYe
Pitch Checklist bit.ly/2oHlTVI
CaitlinBacher.com
Influencer Entrepreneurs Community facebook.com/groups/InfluencerEntrepreneurs/
Sequence to Launch eCourse bit.ly/2lVEgbc
Don’t Forget:
If you liked this episode of Influencer Entrepreneurs, please subscribe and leave a fabulous review!
You can also put a face to the voices on YouTube.
Join the conversation on social media by using the hashtag #IEMasters
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-20
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you an online business owner trying to keep your finances organized? Your financial records as an online business owner are the key to your success.
We’re chatting with Iyanna Vaughn of iyanna.co all about how to keep your finances organized throughout the year in order to understand the profit that your business is bringing in.
Be sure to take advantage of Iyanna’s Price Calculator to make sure that you are charging what you are truly worth. Book your Strategy Session with Iyanna today!
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Iyanna Vaughn of iyanna.co
Pivoting to focus in on your niche
Toughest part of starting a business from scratch
First step to take today for financial success within your business
Understanding a Profit and Loss statement with it streamlined full diversified streams of income
How to cut costs on expenses from FOMO {Fear of Missing Out}
Percentage to put aside for taxes
Making sure to pay yourself
When is the right time to invest to scale your business
Processes in place in order to grow your business with team members
Software to handle finances
When is the right time to hire a bookkeeper
How to price for services and products
Projections for 2017
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Influencer Entrepreneurs Masters Program
Profit First
Working with Brands eCourse
Wave for bookkeeping
Xero accounting software
Pricing Calculator
Business Boutique
Money Mastery Agenda
Strategy Session with Iyanna
Don’t Forget:
If you liked this episode of Influencer Entrepreneurs, please subscribe and leave a fabulous review!
You can also put a face to the voices on YouTube.
Join the conversation on social media by using the hashtag #InfluencerEntrepreneurs
Links:
jennymelrose/podcast-19
Click to view: show page on Awesound
The importance of an email list in an online business is glaringly obvious so the question becomes how can you grow your email list?
Dustin W. Stout of Dustn.Tv is sharing how he continues to grow his email list with content upgrades littered throughout his content.
Be sure to check out his 6 Easy Stages of Growing your List and grab his free download in the process.
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Dustin W. Stout of Dustn.Tv
Difficulty of being an online entrepreneur and delegating to a team
Projections of Google+
Importance of Google+ for local businesses
The need for a WP site because social media platforms have their own agenda
Why a list is a must
Stage one of growing a list with lead magnets
Power of a content upgrade to grow your list
Contextual calls to action
How to promote lead magnets via social media
Speak to your audience on the social media platforms
Software to make list growth easier
ContentMagnets.com
Projections for 2017
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-18
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you overwhelmed by social media and wondering which outlet has the ability to monetize easily?
There are so many social media outlets and only so much time in the day, which is why I love that Saira Pearl of MomResource.com makes it easy to monetize Twitter with her simple strategies and a plan of action.
Grab her free download of 10,000 Followers in 10 Minutes per Day by using the code JENNY at checkout!
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Saira Pearl of MomResource.com
Journey through blogging as a business
Greatest difficulty to overcome as an online entrepreneur
Size of a Twitter following needed to monetize
Twitter lets you find thousands of people in specific niches
How to find people within your niche with hashtags and turn their followers into your followers
Implementing lists to grow your following
Utilizing lists to grow your income
Automating retweets to maximize your time
Importance of how specific hashtags need to be
How to make your profile stand out on Twitter
Monetizing with Twitter via affiliate marketing and sponsored content
The ins and outs of Twitter parties
All the details on analytics for Twitter
Projections
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
TwitterLegend.com
Working with Brands eCourse
Elite Blog Academy
Influencer Entrepreneurs Masters Program
Twitter Course
Hashtagify
Linqia
Don’t Forget:
If you liked this episode of Influencer Entrepreneurs, please subscribe and leave a fabulous review!
You can also put a face to the voices on YouTube.
Join the conversation on social media by using the hashtag #InfluencerEntrepreneurs
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-17
Click to view: show page on Awesound
There are so many levels of Working with Brands. It's not always just about leveraging your influence. Sometimes it needs to be about educating brands and playing to your strengths to leverage your brand.
Taylor is students of the Working with Brands eCourse that saw at 500% increase in her income within 90 days of taking the course. You can read about her most recent income report HERE.
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Taylor Stinson of The Girl on Bloor
Journey of creating sponsored content from networks to pitching brands directly
Working with Canadian compared to US brands
Importance of speaking to your audience
Difficulty of managing your time as an entrepreneur
Theming your days for productivity
Importance of entrepreneurial spirit
How to take your pitch to the next level
Importance of educating brands and all that influencers can do for them
Leveraging your strengths
Listening to your audience to grow your brand
Projections for 2017
You can find Taylor on Facebook, Twitter & Instagram.
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Working with Brands eCourse
Todd Herman's 90 Day Year
Moolah Marketers
Don’t Forget:
If you liked this episode of Influencer Entrepreneurs, please subscribe and leave a fabulous review!
You can also put a face to the voices on YouTube.
Join the conversation on social media by using the hashtag #InfluencerEntrepreneurs
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-16
Click to view: show page on Awesound
After six years of blogging and a solid three years of using my influence to market brands to my audience, I've learned a thing or two along the way. I want nothing more than to pass that knowledge onto other influencers so that you too can work effectively with brands.
We're diving into the specifics of what you need in order to successfully work with brands as well as having an open conversation about bloggers shaming bloggers when it comes to sponsored work.
Be sure to grab our FREE Pitch Checklist HERE! bit.ly/2oHlTVI
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-15
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you thinking of diving into a travel blog or making the transition to a travel blog? We all want to travel, but we need to determine if it's something that fits within our content and with our audience.
Kita Roberts of PasstheSushi.com and GirlCarnivore.com is sharing her expertise on how to make the transition to a travel blog without alienating your audience in the process. She is also giving tips on who to reach out to and what to say when you do reach out to travel brands.
Plus, she's offering a free download to get you started HERE.
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Kita Roberts of PasstheSushi.com, GirlCarnivore.com & Foodie Pop Ups.
The importance of mindset
Issues of being a female and an entrepreneur
Productivity for entrepreneurs with theming days
Making the transformation from food blogger to travel blogger
Focusing down on what serves your community
What travel brands are looking for from you
Creating content that speaks to your audience and make sense for the travel brands
What sets you apart from everyone else for your out of the box bonus
Who should you reach out to and what should you say when reaching out for travel
How to start out with hotels
Represent yourself as a professional
Follow through and follow up with being polite, kind and courteous
Projections for 2017
Burger Month on Girl Carnivore
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Gabby Bernstein, The Universe has your Back
Podcast 1: Power of Purpose
Jess Lively: The Lively Show
Smart Passive Income: Deep Work with Cal Newport
Working with Brands eCourse
Podcast 5: Importance of an Email List & How to Organize it with Cynthia Rusincovitch
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-14
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Do keywords and SEO have you lost? I often feel like I'm overthinking them, which is why I'm so excited for Katy Widrick to share your knowledge on Understanding Keywords & SEO.
We are chatting with Katy of MakeMediaOver.com about ways to simplify keyword research in order to improve your SEO. We're even talking about how to use Pinterest to do so. Who doesn't love Pinterest?!
Be sure to grab your FREE Optimization Checklist HERE!
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Katy Widrick of MakeMediaOver.com
The Olivia Pope of blogging
"It's just code"
Finding clients that understand who you are
Knowing your strengths
Simple explanation of SEO
Specific example of titles with keywords
Meta description, title and SEO within Yoast
Nudges for Google
SEO for images
Projections for 2017
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Optimization Checklist
Nicole Culver of Blissful Eats
Pinterest as a Keyword Search Tool
Making your Old Content New Again
Yoast Plugin
Blogging and Digital Marketing Trends for 2017
Working with Brands eCourse
Influencer Entrepreneurs Masters Program
Don’t Forget:
If you liked this episode of Influencer Entrepreneurs, please subscribe and leave a fabulous review!
You can also put a face to the voices on YouTube.
Join our Influencer Entrepreneurs Facebook Community to join in on the conversation.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-13
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Launching a product online is scary, but launching a physical product brings scary to a whole other level. In order to successful launch a product, you absolutely need to have a targeted audience that wants and needs the product.
I'm chatting with Chrystal Rose of RebelliaClothing.com and HeyLittleRebel.com about her journey to launching her own clothing brand that puts fashion first when it comes to apparel for the for the physically fit.
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Chrystal Rose of RebelliaClothing.com and HeyLittleRebel.com
Explanation of Hey Little Rebel's metamorphosis as a lifestyle site with fitness and wellness emphasis
Most difficult aspect of being an entrepreneur - No template!
Greatest strength as an entrepreneur - being resourceful
Importance of knowing whether is a need for a product before creating it
Rebellia Clothing as a fashion line for the physically fit.
Projections for 2017
Timeline of Rebellia Clothing launch
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Rebellia Clothing
Strong Woman Athlete
Rebel with a Cause Project
2StrongBlondes.com
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you wondering what social media platforms are the best to put your effort into? Let's be honest, there's only so much time in the day and figuring out how to use every platform can be time consuming. So why not figure out what platform would bring the best return on investment.
Kirsten Oliphant of CreativeIfWriting.com and the Creative If Writing Podcast brings her unique perspective as a published author and full time blogger to the craziness of social media. We are diving in deep into the social media platforms.
Grab her Serious Simple Social Download HERE.
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Kirsten Oliphant of CreativeIfWriting.com and KirstenOliphant.com
Creative If Writing Podcast
Toughest part of a being a blogger
Greatest gift and how it affects our businesses and personal lives
Favorite social media platforms
Using closed Facebook groups to grow your business
Why certain platforms are not worth the effort
Serious Simple Social Download
Social media platforms that do not work for specific niches
Scheduling tools for social media platforms
Projections for 2017
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Serious Simple Social Download
Pop up Facebook groups - Amy Porterfield Podcast #146 3 Types of Facebook Groups
Batdad on YouTube
Coschedule
Tailwind for Pinterest & Instagram
Hootsuite
Recurpost
Retweet Chores
Profitable Blogging Summit
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-11
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Have you monetized via affiliate marketing yet? Affiliate marketing is something that I struggled with for the longest time until I took Addi Ganley's free email course, Affiliate Blueprint. She is here today to dive into Affiliate Monetization with Pinterest.
Addi Ganley of AddiGanley.com and FrugalFanatic.com has grown her businesses via Pinterest. All while monetizing there as well. Her understanding of affiliate marketing and how simple she makes it all seem in an authentic, non-salesy way is a breath of fresh air. She's even offering a limited time video training for my audience.
Plus be sure to enroll in her FREE email course Affiliate Blueprint!
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-10
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you looking to grow your traffic while building your email list? Maximizing Pinterest gives you the opportunity to increase your traffic, while smartly growing your email list as well. After six years of growing the traffic over at The Melrose Family, I finally realized that I needed to grow my list at the same time with my targeted audience.
Kate Ahl of SimplePinMedia.com has grown her business around her research based strategies for using Pinterest to help her clients grow their online businesses. She is sharing her expert advice and strategies that convert pins into traffic and new email subscribers. Plus, she is offering her FREE Pinterest Planner as a free download.
Be sure to grab the Pinterest Planner HERE.
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Kate Ahl and Simple Pin Media.
Why Pinterest
How can we as marketers get found in the new smart feed of Pinterest
How to determine if your audience is on Pinterest.
Ideal Pinterest image size
What to do if images are not your strength
Importance of text overlay on images
How to use Smart Feed to your advantage
Importance of keywords in the description
Staying the course
Number of pins to put out per day
Looking at your analytics to determine popular pins to recirculate
Scheduling tools to use
Tribes feature on Tailwind
Promoted pins
Projections for 2017
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you a blogger looking to leverage your online influence? We're covering everything you need to know about how to legally cover yourself as an influencer.
Danielle Liss of Businessese.com and Hashtag-Legal.com is sharing her vast knowledge and experience so that you can legitimately and legally run your online business to best of your ability. Plus, she is offering a Successful Negotiation Blueprint for all my listeners.
Grab your free Successful Negotiation Blueprint HERE.
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Danielle Liss of Businessese and Hashtag Legal.
The top things that influencers legally need to have in place.
What you need to know about the legalities within a network
Length of time it takes for a network to turn around a deal.
Pricing differences between networks and pitching on your own.
Importance of making sure there's no surprises in the contract.
Businessese contract templates
Successful Negotiation Blueprint
Projections for 2017
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
SITS: Bloggy Boot Camp
Working with Brands e-Course
Podcast 4: Business Planning for Bloggers with Marnie Craycroft
Sponsored Content Contract Terms
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Do you feel like your constantly busy, but not sure if you are focusing on income producing activities? All too often on the online space, we get sucked down rabbit holes of time consuming tasks that don't drive any income in our businesses. How can we hold ourselves accountable?
Katie Proctor of ElevatewithKatie.com has worked on both sides of sponsored posts as a brand campaign manager as well as a fellow influencer so she brings a unique perspective to the discussion of working with brands. Plus, her time management strategies focusing on income producing activities will blow your mind.
Be sure to grab her free download HERE.
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of Katie Proctor of Elevate with Katie.
Explanation of role of a pr agency when working with brands.
What does a brand look for in an influencer.
How can an influencer become an advocate for the brand.
Do your due diligence and know what the brand is working on.
Best time to send over a media kit.
Importance of customization when reaching out to a brand.
Know your audience by understanding your analytics.
Expectations of pr companies when it comes to reach and pageviews.
Best tip EVER on how to deliver on every single campaign.
Importance of prioritizing within entrepreneurship.
Time management strategies focusing on income producing activities.
Projections for 2017
Resources Mentioned:
I make a portion of any sales made as an affiliate.
Income Producing Worksheet
Working with Brands e-Course
Influencer Entrepreneurs Masters Program
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you a small business owner trying to find your way to become a profitable small business? We're diving deep into the importance of pivoting towards profit in ways that you might not think right away.
Nicole Culver of NicoleCulver.com, Blissful Bites Podcast and Blissful Eats snack company is showing the importance of knowing your strengths and being able to find a profit from them. Whether it is from previous work experience or personality strengths, Nicole shares with us how to pivot towards them to make a profit.
Be sure to download her Profit Workbook
Topics Discussed:
Introduction of NicoleCulver.com, Blissful Bites Podcast, Blissful Eats snack company & Food Entrepreneur Summit
Food Entrepreneur Food Summit for food bloggers
Blissful Bites FB Community & Podcast
Importance of Pivoting
Blissful Bites podcast sharing stores of women entrepreneurs & their successes
Importance of listening to your audience
Let your passion lead you
What products, skills & service can you offer to your local community while building your audience?
How bad do you want it?
Projections for 2017
Resources Mentioned:
Profit Workbook
Food Entrepreneur Summit Self Study
Power of Purpose
Working with Brands e-Course
Click to view: show page on Awesound
You understand the importance of your email list, but do you know how to use it? We're talking about the importance of organizing your email list so that you profit from it.
Cynthia Rusincovitch of MyNourishedHome.com and project manager to multiple successful online businesses is sharing her experiences with organizing an email list via
ConvertKit (bit.ly/2fXozxu). As someone who sees the inner workings of multiple online businesses, Cynthia brings a unique perspective to how to organize your list to make it work for you.
Be sure to download the Master's Guide for Organizing ConvertKit
Links:
Leadpages
jennymelrose.com/podcast-5
@MyNourishedHome on Twitter
Working with brands (e-course)
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you looking to take your business to the next level? We're talking about the importance of business planning for bloggers because your blog is your business and you need to treat it that way.
Marnie Craycroft of Carrots are Orange, Six Acre Wood & MarnieCraycroft.com is sharing her gift of business planning with us. As a blogger with a masters in business, Marnie reveals the important of having a plan in order to see your business succeed at it's fullest potential.
Be sure to download her Business Planning Blueprint HERE.
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-4
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Are you a business owner looking to take it to the next level? We're sharing why you need a wp site for your mompreneur business.
Melissa Llado of Serendipity & Spice and MelissaLlado.com is sharing her vast knowledge of how a WP site can take your online business to the next level. As someone who is not comfortable with the tech side of things, Melissa makes it easy to understand and implement in your business.
Be sure to join in on her 5 Part Video Series on Creating a WP site over at jennymelrose.com/podcast-3
Links:
jennymelrose.com/podcast-3
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Do you have a product that you're looking to market? Becky Mansfield is sharing her tactics for successful product launches.
Becky has multiple products from ebooks to video training to e-courses. She's learned a ton along the way and she's giving us an insider's view of her latest e-course launch that had her selling products within minutes of opening the cart.
Be sure to join in HERE on the Challenge Builder so that you can create your own successful challenge for your next product.
Links:
jennymelrose/podcast-2
Click to view: show page on Awesound
Do you know your purpose in your business? In order to be successful you have to know and truly appreciate your power of purpose when serving your audience.
I want you to truly see my journey so that you can better understand the path that you might be on. We're diving in deep to define our power of purpose.
Be sure to grab the free download to define your power of purpose.
Links:
HERE
Click to view: show page on Awesound